Download Sharp XG-C455W Operating instructions
Transcript
Introduction MODEL XG-C455W PG-C355W Quick Start DATA PROJECTOR Setup Connections OPERATION MANUAL Basic Operation Useful Features Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals IMPORTANT • For your assistance in reporting the loss or theft of your Projector, please record the Model and Serial Numbers located on the bottom of the projector and retain this information. • Before recycling the packaging, please ensure that you have checked the contents of the carton thoroughly against the list of “Supplied accessories” on page 10. Model No.: Serial No.: SPECIAL NOTE FOR USERS IN THE U.K. The mains lead of this product is fitted with a non-rewireable (moulded) plug incorporating a 10A fuse. Should the fuse need to be replaced, a BSI or ASTA approved BS 1362 fuse marked or and of the same rating as above, which is also indicated on the pin face of the plug, must be used. Always refit the fuse cover after replacing the fuse. Never use the plug without the fuse cover fitted. In the unlikely event of the socket outlet in your home not being compatible with the plug supplied, cut off the mains plug and fit an appropriate type. DANGER: The fuse from the cut-off plug should be removed and the cut-off plug destroyed immediately and disposed of in a safe manner. Under no circumstances should the cut-off plug be inserted elsewhere into a 10A socket outlet, as a serious electric shock may occur. To fit an appropriate plug to the mains lead, follow the instructions below: WARNING: THIS APPARATUS MUST BE EARTHED. IMPORTANT: The wires in this mains lead are coloured in accordance with the following code: Green-and-yellow : Earth / Blue : Neutral / Brown : Live As the colours of the wires in the mains lead of this apparatus may not correspond with the coloured markings identifying the terminals in your plug proceed as follows: • The wire which is coloured green-and-yellow must be connected to the terminal in the plug which is marked by the letter E or by the safety earth symbol or coloured green or green-and-yellow. • The wire which is coloured blue must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter N or coloured black. • The wire which is coloured brown must be connected to the terminal which is marked with the letter L or coloured red. IF YOU HAVE ANY DOUBT, CONSULT A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN. The supplied CD-ROM contains operation instructions in English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Swedish, Portuguese, Chinese and Korean. Carefully read through the operation instructions before operating the projector. Die mitgelieferte CD-ROM enthält Bedienungsanleitungen in Englisch, Deutsch, Französisch, Spanisch, Italienisch, Niederländisch, Schwedisch, Portugiesisch, Chinesisch und Koreanisch. Bitte lesen Sie die Bedienungsanleitung vor der Verwendung des Projektors sorgfältig durch. Le CD-ROM fourni contient les instructions de fonctionnement en anglais, allemand, français, espagnol, italien, néerlandais, suédois, portugais, chinois et coréen. Veuillez lire attentivement ces instructions avant de faire fonctionner le projecteur. El CD-ROM suministrado contiene instrucciones de operación en inglés, alemán, francés, español, italiano, holandés, sueco, portugués, chino y coreano. Lea cuidadosamente las instrucciones de operación antes de utilizar el proyector. Il CD-ROM in dotazione contiene istruzioni per l’uso in inglese, tedesco, francese, spagnolo, italiano, olandese, svedese, portoghese, cinese e coreano. Leggere attentamente le istruzioni per l’uso prima di usare il proiettore. De meegeleverde CD-ROM bevat handleidingen in het Engels, Duits, Frans, Spaans, Italiaans, Nederlands, Zweeds, Portugees, Chinees en Koreaans. Lees de handleiding zorgvuldig door voor u de projector in gebruik neemt. Den medföljande CD-ROM-skivan innehåller bruksanvisningar på engelska, tyska, franska, spanska, italienska, holländska, svenska, portugisiska, kinesiska och koreanska. Läs noga igenom bruksanvisningen innan projektorn tas i bruk. O CD-ROM fornecido contém instruções de operação em Inglês, Alemão, Francês, Espanhol, Italiano, Holandês, Sueco, Português, Chinês e Coreano. Leia cuidadosamente todas as instruções de operação antes de operar o projetor. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Caution rega IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS Introduction Before using the projector, please read this operation manual carefully. instructions for later use. the REGISTRATION CARD packed with the projector. Info Introduction CAUTION Please read all offor these instructions you operate this SHARP productProjector, and saveusing these There are two :important reasons prompt warranty before registration of your new Introduction ENGLISH 1. Read Instruc 1. WARRANTY Electrical energy can perform many useful functions. This product has been engineered and manufactured to to assure that BUT you IMPROPER immediatelyUSE receive full benefit of the parts, service SHOCK and labor assureThis yourispersonal safety. CAN the RESULT IN POTENTIAL ELECTRICAL OR warranty applicable purchase. FIRE HAZARDS. In order notto to your defeat the safeguards incorporated in this product, observe the following basic rules its installation, use and servicing. 2. for CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY ACT To ensure that you will promptly receive any safety notification of inspection, modification, or 13. Power-Cord Protection recall that may be required to give under the 1972 Consumer Product SafetysoAct, All the safety andSHARP operating instructions should be read before Power-supply cords should be routed that PLEASE they are not theREAD product CAREFULLY is operated. likely to be walked on or pinched by itemsU.S.A. placedONLY upon or THE IMPORTANT “LIMITED WARRANTY” CLAUSE. against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, 2. Retain Instructions convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from The safety and operating instructions should be retained for WARNING: theproduct. beam of light, or view directly. Be especially future reference. High brightness light source. Do 12not stare intothe 14.the Lightning 3. Heed Warnings careful that children do not stare directly into beam of light. For added protection for this product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the cable This prevent damagethis to theproduct product due electric system. shock, dowillnot expose toto lightning and power-line surges. All warnings on the product and in the operating instructions should be adhered to. 4. Follow Instructions WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire or All operating and use instructions should be followed. rain or moisture. 5. Cleaning Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners orequipment aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth Other connected See forbottom cleaning.of projector. 15. Overloading Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, 6. Attachments 16. Object and Liquid Entry triangle, is intended to within an equilateral CAUTION Do not use attachments not recommended by the product Never push objects of any kind into this of product through alert the user to the presence uninsulated manufacturer as they cause hazards. RISK OFmay ELECTRIC SHOCK. openings“dangerous as they may voltage” touch dangerous points or within voltage the product’s DO NOT REMOVE SCREWS 7. Water and Moisture short-out enclosure parts that could result fire or electric shock. that may be in of asufficient magnitude SPECIFIED USER Do not use this EXCEPT product near water–for example, near a bath Never spill of any kind on the toliquid constitute a risk orproduct. electric shock to tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub; in a wet SERVICE SCREW. 17. Servicing persons. basement; or near a swimming pool; and the like. Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or 8. CAUTION: Accessories removing covers may exposepoint you towithin dangerous voltageisor TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, The exclamation a triangle Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, other hazards. Refer all servicing to the qualified service intended to alert the user to presence of DO NOT REMOVE COVER. bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury personnel. important operating and maintenance NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS EXCEPT LAMP UNIT. to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use 18. Damage(servicing) Requiring Service instructions in the literature REFER TObracket, QUALIFIED SERVICE only with a cart,SERVICING stand, tripod, or table recommended Unplug this product from the outlet and refer servicing accompanying thewall product. PERSONNEL. by the manufacturer, or sold with the product. Any mounting to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: Using the projector in other countries of the product should follow the manufacturer’s instructions, a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into manufacturer. the product. or modifications to this toequipment WARNING: 9. TransportationFCC Regulations state that any unauthorized changes c. If the product has been exposed rain or water.not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void theproduct user’s does authority to operate this d. If the not operate normally by equipfollowing A product and cart combination should the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls be moved with ment. care. Quick stops, U.S.A. ONLY that are covered by the operating instructions, as an excessive force, and uneven surfaces improper adjustment of other controls may result in may cause the product and cart damage and will often require extensive work by a combination to overturn. INFORMATION qualified technician to restore the product to normal 10. Ventilation This equipment andforfound to comply with operation. the limits for a Class A digital device, Slots and openingshas in thebeen cabinettested are provided ventilation e. If the product has been dropped or damaged in any Temperature monitor pursuant Part 15 of the FCC Rules. are designed to provide reasonable protection to ensure to reliable operation of function the product and toThese protect limits it way. from overheating, and these openings must not be blocked against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in the a commercial environment. Thisin f. When product exhibits a distinct change or covered. The openings should never becan blocked by placing equipment generates, uses, and radiate radio frequency performance, energy and, not installed and used in thisifindicates a need for service. the product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This accordance the operation cause 19. harmful interference Replacement Parts to radio communications. product shouldwith not be placed in a built-inmanual, installationmay such as Operation a residential area cause harmful interference, in which When replacement parts are required, ensure that thecase service a bookcaseoforthis rackequipment unless proper in ventilation is provided or is likely to has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer’s instructionstohave been adhered to. thetheuser will be required correct the interference at histechnician own expense. U.S.A. ONLY manufacturer or have the same characteristics as the original 11. Power Sources part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric This product should be operated only from the type of power or other source indicated on the marking If you are notwith sure the of device. shock, The enclosed computer cablelabel. must be used The cable is hazards. provided to ensure that the device 20. Safety Check the type of power supply to your home, consult your product complies with FCC Class A verification. Upon completion of any service or repairsU.S.A. to this ONLY product, dealer or local power company. For products intended to ask the service technician to perform safety checks to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the determine that the product is in proper operating condition. operating instructions. WARNING: 12. Grounding or Polarization 21. Wall or Ceiling Mounting This a Class A product. Inofathe domestic environment this maybe cause radio interference Thisisproduct is provided with one following types of Thisproduct product should mounted to a wall or ceiling onlyinas 59 plugs.case If the plug fail to fit the powerto outlet, which the should user may beinto required take adequate measures. recommended by the manufacturer. please contact your electrician. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the plug. a. Two-wire type (mains) plug. b. Three-wire grounding type (mains) plug with a grounding terminal. This plug will only fit into a grounding type power outlet. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals 22. Heat This product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat. -1 Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringmenu) Netw Installation ork Environment (ÒPRJ-ADJÓ (Òmenu) NetworkÓ Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (ÒS (ÒPIG-ADJÓ ictureÓ Menu) PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of mercury. Disposal of these materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For Problem Page disposal or recycling information, please contactCheck your local authorities, the Electronics Menu operation Page The follow i ng show s the items that can be set in the projector. • Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organization www.lamprecycle.org, ÒProjecter adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)Ó menu ONEKYST ' " Press or and select Sharp at 1-800-BE-SHARP. U.S.A. ONLY • Power to the external connected devices is off. — buton 7 MOUSE/Adjustmen Changing the Password 4or 5 Setting/Changing theInput keycode Selecting the Progressiv Mode Selecting the amiceRange Checking the Signal Maineu SubMen Dyn Selecting the TransmisÒB rightÓ to adjust. Note 3 butons( ' / " 34 /\ /| ) • The selected input mode is wrong. Auto Power Off On PRJ-ADJ ÒPictureÓ •sion Themenu selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. Speed Off An optimum picture may not be display e d if a This function allow s y o u to check the current Page 51 Page 51 Selectable items Description • The AV MUTE function is working. 34 Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • SetSelect a level ÒP soassw as to view a clearer picture. in| . ordÓ , then press Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61. Menu DVI-D-capable dev iceÕLamp” s output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to display relatively slowmoving Select Ò S y s tem LockÓ , then press See “Replacing the on page Make sure to set D Ò NRÓ to O Ò ffÓ in the Make sure that Page both51the projector and computerconnected to Off • Cables incorrectly the rear panel of the projector. 23-29 • Standard Picture Picture Mode Progressive images suchtyp asedrama andmatch. documentary projectorÕ s input signal do not If this ENTER or | . RETUNbuton Presentation arePage set45for the System same baud rate. follow ingout. cases: Sound On •RangeÓ Remote batteries have run 15 Page 45 more clearly. Moviefrom should occur, swPage itch Ò51 Dynamiceither . control When the image is projected the top Display) panel. Off Game This SHARP projector uses an LCD (Liquid Crystal • When This very the sophisticated image is blurry. panel contains 1,024,000 2D Useful to display fast-moving images such *1 • External output has not been set when connecting notebook computer. 23 Selctab iems from the bottom Descr ipt on or towards at an angle, sRGB Contrast -30 the +30screen On Selectable Description pixels (xitems RGB)Speaker TFT’s (Thin Film Transistors). As with any high technology electronicand equipment as large • When the contours colors ofsuch moving im-. Progressive asPage sports and +30 action films. Off oidally. Select Ò N ex t Ó , then press ENTER the becomes distorted trapez 51 9Auto 6 0screen bNo ps image Bright -30 Tr sound ansmi o pedi.s lwo blackand 60 • The cover, lampare unit cover ordrag. lamp housing cover is not TVs, and video video cameras, there certain acceptable tolerances that in the equipment must When the levels of filter the image show Enter the passw o rd O Ò ld Passpicture nosystems ages *2 The function for correcting trapez o idal distortion FAO .sraep edocyk •eht gniret rof nercs ehT Audio Color Out -30appear +30 installed correctly. conform to. does Standard banding or faded, select the item not start. 4 0 bps projector VAO ' (Key o w On-screen rdÓTVusing , "stone , | Correction and \ are , mode) then • When broadcasts with weak signals prois38or called Keystone Correction. *2 "which Display 51-30 +30pixels TintPageinactive This unit has some within acceptable tolerances mayisresult in inactive dotsthe on the picture Enhanced that results in the best picture quality. (In • If the connected DVI digital equipment turned on before 24 o r p e h t s u j d a T This projector is equipped i w th an A Ò uto V-Key Monitor Out Enable jected. *2 11520 b p s 0 press ENTER . Tr a n s m i o s p e d i s a r p d . Sharp -30 +30 screen. This will not affect the picture quality or the life expectancy of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 Note most circumstances, S “ tandard” should Disable “DVI-D” input mode is selectedPress on the the projector, the image Page 51 that automatically 4 buttons on may the remote stone CorrectionÓ function corRed selected.) -30 +30 elihwgamdtcj trapez be ENDbe displayed at all. ADJUST Enable LAN/RS232C rects any idal distortion within pro- toproperly or may not bethe projected not Ensure • When the oimage is blurred or noisy, switch control or on the projector to enter Disable Blue Page 51-30 +30 Info ® jected image. The correction is®made automatically that the appropriate input mode has been • the Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation United and/or optimal mode. t i g n h c a w TESTPATTERN RESET Enter the selected passw othe rdon inthe ÒN ew PassPage 45 the preset key cinode in ÒO ldStates CodeÓ . N o t e 9600 bps RS-232C prov ded the ev rtical incline orinputs, decline is iwbefore thin function is equipment. available for all signals with projector you turn on• This the connected 38400 bps • iother When using progressive inputs are dicountries. Page 52 ' " | \ , , and , then w o rdÓ using CLR Temp 5500K bps • W h e n s t i g k y c o d e f r t h i s m e , ±12• Refr to degrees. 115200 Note the ÒSETUP MANU LÓ contai ed on S-VIDEO. 6500K rectly displayed Progressive” and connected Cables incorrectly to pres theorrear of the projector. 23-29 is a ENTR registered of International BusinessVIDEO Machines Corporation the United States. Page 45 that 1• PC/AT Setting a®so Passw o“2•Drd Press . trademark 7500K "ENTER ontheprjcof urtimes. panel press . infor Normal Fan Mode V C n o s y K l a c i t r e the suplied CD-ROM for RS-2D32C Specif a- ® • This function is available 480I , 480P, 576I • The Dynamic Range can be selected only when 8500K “ 3 Progressive” cannot be selected. High of Adobe • Adobe Reader isitem a trademark Systems Incorporated. • “Bright” is set to minimum position. 45 Page 52 • The selected (e.g. “ B right” ) is dis9300K (Adjustmenwih ' /" ) t iu onsadCm Setings. VI-D” and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. If•yo“Macintosh do not wa®nt others to change the setting D input mode is selected. 10500K System Lock Old Code is a registered trademark Apple Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by itself at the bottom of the • Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not — to the cosmputerÕ opeartin manul orf ÒNetworkÓProgressive New for•• eRrf the menu, oCode rd. Pages 52set and a 53*3passw 3D Progressive Enter the same passw ord and/or again in Reconfirm •.etar dub s Õretupmoc h gnites rof PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States other screen. be projected unless the signal output setting of the computer is 2D Progressive tsniocu Selecting Page 46 the Film Mode 5 countries/regions. switched to the external output. Refer to the computer’s ' or*3 " , the following • When pressing ' , " , | (MNR) and \ , econfirmÓNoise using Reduction All Reset 7 ÒRMosquito Film Mode Auto Password Sound isaheard but no 6•Setting Setting the Sy s tem Page 53or manual for how to switch its signal ENTER output settings. item (“R ed” after “product BVideo right”)operation will be disOff Allfunction other company names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compathen press . This prov i des high-quality play b ack of Page 46 picture appears. Lamp Timer (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be played. images originally projected at fps, such as nies. DNR Off24 Page 53 The video input sy s tem mode is factory preset Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Level 1 reduced. set. • Image adjustments 45 46 picture movÒAies on Level 2 the con-| to utoÓ ; howDVDs. ever,ÒPaPage clear from Select assw ordÓ, then press . are incorrectly Level 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When o y u a w nt to make fine adjustments after the Selectable The items displayed byDescription itself nected isual equipment may for notthe beEuropean re• audio-v Note N o t e item Selectable items Description Authorized representative responsible Union Community Market MNR Off ÒN etw odepending rkÓsmenu Auto V-Key tone Correction function has1 been acti• Video input system is incorrectly set. MNR does not function. 48 Off Level ceiv ed, onare the Video signal difference. Films detected automatically. Sa ev Auto lctab iemsted, Page 46 D e s c r i p t o n •DVI-D If you input a wrong keycod , the curso 2 ENTER again(COMPUTER/COMPONENT toLevel return or h w •enPress o y u aw nt to make corrections iw thoutto the Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a 1, 2, only) • Off Films are not detected. In that case, sw i tch the Video signal. Level 3 ELECTRONICS (Europe) GmbH Normal SHARP Suitlaoebrfn mlevniro t.s sscreen. Main the Menu r e t u fn h o is p Ò O C l d e Ó . using Auto V-Key tone Correction function, previous clearer picture. • Input signaloy utype (RGB/Component) is incorrectly set. 47 E.U. ONLY Eco+Quiet Mode Hamburg On Sonninstraße 3, High Network Selct hiswenuigtheprojct a D-20097 Old the Password Password • e h Tt sd o rc py k i 4 " snot ub eh can make corrections manually using follow i ng Off Selectable items Color is faded or poor. New Password Page 46 ENTER altiudesofaprximtely1,50metrs Page 54 eht s erp uo y nehW . rotcej p " b ruo f not u procedure. Reconfirm Auto Page 54 HorizntalKeysCc Info • Adjust the focus. 33 (4,90 fe t) or m e. Note PALReset . s r a e p i d n e r c s t u p n i d r o c y e k h t , s e m i t Client On Page 45 (Adjustmenwih function is available\ for / | all ) signals | to adjust Press \DHCP or the item RETURN • This with Off •inputs, The projection distance exceeds the focus range. 19 rotainfheÒHgÓ,sMdFW • When using SECAM Page 55 progressive “Film Mode” Press *1 on the remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D TCP/IP IP Address *NTSC4.43 . anoise,bcmdlurthfp cannot be selected. • There is fog on the lens. If the projector is carried from a cold — Subnet Mask • The is stored. *2 Items whenadjustment inputting Component signalCorrecthrough COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576I •ifThis function for on 480Ithe , 480P, control toPage enter the Key sroom tone 55 Press the 4available buttons remote Gateway into a warm room, or it is suddenly heated, •S-VIDEO The “FilmNTSC3.58 Mode” function does not work when *2 MAC Address If and you forget the password 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. PAL-M mode. condensation may form onI , the surface oforthe lens and the control on the projector toorenter Dtion Progressive” selected inadjusted “Pfirst rogressive Page 55Mode” *3 “P“2 rogressive” and “Flimis can be only when 480 If 576I , 1035Ithe or 1080I signal is input.the following ' " Press or to set the digit in PAL-N y o u forget passw o rd, perform Lock Function *2 •Sys KEYSTONE image will become blurred. Please set up projector least. Mode” . tem Projector the new keycthe ode in ÒNew at CodeÓ 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 PAL -60 | . it is to be procedure N Ò ew Passw ordÓ, then press to delete it, then set form, a new password. one hour before used. If condensation should Page 55 8 theEco+Quiet This function ents unauthoriz ed in use of the Mode Setting Picture is prev blurred; * When reproducing NTSC signals PAL videocord from remove the power wall outlet and wait for it to On the projector, press projector. Once this function is activ a ted, users noise appears. *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “ O ff” clear. Note 6equipment. Reducing Image Noise Enter remaining 3 digits, Press ' correct or " keyto paralleliz e (DNR) the must enter thethe code each time thethen pro*2 Display only (Computer Input only) • Y o u c a n o t u s e t h e o l w f i n g u t b o n s o r f Fan Selectable ENTER . sides, jector is turned on. We suggest youor record thehigh left and right press Videopress digital noise reduction prov ides Lamp47 life Brightness •(DNR) Perform “SIG-ADJ” Adjustments. Adjustment) ycode: STANDBY/ON, SoundON, STANDBY, itemsek (“Clock” M E N U . • \ keycode in a safe place where only authoNote qualityPress images w i th minimal dot craw l and cross \ or | to paralleliz•ePerform the upper 47 “SIG-ADJ” Adjustments. ENTER, (“Phase” L-CLICK, Adjustment) R-CLICK/RETURN, • Thehave menuaccess. screen will disappear. rized users color noise. • The Video canof only set may in VIDEO or depending ECO+QUIET and TIMER • be Noise appear onMENU, the computer. — Approx. 80% Approx. Low BREAK and lowesignal r sides the projected • On ENTER S-VIDEO mode. System function recognizes 3,000 each Selectable itemsthe same passw Description Enter ord inincorrectly connected to• the • Cables rearlock panel of the projector. 23-29 image. • When System” is to “Auto”, you may Info “VideoDNR button on the remote control or hours on the Off notset function. 53 RETURN Ò •receive econfirmÓ ,does then press ENTER • due Volume is setdifferto .minimum. • projector notR a clear picture to signal as an indiviNormal dual button, Approx. even34 if Off 100% Level 1– 3 Sets the DNR level. • ences. fI uoy esol ro tegrof ruoy ,edocy k tca no ruoy • ' " • switch \ |to • When thethe projector to an external device and name. the 2,000 Should this occur, video is connected they share the same button If o y u -reS o laD rtcejP dohuziAraSptsesystem n notbuttons output on even you hours of the source signal.volume is set to minimum, the sound theif projector in set• usedisthe vice Centr (se page Note 68). enEv if the product turn up the volume of the externalting device. o y ur keycode, the keycode cannot war nty is valid, the keycod res t wil incur a Picture appearsdobut be “Acanceled the remote set to “Off”. • Menu buttons notno function while theis projector is operating• the uto Sync”,iw th “Break Timer”, “Fcontrol. REEZE”,51 Press .• “Speaker” .egrahc sound is heard. Note or “A • V MUTE” functions. • Data image is not • Make the necessary adjustments of each itemECO+QUIET in the “SIG-ADJ” 47 • You can also use on the remote menu. • centered. KEYSTONE control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet (See pagethe 35.)output resolution • Depending on the computerMode. you are using, — 3 2 5 4 3 signal may be different from the one you have set. For details, refer to the operation manual of the computer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded Introduction How to Read this Operation Manual • In this operation manual, the illustrations and on-screen displays are simplified for explanation. This may differ from the actual on-screen display. Using the Menu Screen Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) ENTER button Buttons used in this operation MOUSE/Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) ENTER button MENU button MENU button RETURN button Buttons used in this operation RETURN button • Press RETURN to return to previous screen when the menu is displayed Menu Selections (Adjustments) Example: Adjusting “Bright”. • This operation can also be performed by using the buttons on the projector. Button used in this step 1 Press MENU. • The “Picture” menu screen for the selected input mode is displayed. 2 Press | or \ and select “Picture” to adjust. Example: “Picture” screen menu Menu item Picture SIG SCR PRJ Net. Standard 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SEL./ADJ. RETURN On-screen display 7500K 3D Progressive Auto Off Off Off Useful Features Picture Mode Contrast Bright Color Tint Sharp Red Blue CLR Temp Progressive Film Mode DNR MNR Eco+Quiet Mode Reset ENTER END -43 Info ...........Indicates safeguards when using the projector. Note ........Indicates additional information for setting up and operating the projector. For Future Reference Maintenance Troubleshooting Page 56 Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Pages 66 and 67 Index Page 70 -3 Contents Preparing Introduction Useful Features How to Read this Operation Manual ............. 3 Contents .......................................................... 4 How to Access the PDF Operation Manuals .... 6 IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS .......................... 7 Accessories .................................................. 10 Part Names and Functions .......................... 12 Using the Remote Control ........................... 15 Menu Items ................................................... 40 Using the Menu Screen ............................... 43 Usable Range .................................................... 15 Inserting the Batteries ....................................... 15 Quick Start Quick Start .................................................... 16 Setup Setting Up the Projector .............................. 18 Setting Up the Projector .................................... 18 Projection (PRJ) Mode ....................................... 19 Connections Samples of Cables for Connection ............. 21 Connecting to a Computer .......................... 23 Connecting to Video Equipment ................. 25 Controlling the Projector by a Computer ... 27 Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal ......................................... 28 Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment .................................... 29 Using Basic Operation Turning the Projector On/Off ....................... 30 Connecting the Power Cord .............................. 30 Turning the Projector On .................................... 30 Turning the Power Off (Putting the Projector into Standby Mode) ............................................ 30 Image Projection .......................................... 31 Using the Adjustment Feet ................................ 31 Correcting Trapezoidal Distortion ...................... 32 Adjusting the Lens ............................................. 33 Switching the Input Mode .................................. 34 Adjusting the Volume ......................................... 34 Displaying the Black Screen and Turning off the Sound Temporarily ................................ 34 Displaying and Setting the Break Timer ............ 35 Switching the Eco+Quiet Mode ......................... 35 Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) ................... 35 Freezing a Moving Image .................................. 35 Selecting the Picture Mode ............................... 36 Displaying an Enlarged Portion of an Image .... 36 Resize Mode ...................................................... 37 Using the Remote Control as the Wireless Computer Mouse ........................................ 39 -4 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Menu Selections (Adjustments) ......................... 43 Picture Adjustment (“Picture” menu) ........ 45 Selecting the Picture Mode ............................... 45 Adjusting the Image .......................................... 45 Adjusting the Color Temperature ....................... 45 Selecting the Progressive Mode ........................ 46 Selecting the Film Mode .................................... 46 Reducing Image Noise (DNR) ........................... 46 Mosquito Noise Reduction (MNR) ..................... 46 Eco+Quiet Mode Setting ................................... 46 Signal Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” Menu) ........ 47 Adjusting the Computer Image ......................... 47 Resolution Setting .............................................. 47 Auto Sync Adjustment ....................................... 47 Signal Type Setting ............................................ 47 Selecting the Dynamic Range ........................... 48 Setting the Video System ................................... 48 Checking the Input Signal ................................. 48 Screen Adjustment (“SCR-ADJ” Menu) ..... 49 Setting the Resize Mode ................................... 49 Adjusting the Image Position ............................. 49 Keystone Correction .......................................... 49 Setting the On-screen Display ........................... 50 Selecting a Startup and Background Image ..... 50 Selecting the Menu Screen Position .................. 50 Reversing/Inverting Projected Images .............. 50 Selecting the On-screen Display Language ..... 50 Helpful Functions Set during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) ................................. 51 Auto Power Off Function .................................... 51 Auto Restart Function ........................................ 51 Setting the Confirmation Sound (System Sound) ........................................... 51 Speaker Setting ................................................. 51 Audio Output Type Setting ................................ 51 Monitor Output ................................................... 51 LAN/RS232C ..................................................... 51 Selecting the Transmission Speed (RS-232C) .. 52 Fan Mode Setting .............................................. 52 System Lock Function ....................................... 52 Keylock Function ............................................... 53 Returning to the Default Settings ....................... 53 Checking the Lamp Life Status ......................... 53 Setting up the Projector Network Environment (“Network” menu) ............ 54 Setting a Password ............................................ 54 DHCP Client Setting .......................................... 55 TCP/IP Setting ................................................... 55 Confirming the Projector Information ................. 55 Introduction Reference Appendix Maintenance ................................................. 56 Replacing the Air Filter ................................ 57 Replacing the Air Filter ...................................... 57 Maintenance Indicators ............................... 59 Regarding the Lamp .................................... 61 Lamp ................................................................. 61 Caution Concerning the Lamp .......................... 61 Replacing the Lamp .......................................... 61 Removing and Installing the Lamp Unit ............ 62 Resetting the Lamp Timer ................................. 63 Storing the Projector ................................... 64 How to Use the Storage Case ........................... 64 Computer Compatibility Chart .................... 65 Troubleshooting ........................................... 66 For SHARP Assistance ................................ 68 Specifications ............................................... 69 Index .............................................................. 70 SETUP MANUAL Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CDROM for details. Setting up the Screen .................................... 2 Screen Size and Projection Distance ........... 3 Changing the Lens ......................................... 9 Connecting Pin Assignments ..................... 11 RS-232C Specifications and Commands ... 13 Setting up the Projector Network Environment ............................................ 18 Controlling the Projector via LAN .............. 24 Setting up the Projector Using RS-232C or Telnet ................................... 29 Resetting the Lamp Timer of the Projector via LAN ......................... 39 Troubleshooting ........................................... 41 Dimensions ................................................... 44 Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -5 Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 1 Insert theitems CD-ROM 1 Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. 2 Double click Computer” icon. 2 “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive voltage. ('/"/\/|) 3 Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to view the operation manual Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) 3 (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(2) operation manual (3)Tonot 4(1)When you want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat want to view. cable 'you " \hub, | use remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal •For When connecting to straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. For U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the pro(Enlarge/Reduce) 36 •MAGNIFY When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust •sunlight If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then • Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective • Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. inputEnsure terminal ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. obstructed, a pro(commercially available) If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR OUT) Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with • When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude • The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. air, set “FanisMode” “High”. •areas Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Caution rega IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS Introduction Before using the projector, please read this operation manual carefully. instructions for later use. the REGISTRATION CARD packed with the projector. Info Introduction CAUTION Please read all offor these instructions you operate this SHARP productProjector, and saveusing these There are two :important reasons prompt warranty before registration of your new Introduction ENGLISH 1. Read Instruc 1. WARRANTY Electrical energy can perform many useful functions. This product has been engineered and manufactured to to assure that BUT you IMPROPER immediatelyUSE receive full benefit of the parts, service SHOCK and labor assureThis yourispersonal safety. CAN the RESULT IN POTENTIAL ELECTRICAL OR warranty applicable purchase. FIRE HAZARDS. In order notto to your defeat the safeguards incorporated in this product, observe the following basic rules its installation, use and servicing. 2. for CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY ACT To ensure that you will promptly receive any safety notification of inspection, modification, or 13. Power-Cord Protection recall that may be required to give under the 1972 Consumer Product SafetysoAct, All the safety andSHARP operating instructions should be read before Power-supply cords should be routed that PLEASE they are not theREAD product CAREFULLY is operated. likely to be walked on or pinched by itemsU.S.A. placedONLY upon or THE IMPORTANT “LIMITED WARRANTY” CLAUSE. against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, 2. Retain Instructions convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from The safety and operating instructions should be retained for WARNING: theproduct. beam of light, or view directly. Be especially future reference. High brightness light source. Do 12not stare intothe 14.the Lightning 3. Heed Warnings careful that children do not stare directly into beam of light. For added protection for this product during a lightning storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the cable This prevent damagethis to theproduct product due electric system. shock, dowillnot expose toto lightning and power-line surges. All warnings on the product and in the operating instructions should be adhered to. 4. Follow Instructions WARNING: To reduce the risk of fire or All operating and use instructions should be followed. rain or moisture. 5. Cleaning Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners orequipment aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth Other connected See forbottom cleaning.of projector. 15. Overloading Do not overload wall outlets, extension cords, or integral convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, 6. Attachments 16. Object and Liquid Entry triangle, is intended to within an equilateral CAUTION Do not use attachments not recommended by the product Never push objects of any kind into this of product through alert the user to the presence uninsulated manufacturer as they cause hazards. RISK OFmay ELECTRIC SHOCK. openings“dangerous as they may voltage” touch dangerous points or within voltage the product’s DO NOT REMOVE SCREWS 7. Water and Moisture short-out enclosure parts that could result fire or electric shock. that may be in of asufficient magnitude SPECIFIED USER Do not use this EXCEPT product near water–for example, near a bath Never spill of any kind on the toliquid constitute a risk orproduct. electric shock to tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub; in a wet SERVICE SCREW. 17. Servicing persons. basement; or near a swimming pool; and the like. Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or 8. CAUTION: Accessories removing covers may exposepoint you towithin dangerous voltageisor TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, The exclamation a triangle Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, other hazards. Refer all servicing to the qualified service intended to alert the user to presence of DO NOT REMOVE COVER. bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury personnel. important operating and maintenance NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS EXCEPT LAMP UNIT. to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use 18. Damage(servicing) Requiring Service instructions in the literature REFER TObracket, QUALIFIED SERVICE only with a cart,SERVICING stand, tripod, or table recommended Unplug this product from the outlet and refer servicing accompanying thewall product. PERSONNEL. by the manufacturer, or sold with the product. Any mounting to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: Using the projector in other countries of the product should follow the manufacturer’s instructions, a. When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the b. If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into manufacturer. the product. or modifications to this toequipment WARNING: 9. TransportationFCC Regulations state that any unauthorized changes c. If the product has been exposed rain or water.not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void theproduct user’s does authority to operate this d. If the not operate normally by equipfollowing A product and cart combination should the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls be moved with ment. care. Quick stops, U.S.A. ONLY that are covered by the operating instructions, as an excessive force, and uneven surfaces improper adjustment of other controls may result in may cause the product and cart damage and will often require extensive work by a combination to overturn. INFORMATION qualified technician to restore the product to normal 10. Ventilation This equipment andforfound to comply with operation. the limits for a Class A digital device, Slots and openingshas in thebeen cabinettested are provided ventilation e. If the product has been dropped or damaged in any Temperature monitor pursuant Part 15 of the FCC Rules. are designed to provide reasonable protection to ensure to reliable operation of function the product and toThese protect limits it way. from overheating, and these openings must not be blocked against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in the a commercial environment. Thisin f. When product exhibits a distinct change or covered. The openings should never becan blocked by placing equipment generates, uses, and radiate radio frequency performance, energy and, not installed and used in thisifindicates a need for service. the product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface. This accordance the operation cause 19. harmful interference Replacement Parts to radio communications. product shouldwith not be placed in a built-inmanual, installationmay such as Operation a residential area cause harmful interference, in which When replacement parts are required, ensure that thecase service a bookcaseoforthis rackequipment unless proper in ventilation is provided or is likely to has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer’s instructionstohave been adhered to. thetheuser will be required correct the interference at histechnician own expense. U.S.A. ONLY manufacturer or have the same characteristics as the original 11. Power Sources part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric This product should be operated only from the type of power or other source indicated on the marking If you are notwith sure the of device. shock, The enclosed computer cablelabel. must be used The cable is hazards. provided to ensure that the device 20. Safety Check the type of power supply to your home, consult your product complies with FCC Class A verification. Upon completion of any service or repairsU.S.A. to this ONLY product, dealer or local power company. For products intended to ask the service technician to perform safety checks to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the determine that the product is in proper operating condition. operating instructions. WARNING: 12. Grounding or Polarization 21. Wall or Ceiling Mounting This a Class A product. Inofathe domestic environment this maybe cause radio interference Thisisproduct is provided with one following types of Thisproduct product should mounted to a wall or ceiling onlyinas 59 plugs.case If the plug fail to fit the powerto outlet, which the should user may beinto required take adequate measures. recommended by the manufacturer. please contact your electrician. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the plug. a. Two-wire type (mains) plug. b. Three-wire grounding type (mains) plug with a grounding terminal. This plug will only fit into a grounding type power outlet. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals 22. Heat This product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat. -1 Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in that manuals refer toyou the to the in LAN several main terminal pages languages using in following thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can Terminal on read Ensure Remote Control the safeguards when described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a setting up your projector. STANDBY button R/C JACK ® the 30 TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Setup and Projection Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. Projector LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). ■ Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton ■ When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual CAUTION Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type,PRECAUCIÓN commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard imPRÉCAUTION (1)When you (2) operation (3)Tonot want button to view the manual 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB ■ Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). ■ For For minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the proMAGNIFY (Enlarge/Reduce) 36 When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the ■ Continuously watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly ■Cable operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated part QCNWGA038WJPZ) is from 41°F to 3495°F (+5°C to +35°C). 35 1. Place the projector facing a screen Service Center. ■ The storage temperature of the projector is BREAK TIMER button ForTodisplaying theterminal break timer.cable audio output Front View AV MUTE button For temporarily displaying the black screen and turning off the sound. Dedicated cable from –4°F to 140°F Storage case (–20°C to +60°C). Do not set thebutton projector incable, places exLensusing cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC To video terminal 35audioLens * When the ø3.5 output mm mono theComputer volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. RGB cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) ■ when Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust Monitor If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double sunlight or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 ■ Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 2.Codes Connect the projector to the computer and the and power ■ Ensure that the plug intake vent the exhaust in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. For switching to the respective input terminal ForTolowering the noise of the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal fan and extending the lamp life. input the modes. AC socket ofTothe cord into projector output vent are not obstructed. AUDIO The projector may be safely tilted toterminal aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable To RGB input terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. ■ If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR obstructed, a pro(commercially available) OUT) Using the Remote Control with a Signal Cable Audio ■ Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the pro■ Lamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat ■ Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT ■Projector Ceiling-mount unit (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) with the remote control. ■ Universal bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the proTopages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the ■ Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other endlens of the strap Remove the andcableturn the projector on When using projector incap high-altitude ø3.5 mm minijack (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) ■ 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector operatingOn control condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. 3. or more) Note Note ■ When you use the projector in high-altitude The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. areas air, set “FanisMode” “High”. Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Caution rega IMPORTANT SAFEGUARDS Introduction Before using the projector, please read this operation manual carefully. ■ When using projector, instructions forthe later use. take care not to subject it to hard impact and/or vibration, as this 1. WARRANTY can result in damage. Take extra care with the lens. If you are not to use the projector for a longCONSUMER time, make certain you SAFETY unplug the power 2. PRODUCT ACT cord from the wall outlet, and disconnect any other cables connected to it. ■ Do not carry the projector by holding the lens. 2. Retain Instructions ■ When storing the projector, ensure you attach WARNING: the lens cap to the projector. (See page 12.) Heed ■3.Do notWarnings expose the storage case or projector to direct sunlight or near heat sources. The 4.storage Follow Instructions case or projector may change color WARNING: or become deformed. Info • The cooling fan regulates the internal temperature, and its performance is automatically controlled. The sound of the fan may change during projector operation due to changes in the fan speed. This does not 13. Power-Cord Protection indicate malfunction. Introduction CAUTION: Please read all of these instructions before you operate this product and save these Introduction ENGLISH 1. Read Instruc 5. Cleaning 14. Lightning 15. Overloading Other connected equipment ■6.When connecting a computer or other audioAttachments visual equipmentCAUTION to the projector, make the RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. the power connections AFTER unplugging DO NOT REMOVE SCREWS 7. Water and Moisture cord of the projector from the AC outlet and EXCEPT SPECIFIED USER SERVICE SCREW. turning off the equipment to be connected. ■8.Please read the operation manuals of the proAccessories CAUTION: TOthe REDUCE THE RISKto OFbe ELECTRIC SHOCK, jector and equipment connected for DO NOT REMOVE COVER. instructions on how toPARTS makeEXCEPT the connections. NO USER-SERVICEABLE LAMP UNIT. Using REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. the projector in other countries 16. Object and Liquid Entry 17. Servicing 18. Damage Requiring Service ■ The power supply voltage and the shape of the plug may vary depending on the region WARNING: 9. Transportation or country you are using the projector in. When using the projector overseas, make sure you use an appropriate power cord for the country you are in. INFORMATION 10. Ventilation Temperature monitor function ■ If the projector starts to overheat due to setup problems or blockage of the air vents, “ ” and “ ” will illumi11.nate Power in the Sources lower left corner of the picture. If the temperature continues to rise, the lamp will turn off, the temperature warning indicator on the projector will blink, and after a 90-second cooling-off period the projector will enter the standby WARNING: 12.mode. Grounding or Polarization Refer to “Maintenance Indicators” on page 59 for details. 19. Replacement Parts 20. Safety Check 21. Wall or Ceiling Mounting 22. Heat Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -1 Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). ■ Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton ■ When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB ■ Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal • When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). ■ For For minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the pro(Enlarge/Reduce) 36 •MAGNIFY When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the ■ Continuously watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly ■Cable operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. ■ The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) ■ when Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust •sunlight If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then • Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 ■ Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective • Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. input terminal ■ Ensure ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. ■ If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR obstructed, a pro(commercially available) OUT) Audio ■ Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the pro■ Lamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat ■ Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT ■Projector Ceiling-mount unit (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) with the remote control. ■ Universal bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the proTopages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the ■ Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) ■ 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with • When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note ■ When you use the projector in high-altitude •areas The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. air, set “FanisMode” “High”. • Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (Òduring S (ÒS Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu)(ÒPRJ-ADJ Ó menu) Helpful Functions Installation .4 a■gle▼hAdjus • This projector is equipped with an A Ò uto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle CorrectionÓ function that automatically correctsP any • Adjust melborP the projector angle using the Height k Chec ega trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. ensure Optional TBefore he image quali▼y Computer s higes▼ i■ ordÒS e ofModel ▼he Comp■e▼ sig■al, ▼he Adjustment RGB sigignal ■al, ▼he usalo■diAS-video sig■al ■d ▼he connecting, lenses the power cord of the projector from the AC outlet is unplugged, XG-C455W/PG-C355W • I ▼ f h p e i c u r ■ s o m a l , d b k g adjustment (SIG-ADJ)Ó menu the Tilt dial to adjust horizontalare tilt of audociyrm-p▼veqI■RsfGhBla•Vand ig,do. •Mul▼ipesg■aDisplay the devices to be the connected turned0.74" off. After making turn on the Insert the new lamp unit. heardocsi■ly that upor ▼ ■Rotate eP1li2x—Ck:7o0cMHz Projection devices LCD panel × 3 all connections, Pic▼. Pic▼. Pic▼. SIG SCR — ADJ SCR Ne▼.PRJ SCR-ADJ Ne▼. SIG SIG -ADPRJ This wlec▼■o afyudrmb.phgs Ne▼. Lens distance for 100" screen size the projector. •Enter Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp Cprojector OMPUTER/ N ▼ermi■al1o2 ▼heprojc vfide o■c▼ . Horiz■▼eaql1u5F—cy0:Main then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last from▼hecabi■. 1Menu . c ■ a m o f r e p i ▼ kHz S y ■ c s i C g o m a p l : ▼ T b e L w v h l a m r o N 0 Clock Resiz Au▼oPwerOf and ■ O Wide-zoom lens (× 1.5 – 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" – 13' 1" (3.2 m – 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 × 800) the same keycode in ÒRe-con0 *4 0 Phase ImageShif▼ Au▼oResar -150 +150 Fasten Clock turned SIG-ADJ e V O■ all r 1▼riecqaul43■F—8y5:Hz 2Tele-zoom unit compartment. thethe securing • C o m p a ▼ i l b e w h s y ■ c o r e g i ■ a l device to be on after connections are made. lens (× 2.2 – 2.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7" – 19' 10" (4.8 m – 6.0 m) M a i ■ ▼ e c • e S c ▼ ■ i a M . s r o d I 95 from F number Lens FUsed 1.7 –function 1.9 When the imageallows is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer This you to set the the audio output 0 *4 equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keys▼o■ Sys▼emou■d . O■ 3firmÓ When connecting video with atoDVI output terminal Page following 47 Phase is a list The VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. lens (×-30 of 3.3+30 modes –0 *5 0 5.1)O■ that conform AN-C27MZ 23' 2" –speaker 35' 8" (7.1 m – 10.9 m) orilum■a▼esdc 34Tele-zoom V-Pos V-Keys▼o■ Speakr .s■oi▼cegkamr fdbe■ vah▼coebsi dhf▼lau■moireph▼sEthat the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as Zoom Manual, × 1.2items (f = 28.0 – you 33.6 to mm) H-Pos -150 +150 are Selectable Description function initialize Au▼oV-Keys■ AudioO▼ Res▼ VESA Tele-zoom lensstandards. (× 5.1 –*5 7.2)O■ FAO AN-C41MZ This 36' 2"allows – 50' 10" (11.0 m – 15.5the m) settings 5 b red.i■lks not comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external 640x8 O■ E■able -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Manual 246 Resolu▼i■ OSDisplay Mo■i▼rOu On Auto Sync adjustment will occur you have made inRGB the projector. Horizontal Frequency Vertical Frequency Analog Digitalwhen Video Equipment *5 • Resolution VESA Au▼oSy■c Backgrou■d LAN/RS23C Log E■able When with(Compatible the cable beca■o▼prjTh Mode se▼.ikyloc Th O■ RGB 35 RGB 357N o ▼ e connecting ing distortion is called Keystone amplifier. Res▼ (Hz ) trapezoidalSupport Support the projector is turned on orCorrection. when the (kHz ) HDCP) DVI-D with Input terminals × 1 Ce■▼r 960bps Au▼o attached 68 Sig■alType Me■uPosi▼ RS-23C 4standard The zoom lens is to the projector. d e ■ r u ▼ o p i h . d e k c o l r a s ■ ▼ u b h , N O e i y k h ▼ f I e g a P 47 60 27.0 input signals are switched, when the keycode that you have al(Co■ec▼ig OMPUTER/CheNilusa1▼ro■w2:b .fh)emr To 5cancel e d o M J R P e g R c i m a ■ y D ▼ ■ o r F r d ■ a ▼ S Fa■Mode 79 Normal Selectable items Description Computer/Component × 2 70 31.5 640 ◊ 350 s▼a■dbymoeuigh 6optional The are also available application. Please see VideoSys▼m La■gue Sys▼emLock to a computer. Resolu▼i■ lenses from Sharp Au▼o E■glish Disable 80 set 85 Autofor V-Keystone Correction ready On The connected audio signal is output from the internal N o ▼ e specialized (mini D-sub 15 pin) 37.9 60 27.0 Alres▼ Ayour NDBY/Ou▼o■b ST • Pres qnearest audio output terminals Page 47 To Off Auto Sync adjustment is not automatiSharp Authorized Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. (Refer to the 70 " s ▼ e p i ■ mf o r u j h c 640◊ 400 speaker. S-Video (miniO■ DIN 431.5 pin) × 1 Set on the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen i■▼alzed. b ca■o▼ meu or i▼ems folw■g The ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ 85 Height . projec▼h Adjustment 37.9 Sig■alIfo:80x6 Au▼oSy■c cally performed. 4 a ■ d 5 b o v e . SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 Off The audio signal is not output from the Of 60 Suplied 27.0 H 60.3 kHz ◊ 47 /V 350 37.8Hz buttons Page 720 Video (RCA) menu . × 1 • SIG-ADJme■u to ÒOnÓinternal w LampTier(f)[0]h■1% 70 31.5 RGBcable dial wi▼hgre■sPcu install •*6 unit Cha■ge▼ipusly. Tilt 7 4 speaker. When the System Lock is set nel the optional lenses. Replace the lamp cover. y r o s e c a To AUDIO input terminal 60 27.0 VGA Sig■alType Au▼o Pages 31, 32 To DVI-D Audio minijack) × 2 70 Resolu▼i■ 31.5 720 ◊ 400 (ø3.5 mm stereo (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT 2, DVI-D) ■ e r c s ▼ u p ■ i e d o c y e k e h ▼ , ▼sig■alpucome s i •k c o L m e ▼ s y S ■ e h W • Align RGB ENTR and slide ENTR ENTR SEL./ADJ SEL./ADJ SEL./ADJ thePage lamp input terminal 85 37.9 it to 47 unit cover Manual Keystone Correction • S C R A D J m e ■ u ▼ e ■ p m o C Note (RCA) -pa ▼i ■ehW .■o de ru▼ si rewop h▼ re fa sr ep a (COMPUTER/ close. × 2 50(L/R) RETUN RETUN RETUN 26.2 END ThenAudio tighten the END ENDuser service 60 La■gu e 31.5 . *7 .DVI-)2,■1COMPNEToi▼cejorp ▼Output a s o▼ edocyek ▼hgir eh▼ re ■ ,sraep zom▼hea■dfcusAj terminals Computer/Component ø3.5 mm stereo minijack touto RCASync audio cable × 1 70 34.7 • Auto adjustment also performed Set ÒA V-KeystoneÓ on theisÒSCR-ADJÓ screen by e g R c i m a ■ y D o ▼ u A 640◊ 480 screw to secure the lamp unit cover. Computer 72• PRJ-AD me■u 37.9 (commercially available) S▼a■dr (mini D-sub 15 pin) gThe re■)(opiksPc▼u Input e g a P 48 pressing AUTO SYNC on the projector orlevel on 75 37.5 menu to Ò O ffÓ . Select Ò V -KeystoneÓ , and then d e c a h ■ E screen for keycode graph below isimage for 100 (254 cm) screen Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43.3 Adjust the16:10 projected image size (Normal ThisLTaimperwith determines whether the audio ()f function 85 wi▼hRGB■pusgal Audio (ø3.5*8 mm stereo minijack) × 1 (variable audio output) the remote control. DVI Digital cable (commercially available) press or to parallelize the left and right sides 50 31.3 Uservicw Adjust VideoSys▼m output from the AUDIO output • Bring • 56 projected image into by the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the — — Au▼o — — focus Sys▼emLock (COMPUTER/ the Sys▼em Lock Info 35.2 To DVIimage outputLAN terminal • the The projected Auto Syncor adjustment may take some time IfScreen the optimum bePAL obtained of image with the slide bar. To (RJ-45) Control and × 1 Page 48cannot 60 (forlampu■i▼cve) zoom 37.9with Auto terminal is fixed variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. knob. SECAM Description Selectable items DVI-)2,1COMPNET • IfSVGA . SIG-ADJ 70 to complete, depending on the image of the 46.6 800 ◊ 600 the lamp unit and lamp unit cover are not 3 . 4 C S T N Focus ring Zoom knob Sync adjustment, use the function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, select ÒHTo audio output terminal USB (Type B) communication × 1 72 To COMPUTER/ 48.1 UME. The projector automatically enters the 75 On Note Wide-zoom (AN-C12MZ) To AUDIO input terminal 46.9 br▼oisPcueterminals a■dgh correctly • se▼.i■corlyadjumIg NTSC3.58PAL-Mlens 54 computer connected to installed, the power will not turn COMPONENT ×1 1 KeystoneÓ and press or the. projector. RGB outputRS-232C terminal (mini DIN 9input pin) N o ▼ e Toitems standby modeDescription when no53.7 signal is 85 Selectable 10'5"–13'1" (3.2 m–4.0 m) input Selectable items Description PAL-N terminal 50 . h s i ▼ w 40.3 • For details of the Resize mode, see pages 37 on, even if the power cord is connected to 0 6 L A P detected for 15noise. minutes or longer. Throw distance ratio 1:1.5–1.9 Clock Adjusts vertical Wired Remote × 1 60 48.4 FAO Audio toutput that does not vary in • Sel c▼ h i■pu s g al▼y eof h vid qu pme■▼.S ag 47. Vertical Keystone Correction 38. the Locking Operation the 70 56.5 1024 XGAprojector. ou elsof▼hvkacTb and • E■haced) or Sl▼DymiRgs( Buttons 84 Auto Power Off function Off Phase Adjusts horizontal noise (similaron towill be Sig■alIfo The (ø3◊ .5768 mm stereo minijack) (Fixed Audio Zstrength with the volume level of the • While ▼ proj c is ■ ec▼ d o vi equ pm ■▼ ha s ■ HDMI ou▼p er mi■al, o y ▼he vid o 75 60.0 oom m in can also on the remote conwba■digormesh • You . ▼haresuli■bpcqy VCR). You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 Page press 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time disabled. tracking on your the Projector Output) source projector. Speakers 260 W (Mono) s i g ■ a l c b e i p u ▼ o ( h C e ■ r . cj ▼ U D I o O i A p u e r m i ■ o a l f u d p ▼ . ) 45.0 1280◊ 720 Standard zoom lens37.) trol when to setinputting theCenters resize mode. (See page VI- adewh■D prf Item H-Pos the on-screen image by butand life that (percentage). *4 RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT or 2 Audiolamp 60 47.8 1280 ◊ to 768 VAOthe1remaining output varies in strength with Use lock the operation • Dep■digosecfia▼o■sWXGA vide qupm■▼orVHIDMdigalc,eb▼hsig■alrmsio■ this function 275 60 W m–4.5 m) 49.7 1280COMPUTER/COMPONENT ◊ 800 *5Projection Item selc▼d.iDwhen lamp inputting 1 or 2 moving it12'4"–14'9" to the left or(3.8 right. (Variable the volume level of the projector. This function allows you to select the source input sig75 62.8 tons on the projector. y ■ m o a ▼ w ( r T h k e p H . D M I s c i f ▼ y a o ■ d e s ▼ u p o r ▼ a l c o ■ e i s ▼ v d e o q u i p m ■ ▼ Throw distance ratio 1:1.8–2.1 L 100 ampusgeco■di▼ – 240 V Remai■ g l mpe if *6 ItemNote when selecting Rated voltage AC 60 47.7 by 1, 2 or DVI-D 1360COMPUTER/COMPONENT ◊ 768 V-Pos Centers the on-screen image Audio Output) ■ a f g i l o c e h T • , e h ▼ g ■ i l o c r u a d s j p W m nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 1366DVI-D ◊ 768 *7 Item selecting ▼ha sHDMIdig▼aloup er mi■alusgVHIDMdi▼oalce.b) when Life 10 % 5% moving it up or Buttons down. Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 60 55.0 Locking theAuto Operation f . a■s▼eruf function COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page 33 *8 • Item selecting S-VIDEO When is set to ÒOnÓ , 70 66.2 1152VIDEO ◊ Power 864 or Off F orde▼ails■comp▼iblrycfo■e▼i,s upor.▼i■fmaVIocbecoms■iyeD▼i■pvrodybhe whenthe O p e ar ▼ dx c l u s i v y A Input current 75 3.6 67.5 SXGA Hold down ENTER on the projector for about 5 secTele-zoom lens (AN-C18MZ) Reset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horizontal Keystone Correction A p r o x . A p r o x . ligh▼■odesampT 5 • e h T p m a l r o ▼ c d ■ i s g u . 95 minutes1280 before the projector enters the v i d e o q u p m ■ ▼ a . c f r e 60 64.0 ◊ 1024 ModeEc+Qui▼ whl Selectable items Description You can move the projected image vertically. 15'7"–19'10" (4.8 m–6.0 m) 360 onds the projector is being on. STANDBY 75 W (3.4 W) with AC 1003,0 hours V 150hours 80.0 consumption (Standby) ÒSPower creen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)Ó menu upev■af▼rh while Replac▼hm. turned Note standby mode, the message Ò E nter d o m T U P N I h ▼ c l e S • When A Ò udio OutÓ has been set to V Ò AOÓ , first make 64.0 ratio 1:2.2–2.860 Auto Input signals are automatically recogO■.is Throw distance 1400◊ 1050 SXGA+ RGB cable 345 W (4.4 to W) lower with ACthe 240 volume V 60 65.3 projec▼u■s. Info mode in X min.Ó will appear on the screen to sure of the projector before On-screen Display nized as RGB or component. When connecting video equipment with component video output terminal •Main To reset all adjustment items, select “ R eset” and 60 75.0 1600◊ 1200 UXGA Opera▼ d xclusive y Menu Sub Menu the C Ò temperature OMPUTER using the minutes. INPUT buttons on the projector or 1 button on the control. Ap rox. Aprox. remote Operation 67 41° F turning to the 95° COMPUTER F (+5° Cpower to +35° C) 34.9 640 ◊ 1Ó 480 13" indicate the remaining TSCR-ADJ helampsud■y▼r Select the on or off and when switching the RGB Set when RGB signals are received. • MAC Make sure to reset the lamp timer only w h E i c l o e + Q u ▼ M d press 75 832◊ 624 MAC 16"ENTER. Resiz Keylock functionNormal ON 49.7 (Co■ec▼ig OMPUTER/CheNilusa1▼ro■w2:b .fh)emr Cabinet 2,0 hours 10 hours Display Tele-zoom (AN-C27MZ) 75 60.2the ◊ On 768 19"On Component Plastic projec▼i■.duMAC gf when Set when Component signals are input. Ful you reset replacing the lamp. If-Pos” " INPUTlens " list On-screen (RGB) thePage 1024 the remote 49 O f i s . • Page MAC The49 adjustable range of “ H (H-Position) 75m–10.9 68.7 23'2"–35'8" (7.1 1152◊ 870 21" Do▼By * ø3.5 mm AC m) socket stereo or mono audio cable 1/64" control lampprojector timer and body continue to same only) × Hthe × depending D] 32" × 4"service × 11received. 12 27/as AreaZom (commercially • [W co■e▼dhrpjilyCabs use 23- 9 • Thyelkocfu■▼i desDimensions oacf▼h perio■ some▼iagTh and INPUT available or available “V-Pos”(main (V-Position) may vary COMPUTER1 Throw distance ratioSharp 1:3.3–5.1 part QCNWGA038WJPZ) V-S▼rech ImageShif▼ -40 +40 lamp, this may cause the lamp to become Video Equipment button button (326 × 101.5 × 279.5 mm) f l i c k e r s . . r o ▼ ■ m p i u q e w s k y l S▼rech wi▼h ermo c■▼lbuos. on RGB the screen of the computer. Page resolution 49 COMPUTER1 1024◊ 768 N o ▼ e (approx.) orH-Keys▼o■ explode. • .,replac▼hm Ifis■quy 26 10.8 lbs. (4.9 kg) • Selectable Y Weight ouca■▼syelhkf io■w e▼hpr- damaged -60 +60 Description items * w•huoabiesfl¿▼W■m3v.gr5cd, • ThisYou N o ▼ e COMPUTER2 Note Tele-zoom lens (AN-C41MZ) can also reset the lamp timer via the e g a P 49 jec▼oriswam■gup. esalo■gThmp▼k projec▼ym■a bel ▼odisypamge fro ■▼ebkcompu▼ersi■ lmaeousT(/CLRD) • e■▼ualydobchg.v Tmpwi is unplugged from the 26 If the power cord On 36'2"–50'10" (11.0 m–15.5 m) V-Keys▼o■ -10 +10 D DVI-D Computer Shoulmd▼,i.esrLAN. c■fhLCDdisyop▼lae bkcmpu▼era■do hiysp▼la o■.▼ur ime . Replac▼hm . Thelampsrcd▼■ofi outlet or the breaker switch is turned off • The I ▼ i s r e c o m ■ d ▼ h a ▼ h e l a m p b e c h a ■ g e d To audio output terminal Keystone Correction can be adjusted up to Throw distance ratio 1:5.1–7.2 ageippmloadrsc■buf▼yro▼oefkcpmspulircyof ■▼iuos mprevo ■▼,SHARPres v ▼herigh▼ omaekdsig■ tothe Page SETUP 49 MANUAL Taking Keylock off the onisthe supDe▼aiTmloCs■d.RAwyhsc(Refer when the projector on, then the w h e ■ ▼ r m a i ■ g l p f e b c o m s 5 % . No▼e When set to E Ò nableÓ , the function is activated To component video output terminal an angle of approximately ±12 degrees with A “ uto e r u ▼ c i P s a d . k ■ O Au▼oV-Keys■ • input When you press the 5INPUT buttons on the projector, the INPUT list appears. oape■rplied d▼ismul.cfia▼o■chagesofrp ddown uc▼impervo■▼wihou▼pr io T■he▼ipc.orf ma■ce CD-ROM Hold ENTER on projector for about seconds. forthe details.) Ordinarily, the type of signal and Of is detected projector automatically turns onthe when and • press Remai■g lamp eif cha■gespower w i ▼ h ■ e a r■ g Page Compu▼er aibl▼yChorafis cmpu▼erig■alscomp▼ewbih roj.c▼ 49 Press is consumed even in the standby mode. • WShep■ag▼isrojec siv640 co■▼rlemTh 65 V-Keystone” and up toLamp an angle of approximately To list, COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 × ' " /" to select an item on the and R E T N to switch to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • × V G E 3 A o S 5 r 0 s i f g ■ m 6 a 4 l , ▼ 4 a 0 p e r s o ■ ▼ h c e . To AUDIO • s e ▼ a h o m r l ■ c i w g p j O 5 1 specif a▼o■figuresi■dca▼e r ■omialvuesofprduc▼io■Thuer▼s.ymabe om resolution correct mode is automatically selected. Howyc■euqrf h▼ ■o gidep ■wohs eula v eh▼ fo recommended the power cord O■is plugged into theinput ACterminal OSDisplay Display terminal It is be totoD Ò is• When using the remote control, press 1RETUPMOC ±50 , IVthat D O-Keystone” EDIV-S function or OEDinput IV set degrees/2 with “V,the and approxiep Ty la■giS h▼iw D-IV D ro 2 ,1 TN•EOPMC/RETUPOn-screen MOC g■isu la■gis ecarl▼■i BGR eh▼ g■icejorp ■ WUsewi▼hcompuersig■alo▼her ■ osli▼eydcmau so f▼heu■cios▼ wr k. ca■o▼beusd. . se■orc▼lm Of resolution ever, for some signals, the optimal mode in Page 50or Note outlet the breaker switch is turned on. v d i e a ▼ o ■ s f r m ▼ h e s a v l u i ■ d v i u a l ■ i ▼ . s a▼whiEco+QueMsdO■▼o when it is not connected. STANDBY/ON button s o m e M a c i ■ ▼ o s h c o m p u ▼ . e r s C o ■ a c ▼ o u yr ■ e a r s ▼ . oediV-Sro ediV reh▼isu,eacsih▼■I .deris ade▼cjorpeb▼•■y ameg i h▼,BGR ro ▼u A o▼ esA Maci■▼osh adp▼or yma be requid orf use wi▼h Connect ableÓ This reduces power switch the INPUT mode. mately ±30 degrees with “ H -Keystone” . the power • . yfrom▼hepjcaw b Thermo▼c■la cord. Backgrou■d Keylock function Log OFF 5 5 3 4 Auto Keystone Correction Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start 6 Throw Distance .5 1 Auto Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 1 Power Off Function Keylock Function 5 Audio Output Type Setting Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 4 Signal Type Setting Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 Adjusting the Image Position .6 2 Auto Restart Function Useful Features 2 Resolution Setting 6 Monitor Output 7 LAN/RS232C 1 projector does not auto- 30 a■dOf(Se. pag Ò Off ResolutionÓ onThe the10 Ò SIG-ADJÓ menu may needon to be 20 turn 40 the projector 50in the 55(ft) 46.) Page 34 • • ■oi▼ulgeyrsf,hda■cSpim▼bouDM sh.ealr This Blue in some RESIZE function only works consumption when is standby • When the screen is slanting orbutton the image is dePage power 50 cord • display ▼heo■siglfurcadI the • Plug the into thepower AC socket matically when cord is ENTER No■e selected to match the computer mode. • T h e l a m p e l i f y m a r v y d e p ■ i g o ■ ▼ h e u s -mocer si ▼ ,deg■ahc eb •▼o■ac sg■i▼e h▼ fI .▼up o la■Whgei■s ▼rhee▼upmoc eprho▼j•ec▼fo sg■i▼ise h▼i■k cehC s▼a■dby.▼■emsujmdodaDepending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s modes. (See pages 37 and 38.) mode. e, you ca■ teriorated, set “Auto V-Keystone” to “Off”. RCA (Component) to 15-pin cable ,place▼hrojwi sm■ projec▼ AC outlet3or of theoutput projector. plugged the the ageco■di▼ . ÒF5Ó D-sub o▼sd■peroc▼ah e■o•▼ es b■oi▼ulser h▼ a de■mexternal 1280 × 8 0. Me■uPosi▼ " button Ce■▼r portinto is switched on. (e.g. Press ÒFnÓ and keys simultaneously when using a (optional: AN-C3CP2) To reset this function, select “ 0 ” . u T r■ foPwer▼h breaker rel as ▼h k y oc b ldi■g ow ENTER Selectable items Description switchys▼ro■glih.ecdb waf UperRigh▼ is turned on. a■d Page 50 computer). SHARP notebook e rR ▼ fo h s p c i ■ ▼ r u c i o s ■ y r m p u ▼ e a i o ■ l ▼ LowerRigh▼ Enable The function is button activated even if the Note STANDBY/ON ro f ylsuoe■a▼ mi r c jo p eh▼ ■o MENU UperLf▼ • e k a M . y e b ▼ l p d r o s ■ i h T a m c 51 mode. e ■ l a b o y u r c x m s ▼ p e ■ a l o u ▼ p r ▼ . DTV the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby Lowerf▼ Reset the lamp projector is in standby mode. abou▼5sec■Press d. • See sure▼hbai■ dcoly.w ø3.5on “Checking othe Input Signal” 48 for audio cable(Hz mmpage minijack to RCA (commercially available) 3 Signal " ) On-screen Setting the Confirmation ntal Frequency Vertical DVI Support Display The function is switched off when the Fro■▼ (kHz) down PRJMode • While Horiz simultaneously holding " , FrequencyDisable Ceil■g+Fro▼ information on the currently selected input sig480 60 15.7 On the projector On the remote control Page and 50 projector is in standby mode. This projec▼ is equpd wi▼h a miI.c▼rsope fma■c ould be rsaldyv ec▼f yb 480P ENTER MENU on the projector, r a e R Info Sound) 60 31.5 nal.Sound (System Ceil■g+Rar 33.8 on the projector and 60 press STANDBY/ON i■core▼ pa orIfei■▼.chs ould hape■, ulg ▼he projc a■d plug i▼ ■ agi • -sid : ro▼cejp h eliw ▼s eb ▼o■ac klyeK 540P 15.6 576 E■glish polski No▼e allLa■gue four buttons pressed down until 50 af▼ermoh■5u.is Selectable Deu▼sch Magyr 50 g■iyalp eh▼ u■eM 576P ,src ■i ybda▼s ,eom keepitems Page 50 31.3 Description l o a p s E e k r T • Whe■ouyc ▼videoqupm■▼w720P iha21-p■RGBou▼ (Er-sca ▼)ohepr,jusc▼oa the lamp indicator 50 37.5 starts Nedrla■s sound blinkingisgreen. Note ▼up■i ,sla g ■i▼ repo A confirmation made when the Ong■imraw ,pu g■iahc 720P 60 45.0 Fra■is comerialyvbc1080 ▼ h f i s ■ ▼ h e p r o j c ▼ e m i ■ a lo u y w ▼ c ■ e . 50 28.1 o ■ i l a ▼ I projector turns on/off. u▼o A Sy■c fu■c▼io o r o■ ▼he Sys▼em k Loc • When you want to control the projector using • • Theprojc▼Even des1080 ■o upr ▼RGBCsig■alv ▼heEuro-sca ▼. • “LAMP Sve■ska 33.8 is displayed, indicating if you0000H” unplug the power cord from the60 AC outlet, the cooling fan continues to run for a while. No confirmation Off . rapugw■idmecs1080P Por▼ugs sound is made. 50 56.3 the LAN/RS232C function, select ÒEnableÓ. that the lamp timer 60 67.5 is reset. 1080P Page 30 .7 2 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in that manuals refer toyou the to the in LAN several main terminal pages languages using in following thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can Terminal on read Ensure Remote Control the safeguards when described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a setting up your projector. STANDBY button R/C JACK ® the 30 TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Setup and Projection Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. Projector LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton Power indicator Lamp indicator 30·59 30·59 When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, contact your Accessing the PDF Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to ® 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect STANDBY/ON button 30 Computer For Windows : For displaying adjustment and the 3 ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor ENTER button 44 59 Temperature warning jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Terminal etc. ForRemote turning thecontrol power on and avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 1 Insert theitems CD-ROM 1 Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. indicator /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. putting the projector into 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. 2 Double click Computer” icon. 2 “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons standbythe mode. See “Regarding Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive voltage. 35to AUTO SYNC buttonmanual ('/"/\/|) 3 Double “CD-ROM” When you want view the operation Power cord *click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) 3 (commercially available) 32 drive. KEYSTONE button dedicated For automatically adjusting moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector to hard im(2) operation manual (3)Tonot For entering the Keystone 4(1)When you want to view the 1) Double “MANUALS” folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK button 39 images connected to cable when withwhen the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Correction mode. Dedicated For the Left click when with the a language computer. 2) Double click the of the 1) Double click the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning the setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to44 RCA audio Adjustment cable or the buttons optional 43 ENTER button jector folder) To DVI digital For and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface ofselecting the lens. 3) Double click thescreen pdf file toitems access the prothat you want to view. cable (commercially ('/"/\/|) remote receiver). For setting selected 5 Zoom knob output terminal items. When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). ForFor minimal servicing and to maintain high For Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kong For Europe, except U.K. For U.S., Canada, etc. S-video cable (commercially available) RCA audio cable selecting and adjusting or adjusted on the menu. jector manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file to access the proMAGNIFY (Enlarge/Reduce) 36(6' use When connecting toitems. computer, cross-over 5 (CAT.5) type cable (commercially (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that thisCategory Zealand andavailable). Oceania and Singapore (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) on-screen R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 buttons RCA audio cable (commercially available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. When you want to view the setup manual projector installed in an area free from huVolume buttons 34 5 Focus ring For the Right click whenfor withlong the (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of the Continuously watching the screen Audio (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) RETURN button 43 For adjusting the speaker 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> For returning to the previous hours will cause eye strain. Take regular output sound level. cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjected to thesefolder. environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double “SETUP” (commercially available) To outputclick the button display. PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you want to button view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. MENU 43 display. Same as the [Page Down] and 34 INPUT buttons often. As long as the projector is regularly For displaying adjustment 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page keys oninput a computer ForUp] switching mode.environments will not cleaned, use with in these andextremes setting screens.of temVolume buttons locations 34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. ECO+QUIET button Internal cleaning should only be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable35level. the Cable The operating temperature ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and a available separate monitor sets ofthe RGB cables. Fortwo lowering noise of the (commercially or available as using When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated part QCNWGA038WJPZ) is from 41°F to 3495°F (+5°C to +35°C). 35 1. Place the projector facing a screen Service Center. The storage temperature of the projector is BREAK TIMER button ForTodisplaying theterminal break timer.cable audio output Front View Dedicated cable fan and extending the AV cooling MUTE button life. displaying the black For lamp temporarily screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not set theoutput projector incable, places exStorage case Lensusing cap up (attached) cap strap 33 AUTO SYNC button Zoom knob To video terminal 35 * When the ø3.5 mm mono audioLens theComputer volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed to direct sunlight or bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images For enlarging/ <GCASNA020WJSA> Info <PCAPHA026WJSA> <UBNDTA017WJZZ> accessory 33 Focus ring For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand terminal when connected athe computer. reducing picture. Do not block the intake exhaust For input adjusting the focus. ® ® If Operation the desired pdf file cannot be opened by double clicking the mouse, start Adobe Reader first, then sunlight or room light. Light falling directly on vents. manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) RESIZE button 37 Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 7/For 51 Speaker Allow at least 7 8 inches (20 cm) of space switching the screen size 31mode. Tilt For switching thedial picture RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, between the exhaust ventSTRETCH, and theetc.). nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ 15 Remote control wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 sensor 31 terminal Height Adjustment Connect the projector to the computer and plug the power ForTolowering the noise the cooling For switching to the respective MONITOR OUT terminal inputEnsure terminal that the intake vent and theofexhaust Codes in button “< >”input aremodes. Replacement parts codes. fan and extending the lamp life. cord into the AC socket of the projector Toa RGB output vent are not obstructed. The projector may be safely tilted to 31 AUDIO Height Adjustment Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR obstructed, a probutton (commercially available) OUT) Using the Remote Control with a Signal Cable 31 be Adjustment foot Audio Placement should within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP input horizontal. Adjustment foot 31oftothe When the signals from the remote control cannot be reached due to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio cable Composite video cable (commercially available) jector into standby mode prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) Air filter/Intake vent 56·57 Push bothbracket sides of the lens cap to withUniversal the remote control. AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro(on the bottom of the projector) attach or remove. Ceiling-mount unit AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> Projector jector power cord from the wall outlet and wait Remote control (Rear view) connecting equipment Topages WIRED To other WIRED than the computer, When seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. R/C JACK REMOTE terminal AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other endlens of the strap Remove the andcableturn the projector on When using projector incap high-altitude ø3.5 mm minijack (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector operatingOn control condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal 2. 3. illustration. orthe more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. areas air, set “FanisMode” “High”. Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Equipment Terminal on Terminal on the Cable 30° The remote control can be used to control When connecting to aconnected computer using an RS-232C serial control cable and a DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor equipment projector 30° To AUDIO output terminal 2 inputshown terminalin23·25 25 AUDIO input terminal theCOMPUTER/COMPONENT projector within the ranges the 23' (7 m) OUT) COMPUTER/ Shared audio input terminal(MONITOR for COMPUTER/COMPONENT 2 and DVI-D. COMPONENT 1, 2 AUDIO input terminal 23·25 24·25 input 30° terminal Remote control Supplied DVI-D DIN-D-sub Audio input RGB terminal for Terminal for DVI Digital RGB and Digital Component Note To audio input terminal accessory signal transmitters RS232C adaptor COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1. signals. output 28 control • The signal from the remote control can be reLAN terminal Remote Terminal for controlling the flected off a screen forterminal easy operation. Howprojector using a computer COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 23·25 ever, theinput effective distance of the signal may viasensor network. terminal Rear View Remote control To RS-232C terminal Computer ø3.5 mm minijack to differfordepending on the screen material. Terminal Computer RGB 30° 14 WIRED REMOTE terminal RCA audio cable and Component signals. For connecting the remote control (commercially available) When using the remote control: to the DVI-D projector when the signals DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) 26 S-VIDEO input terminal 30° control cannot • Take care not to drop, expose to moisture or from the remote video reach the remote control sensor. high temperature. Computer cable (supplied) Terminal for Computer RGB and ComponentRGB signals. illustration. output VIDEO input terminal Remote control 26malfunction under a • The remote control may 27 RS-232C terminal terminal signal transmitters DIN-D-subTerminal 30° for controlling the To RS-232C fluorescent lamp. In this case, move the proNoteterminal RS-232C 23' (7 m)adaptor ø3.5 mm stereo or mono audio cable (commercially AUDIO projector using a computer. jector away from the of fluorescent lamp. • Turn off the power both the projector and audio equipment when connecting. AUDIO input terminal 26 (for COMPUTER/ available or available as Sharp part 39 service USB terminal • When turning off the power or other audio firstonturn off Audio in the case of connecting an amplifier for S-video Terminal connecting withequipment, the COMPONENT USB terminal theDVI-D) QCNWGA038WJPZ) 1, 2, Remote controlcontrol the power of the amplifier and then turn off the power of the projector. computer for using the supplied remote as the output computer mouse. sound. • By usinginput external audio for better 26components, the volume can be amplified AUDIO terminal terminal forVariable Video Audio Output (VAO) and Fixed Audio Output (FAO), see page 52. • For details on Inserting the Batteries 29 AUDIO output terminal MONITOR 28 cable (commercially available) Audio-visual DVIoutput digital terminal DVI Digital Output terminal for Computer RGB and equipment Component signals. and Pull down the tabvideo on the cover Shared for COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 and 2. RS-232C serial control cable (cross type, commercially available) output remove the cover towards the diterminal 1 rection of the arrow. Component 2 3 RCA to 15-pin D-sub cable (optional: AN-C3CP2) video batteries. Insert the included DVI-D 15 Remote control sensor COMPUTER/ Exhaust vent 1, 2 56 COMPONENT output •Note Insert the batteries making sure the poterminal • The larities RS-232C function maythe not operate and if your computer terminal is not correctly set up. Refer to the correctly match Carrying handle operation manual of the computer for details. marks inside the battery compartment. Terminal Connect with the cable adaptor, etc. 3 Intake vent 56 for using 3 RCA to 15-pin Insert the lower tab the of the cover cable AC socket 30 D-sub (optional: into the opening, and lower the dedicated Connect AN-C3CP2) the supplied power cord. Standard connector • Docover not connect cable to a port other than RS-232C terminal on the computer. This may cablein Cablethe adaptor (commercially available) untilthe it RS-232C clicks place. * Kensington Security Info Dedicated cable damage your computer or projector. Incorrect use of the cause them to leak or cable explode. follow the precautions below. • Do not connect or batteries disconnectmay an S-video RS-232C serial control to orPlease from the computer while it is on. This cable (commercially available) S-VIDEO S-video may damage your computer.Using the Carrying Handle Caution output When transporting the Replace projector,only carry it by the carrying handle on the side. • Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. with alkaline or manganese batteries. terminal • Always put on correctly the lens cap to prevent damage to theinside lens when transporting the and marks the battery compart• Insert the batteries making sure the polarities match the projector. ment. Video cable (commercially • Do not liftproperties, or carry thetherefore projectoravailable) themix lens or the lens cap VIDEO as types. this may damage Video • Batteries of different types have different dobynot batteries of different the lens. • Do not mix new and oldoutput batteries. terminal This may shorten the life of new batteries or may cause old batteries to leak. • Remove the batteries from the remote control once they have run out, as leaving them in can cause them to leak. Battery fluid from leaked batteries is harmful to skin, therefore ensure you wipe them first and then remove them using a cloth. * Using the Kensington Lock • The batteries included with this projector may run down in a short period, depending on how they are kept. Be • This projector has a Kensington Security Standard connector for use with a Kensington MicroSaver Security sure to replace them as soon as possible with new batteries. System. Refer to the information that came with the system for instructions on how to use it to secure the •projector. Remove the batteries from the remote control if you will not be using the remote control for a long time. • Comply with the rules (ordinance) of each local government when disposing of worn-out batteries. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Connectio Introduction •When For more the RS-232C details of terminal connection on the andprojector cables, refer is connected to the operation to a computer, the of computer thecan connecting can be usedequipment. to control Audio signals input from equipment connected to each audio input terminal ofmanual the projector be output toequipment. audio Projector (Rear View) Front View Remote control sensor • Youprojector may need cables or connectors not listed below. the andother check the status of the projector. Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM for “RS-232C Specifications and Commands”. Usable Range Amplifier Terminals -13 Introduction Using th Sample Control Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in that manuals refer toyou the to the in LAN several main terminal pages languages using in following thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can Terminal on read Ensure Remote Control the safeguards when described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a setting up your projector. STANDBY button R/C JACK ® the 30 TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Setup and Projection Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. Projector LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 1 Insert theitems CD-ROM 1 Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. 2 Double click Computer” icon. 2 “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive voltage. ('/"/\/|) 3 Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to view the operation manual Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) 3 (commercially available) dedicated • For moving the computer cursor Do subject the projector hard im(2) operation manual (3)Tonot 4(1)When you want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital • Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat want to view. cable 'you " \hub, | use remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal •For When connecting to straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. For U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the pro(Enlarge/Reduce) 36 •MAGNIFY When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want •to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal • For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated part QCNWGA038WJPZ) is from 41°F to 3495°F (+5°C to +35°C). 35 1. Place the projector facing a screen Service Center. The storage temperature of the projector is BREAK TIMER button ForTodisplaying theterminal break timer.cable audio output Front View AV MUTE button For temporarily displaying the black screen and turning off the sound. Dedicated cable from –4°F to 140°F Storage case (–20°C to +60°C). Do not set thebutton projector incable, places exLensusing cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC To video terminal 35audioLens * When the ø3.5 output mm mono theComputer volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. RGB cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust Monitor •sunlight If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then • Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 2. Connect the projector to the computer and the and power Ensure that the plug intake vent the exhaust • Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. For switching to the respective input terminal ForTolowering the noise of the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal fan and extending the lamp life. input the modes. AC socket ofTothe cord into projector output vent are not obstructed. AUDIO The projector may be safely tilted toterminal aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable To RGB input terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR obstructed, a pro(commercially available) OUT) Using the Remote Control with a Signal Cable Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other endlens of the strap Remove the andcableturn the projector on When using projector incap high-altitude ø3.5 mm minijack (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with • When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector operatingOn control condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. 3. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude • The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. air, set “FanisMode” “High”. •areas Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Equipment Terminal on Terminal on the Cable 30° The remote control can be used to control When connecting to aconnected computer using an RS-232C serial control cable and a DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor equipment projector the projector within the ranges shown in the Computer RGB cable (supplied) illustration. 23' (7 m) COMPONENT 1, 2 RGB To audio input terminal accessory output • The signal from the remote control can be reflected off a screen forterminal easy operation. How- ever, the effective distance of the signal may Computer on the screen material. differ depending (MONITOR OUT) COMPUTER/ 30° Supplied Note 30° To AUDIO output terminal Rear View Remote control DIN-D-sub signal transmitters RS232C adaptor Remote control To RS-232C terminal ø3.5 mm minijack to Remote control sensor 30° RCA audio cable (commercially available) When using the remote control: DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) DVI-D 30° • Take care not to drop, expose to moisture or video high temperature. output Remote control • The remote control may malfunction under a terminal signal transmitters DIN-D-sub To RS-232C fluorescent lamp. In this case, move the pro30° Noteterminal RS-232C 23' (7 m)adaptorAUDIO ø3.5 mm stereo or mono audio cable (commercially jector from the of fluorescent lamp. • Turnaway off the power both the projector and audio equipment when connecting. (for COMPUTER/ available or available as Sharp service part • When turning off the power Audio in the case of connecting an amplifier or other audio equipment, first turn off QCNWGA038WJPZ) COMPONENT Remote control 1, 2, DVI-D) the power of the amplifier and then turn off the power of the projector. output • By using external audio components, the volume can be amplified for better sound. terminal • For details on Variable Audio Output (VAO) and Fixed Audio Output (FAO), see page 52. Inserting the Batteries Audio-visual DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) equipment Pull down the tabvideo on the cover and RS-232C serial control cable (cross type, commercially available) output remove the cover towards the diterminal 1 DVI-D rection of the arrow. Component 2 3 RCA to 15-pin D-sub cable (optional: AN-C3CP2) video batteries. Insert the included COMPUTER/ COMPONENT 1, 2 output •Note Insert the batteries making sure the poterminal • The larities RS-232C function maythe not operate and if your computer terminal is not correctly set up. Refer to the correctly match operation manual of the computer for details. marks inside the battery compartment. Terminal Connect with the cable adaptor, etc. 3 for using 3 RCA to 15-pin Insert the lower tab the of the cover D-sub cable Info (optional: AN-C3CP2) into the opening, and lower the dedicated • Docover not connect cable to a port other than RS-232C terminal on the computer. This may cablein Cablethe adaptor (commercially available) untilthe it RS-232C clicks place. Dedicated cable damage your computer or projector. Incorrect use of the cause them to leak or cable explode. follow the precautions below. • Do not connect or batteries disconnectmay an S-video RS-232C serial control to orPlease from the computer while it is on. This cable (commercially available) S-VIDEO S-video may damage your computer.Using the Carrying Handle Caution output When transporting the Replace projector,only carry it by the carrying handle on the side. • Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. with alkaline or manganese batteries. terminal • Always put on correctly the lens cap to prevent damage to theinside lens when transporting the and marks the battery compart• Insert the batteries making sure the polarities match the projector. ment. Video cable (commercially • Do not liftproperties, or carry thetherefore projectoravailable) themix lens or the lens cap VIDEO as types. this may damage Video • Batteries of different types have different dobynot batteries of different the lens. • Do not mix new and oldoutput batteries. terminal This may shorten the life of new batteries or may cause old batteries to leak. • Remove the batteries from the remote control once they have run out, as leaving them in can cause them to leak. Battery fluid from leaked batteries is harmful to skin, therefore ensure you wipe them first and then remove them using a cloth. * Using the Kensington Lock • The batteries included with this projector may run down in a short period, depending on how they are kept. Be • This projector has a Kensington Security Standard connector for use with a Kensington MicroSaver Security sure to replace them as soon as possible with new batteries. System. Refer to the information that came with the system for instructions on how to use it to secure the •projector. Remove the batteries from the remote control if you will not be using the remote control for a long time. • Comply with the rules (ordinance) of each local government when disposing of worn-out batteries. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Connectio Introduction •When For more the RS-232C details of terminal connection on the andprojector cables, refer is connected to the operation to a computer, the of computer thecan connecting can be usedequipment. to control Audio signals input from equipment connected to each audio input terminal ofmanual the projector be output toequipment. audio Projector (Rear View) Front View Remote control sensor • Youprojector may need cables or connectors not listed below. the andother check the status of the projector. Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM for “RS-232C Specifications and Commands”. Usable Range Amplifier Terminals -13 Introduction Using th Sample Control Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in that manuals refer toyou the to the in LAN several main terminal pages languages using in following thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can Terminal on read Ensure Remote Control the safeguards when described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a setting up your projector. STANDBY button R/C JACK ® the 30 TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Setup and Projection Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. Projector LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). For For minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the proMAGNIFY (Enlarge/Reduce) 36 When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated part QCNWGA038WJPZ) is from 41°F to 3495°F (+5°C to +35°C). 35 1. Place the projector facing a screen Service Center. The storage temperature of the projector is BREAK TIMER button ForTodisplaying theterminal break timer.cable audio output Front View AV MUTE button For temporarily displaying the black screen and turning off the sound. Dedicated cable from –4°F to 140°F Storage case (–20°C to +60°C). Do not set thebutton projector incable, places exLensusing cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC To video terminal 35audioLens * When the ø3.5 output mm mono theComputer volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. RGB cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust Monitor If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double sunlight or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 2.Codes Connect the projector to the computer and the and power Ensure that the plug intake vent the exhaust in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. For switching to the respective input terminal ForTolowering the noise of the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal fan and extending the lamp life. input the modes. AC socket ofTothe cord into projector output vent are not obstructed. AUDIO The projector may be safely tilted toterminal aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable To RGB input terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR obstructed, a pro(commercially available) OUT) Using the Remote Control with a Signal Cable Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other endlens of the strap Remove the andcableturn the projector on When using projector incap high-altitude ø3.5 mm minijack (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector operatingOn control condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. 3. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. areas air, set “FanisMode” “High”. Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful Functions during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. Adjust theCompatibility angle • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality ensure is highest the in power order cord of the of the Component projector from signal, the the AC RGB outlet signal, is unplugged, the S-video sign Computer M“Signal odel Adjustment 3 P / W 5 4 C G X An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage Ñ adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. If your audio-visual equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output term and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making all connections, turn on the Insert the new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not affect •Video Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12Ð 1 70 MHz Ð vices yd Dpla Lens " 4 7 . 0 l e n a p D C L × 3 Pict. SIG ADJ SCR PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR PRJ-ADJ Projecti n d s a f 10 " scre n iz thefrom Main •projector. Presthlampunifr lytoheamp Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1or or5" 2—13'on projector video connection. projector and then other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation performance. Horizontal Frequency: 1 kHz signal: with TTL level Normal Resize 0 15Ð On Auto Power Off the 1Menu Wide-zomlns( Enter × 1.5—9) keycode AN-C12MZ 10 10' 1"(3.2m—40) the Resolutin WXGA(1280 Sync × 80) forCompatible the same in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 08 0 5 Hz Auto Restart -150on +150 Clock SIG-ADJ On 2 T omlens-z( Maintenance Vertical Frequency: 43Ðafter unit compar tsen.F theto scuring Phase • Compatible with sync on green signal device be turned all the connections are made. × 2 . — 8 ) A N C 1 8 M Z 1 5 ' 7 " — 1 9 ' 1 0 " ( 4 . 8 m — 6 0 ) • See M Ò aintenance IndicatorsÓ . 59 1 r e b m u n F Lens Page3 firm”. F1.7—9 Used When the imageallows is projected either top image. or from to automatically adjust afrom computer This function you to set the the audio output 0*4 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System On When connecting equipment with atoDVI output terminal 47 Phase The following isSound a listvideo modes However, this projector supports other signals × -30 3.—51)of +30 AN-C27MZ that conform 2"—35'VESA. 8"(7.1m—09) the indicator illuminates 0*5 0or On V-Keystone Speaker 3 4T omlens-z( sc.wre V-Pos Ensure the operation manuals of the23'devices to be connected have been bottom towards the screen at an angle, thebefore image of the internal speaker toto“On” orread “Off” such beasmaking c Zom -150 +150 , l a u n M × ) m 6 3 — 0 8 = f ( 2 . 1 H-Pos standards. that are not VESA e l b a t c S s m i D e s c r i p t o n This function allows you initialize the settings Reset Auto V-Keystone On Audio Out FAO × 5.1—72) AN-C41MZ 36'2"—50'10"(1.0m—5) 5T omlens(-z blinks in red. *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display Resolution On 640 x 480 V-Pos Monitor Out F ocus -60 +60 ualMn Frequency Enable 2 46 On utoSyncadjustmenwilocurwhen the projector. have made Horizontal Frequency Vertical you AnalogA in RGB Digital RGB VideoEqupmnt *5 On Mode VESAKeystone Correction. Background Auto Sync Resolution Logo When connecting with the RGB cable The projector cannot •be The keylock is set. 53 LAN/RS232C Enable 5 Note ing distortion is called amplifier. Reset D lewithHDCP) VI-(ompab (Hz ) trapezoidalSupport Support the proj ct is ur ned o r when t (kHz) Inputermials 34 6 78 × 1 Menu Position Signal Type Center Auto RS-232C 9600bps The standard zoom lens is attached to the projector. turned on or put into the If the keylock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 i n p u t s g a l r w e i t s c h d , e n To 5 cancel the keycode that you have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the form PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan 79 Normal 31.5 Selectable items Description × 2 70 640Computer/n × 350 standby mode using theSharp The lenses from are also available specialized application. Please see Language Video System c o n e t d o a c m p. u t e r Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 Disable 37.9 85 A enotsy i-crKC otuV for 6 optional ready set On The audio signal is output from the internal Note ) p 5 1 b u s D n i m ( 60 27.0 All reset STANDBY/ON button on q nearest Page 47 Toauditpermnls Authorized O f A u t o S y n c a d j u s t m e n i o t a u m i your Sharp Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. (Refer to the 31.5 times in steps • Press" on the for four 640 ×projector speaker. S-Video(mnDIN4p) 400 × 1 70 Set “Auto V-Keystone” onor the “SCR-ADJ” screen The following items menu cannot be initialized Auto Sync 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 On calypoerfmd. sure 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be to have service person7 Off The audio signal is not output from the Off 37.8 27.0 60 Supplied H Timer 60.3 kHz [/ V Hz buttons 720 Page Lamp (Life) 0]h [31.5 0] min ( 100%) Video(RCA) ×47350 menu to “On”. × 1 70 • ÒSIG-ADJÓ menu w RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal type setting. 47 internal speaker. When the System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional Replace the lamp ToAUDIOinputermal 60 accessory *6unit cover. 27.0 VGA Signal Type Auto Pages 31, 32 ToDVIA ×k)udio(¿3.5msternjac 400signals × 2 component input 70 Resolution 31.5 720Lock ) I V D , 2 N / R E T U P M O C r o f ( • When System is set, the keycode input screen RGB • Alignthe ampunitervcoadslie t o SEL./ADJ. SEL./ADJ. ENTER ENTER inputermal SEL./ADJ. ENTER37.9 85 Page47 noitcaperCsyKlauM • ÒSCR-ADJÓ menu Note (COMPUTER/ A the udio(RCA) appears after powerComponent is turned × 2(L/R) 50 END END 26.2 on. When it END RETURN c l o s e. T h e n t i g h t e n t h e u s e r RETURN s e r v i c e RETURN 60 Language 31.5 COMPONENT 2, DVI-D) . *7keycode enter1, the right to start projection. Adjust the focus and the zoom ¿3.5msteroinjackRCAudbl Outperminals pears, × 1 70 34.7 • Auto “Auto Sync adjustmen is also perfo med by V-Keystone” on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Set Dynamic Range 640Computer/n × 480 s c w r e t o u h l a m p. u n i et r v c o Computer Auto 72 • ÒPRJ-ADJÓ menu (comerialyvb) Standard 37.9 ) p 5 1 b u s D n i m ( Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 p r e s i n g AUTO SYNC on the project or on (Normal 75 37.5 menu to 16:10 “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43.3(254 cm) screen Adjust the projected image size ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) with RGB input A k)udio(¿3.5msternjac signals × leaudiotp)rb1(v 85 t h e r m o c n t l . DVIigtalcbe(omryv) press or to parallelize the left and right sides *8 50 31.3 User service screw Video Systemimage into output from the AUDIO output • Bring •56 the projected by Adjust the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the Ð Ð Auto Ð Ð focus System System Lock Info 35.2 (COMPUTER/ To VIoutperminal D Lock •timseo athe kdyjSumsntceoATh lamp IfScreen optimum image bePAL obtained of projected image with the slide bar. To LAN(RJ-45) 48cannot Contrladthe × 1 60 Page (for unitorcover) 37.9with Auto terminal is fixed variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. zoom knob. SECAM Description Selectable items COMPONENT 1, DVI-D) 70 to complet, dep n i g on the image of the 46.6 8002, × 600 SVGA NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob select “HSync use the. SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, Toauditpermnl ) B e p y T ( B S U uOn nicatom •notare vcuniltampd heIf adjustment, × 1 72 / R E U P M O C o T 48.1 UME. The projector automatically NTSC3.58 enters the Wide-zomlns(ANC12MZ) ToAUDIOinputermal and press 75 46.9 Picture is too RS-23C(minDIN9p) bright and • Image adjustments are set. or . 45 computer ncdtohepr.jcto incorrectly coretly instaled, the wpro il not ur n N o t e Note COMPNET1 Keystone” ToRGButperminal PAL-M × 1 85 standby10’5"—3(.2m4) mode when input 53.7 signal inputermal is leSctabims terminals Descripton no Selectable items Description PAL-N whitish. 50 40.3 • F o r d e t a i l s o f t h e R s i z m o d , e s p a g e s 37 e n o v i , f t h w p r c d i s o n e c t d PAL-60 detected 15 minutes longer. Clkoc • Select the Adjusterv icalnos.e input WiredRmot Throwdistance1:.5—9 for × 1 60 48.4 FAO output that does not a v ry in signal typeorof the video equipment. 47. SeeAudio page Vertical Keystone Correction andthepro.jc XGA 38. Locking the Buttons 70 56.5 black levels oferthe • connected Select Dynamic Range setting (ÒoSuttandardÓ orioutput ÒEenhancedÓ 48) The Auto Pow Off function willthe be on Off Phase •The Adjust horizntal ose(1024 imlarto Operation Info mhas k)(¿3.5msteroinjac × 768 (Fixed Audio strength w i th the o v lume lev l of theterminal, n o While theSignal projector is to video equipment that an HDMI only t 75 60.0 o m Zquality. • Y preaslocnu Projector cr oe nm - t h image show banding orthat results in the best picture You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time disabled. t r a k c i n g o V C R u y ) . the Output) source projector. ersSpak signal can 1280 W(Mon) 2 60 the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) be input to the projector. (Connect 45.0 × 720 Standrzomles DVItrol se h r iz mode. (S pag faded Centrshon-cre imag1280 yb when and remaining lamp life *4Itemwhniput gRGBsinalostHh-rPougCOMPUTER/ ONT1or2 appear 60 47.8 37.) butVAOthe Audio that(percentage). a v riescable, in strength Use this function to76812’4"—9(3.8m5) lock the operation • Depending on ××specifications of video equipment or HDMI to output DVI digital thewithsignal trans W 275 60 49.7 800 *5Itemwhniput gCOMPUTER/ ONT1or2 Projectinlamp WXGA mvoingt helftor i1280 gh . D is selected. (Variable the o v lume lev e lto of select the source This function allows you theprojector. input sig75 62.8 tons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification does not support all connections to video eq 2 — 8 . : 1 e c n a t s i d w o r h T usage condition Remaining lamp life *6ItemwhnslectigCOoMsPU-TPER/ VONT1V,I-2Dor oltageRdv C A 60 V 10—24 Lamp × 768 Centrshon-cre imag1360 yb Note Audio Output) The cooling fan • output When 47.7 temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling Ñ nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 1366 ×digital 768 * 7 I t e m w h n s l eV cI t- iD g that has HDMI terminal using HDMI to DVI digital cable.) ÒLifeÓ 100% 5% mvoingtupordwn. Operation Ratedfrquncy 50/6Hz 60 55.0 faster. Buttons becomes noisy. fan is runs COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. on DVI connection Page 33 provid *8ItemwhnslecVtIiDEgOorS-VIDEO •Locking When thethe Auto Pow×e r864 Off function set toconnection, ÒOnÓ, 70 66.2 1152 For details on compatibility for see support information Operated exclusively Inputcre The 75 A 6 . 3 67.5 SXGA Hold down E N T R on the projector for about 5 sec) Z M 8 1 C N A ( s n m o z l e T Reset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horizontal Keystone Correction Approx. Approx. lamp does not light • The lamp indicator is illuminating in red. 59 5 minutes before the projector enters the video equipment manufacturer. 60 64.0 1280projected × 1024 leSctabims while ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ Descripton You move the vertically. 15’7"—90(4.8m6) image onds the projector is being turned on. 80.0 o P standby w can y)while erconsumpti(Sadb N o tSelect V C10 W)withA (3.4 60 75 “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 3,000 hours 150 hours up after the Replace the lamp. e even mode, the message Ò E nter STANDBY the INPUT mode • When A Ò udio OutÓ has been set to V Ò AOÓ , first make 60 64.0 A isuto ÒOnÓ. Input sig al re utoma ic l y re ogThrowdistance1:2.—8 1400 × 1050 SXGA+ RGBcable Info V 0 4 2 C A h t i w ) W . ( 5 4 3 60 65.3 projector turns on. in Display X min.Ó will 1200 appearequipment on the screen to sure to lowexclusively er nizedasRGBorcmpnet. the o v lume of the projector before On-screen When video output terminal • To mode and Rest lc Menu ,items adjun l rest connecting 60 75.0 with component 1600 × video UXGA Operated Main Menu Select the “COMPUTER 1” using the Sub INPUT buttons on the projector or the COMPUTER theswiremote control. Approx. atureionmpO • MAC 41 67 ° Fto95 turning ° F(+5 the ° SetwhnRGBsigal re civd. Cto+35 er on or1 ° button C)Approx. 34.9 640 × 480 13" indicate the remaining minutes. The lamp suddenly turns pow off andon h w en tching the R G B M a k e s u r e t o r e s t t h e l a m p t i m e r o n l y while Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓ pres 16" ENTER. 75 2: The illustration shown below is for the form 832COMPUTER/COMPONENT × 624 MAC SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock functionNormal ON 49.7 (Connecting to 1 Plastic or 2,000 hours 100 hours ) Z M 7 2 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 75 60.2 1024 × 768 MAC 19" Cabinet Page C o m p n e t off during projection. S e t w h n C o m p e t s i g n a l r e input. Full w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e . l a m I p f o u y r e s t h e " " INPUT list On thePage 49On the remote 68.7 is ÒOffÓ . socket On-screen Display (RGB) • MAC The adjustleb arnge of osH-P o(sHi-tP n) 49 75 1152 × 870 21" Dot Dot 23’"—58(7.1m09) * × ¿3.5msteronaudicbl By 27 / 32 AC 1 / 64 " projector control r e c i v d . l a m p t i e r a n d c o t i u n e o u s e t h s a m e W [ ) l y d b a ( o s n e m i D H × ] D " × " 4 × 1 2 1 Area Zoom The image sometimes • Cables incorrectly connected to the projector 23-29 • The function does the operation INPUT (comerialyvbsShptQCNWGA038JPZ) not affect andos-Pitn)V( yma arv y depnig keylock COMPUTER1or the connected Throwdistance1:3.—5 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 , l a mt ph i s y c u e t h l a m p o b e c VideoEqupmnt button button (326 × 10.5 × 279.5m) flickers. works improperly. Stretch with the remote buttons. RGB o n t h e s c r o l u t i n f h e c o. m p u t r Page49control equipment COMPUTER1 1024 × 768 dax.)mgeight(aproexoprl. Note • If this happens frequently, 62 W ou (4.9kg) 108lbs pro- replace the lamp. •Selectable Y cannot use the function while the -60 keylock +60 H-Keystone Description items the * •When using ¿ 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level will be half of when using the .5 mm stereo au Note COMPUTER2 ) Z M 1 4 C N A ( s n m o z l e T • Y o u c a n l s o r e t h e l a m p t i e r v i a t h e Page 49 o t e fromto Thislamp projector not be able towill display imagesNneed notebook computers in ¿3 simultaneous ( jector is warming The lamp eventually be changed. 62 The long Iftakes the powmay eraup. cord is• unplugged from the On 36’2"—501(.m) the notebook computer and output the di LAN. timeShould V-Keystone -100 +100 D LCD DVI-Ddisplay Computer mode. this occur, turn offhas the on tooutlet on. The lamp the end of its life. Replace the lamp. or the breaker switch is turned off reached It is recommended that the lamp be changed Toauditpermnl turn • y T s e h t o n K C r c i a n b e d j u s t p o Throwdistance1:5.—72 modes of policy of continuous improvement, SHARP the right to make d Page 49 Taking the Keylock off supt-heonAMLSENTUPAs te(rRf ÒCa in RTpart onlyÓ mode. Details on how display canreserves be found in your notebook com whAuto en the projector is On on, then the to changeWhen remaining lamp life Note set the to “Enable”, theappears. function isbecomes activated 5%. Tocmpnetvidural V-Keystone otuA htiw sergd 21– yletamixorp fo elgna when Picture is dark. •input When you press thefor INPUT buttons onimprovement the projector, the INPUT list operation manual. and specification changes product without prior notice. The perfo Hold RETN the type on the projector for about 5 seconds. pliedCDoO-rMRfta.l)s down Ordinarily, of signal is detected and the Off turns on when projector automatically lamp life changes within the range Page 49 Press and power is consumed even the standby mode. See page 65 ÒComputer ChartÓ for a• -press list computer signals compatible with the pr VRemaining eK aprxoimtelyf ng a to up and ystoe of ToCOMPUER/N1 format ' " /" to select anthe item on the list, and ENTER to toappears theitin selected indicator •• When this projector receives × selected. 350 640 VESA VGA signals, ×switch Ò6production 400Ó 40Lamp on themode. screen. ToAUDIO INPUT The remote control •Compatibility Operate remote control while pointing at the projectorÕ 15 s may specification indicated are nominal values of units. There b correct resolution mode is automatically Howof the values shown depending on the frequency the er figures cord issignals plugged into the AC OSD pow Display On l a m r e t u p n i On-screen Display l a m r e t u p n i It is recommended that the function be set to “DisUse with computer other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not wo • When using the remote control, press COMPUTER1/2, DVI, S-VIDEO 1, or 2 VIDEO to with – 5 0 d e g r e s w i t h - e y K Vs t o n e a n d a p r o x i • When projecting the RGB signal using COMPUTER/COMPONENT or DVI-D S Ò igna cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off interlace ever, for some signals, optimal resolution mode in Page 50the N o t e outlet or the breaker sw i tch is turned on. deviations from these values in individual units. at which Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓ is switched to Ò O nÓ STANDBY/ON button • set A Connect Macintosh adaptor may bemode. required use some computers. Contact you to A Ò utoÓ or R Ò GBÓ , the image may not befor projected as In this case, use either Video or S able” when itdesired. isfar notMacintosh connected. This power switch INPUT mately–30dgreswyithHo-nK. with the power cord. •the The remote control may be too away from thereduces projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo 5 5 Keystone Correction Auto Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings 5 Audio Output Type Setting Quick Start 3 4 6 Throw 5. Distance Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 11 Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function 4 Signal Type Setting 6 7 Monitor Output LAN/RS232C Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 Adjusting the Image Position 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Resolution Setting Useful Features 2 1 projector doesmenu not turn onneed autoOff “Resolution” onThe the “SIG-ADJ” may be 10 20 30consumption 40 page 50in the 55(ft) and ÒOffÓsignal . (See 46.) Macintosh Dealer. Page 34the ••Depending on the computer you aretousing, may not beisis faithful to the S Ò creen r T h i s f u n c t i o n o n l y •wo r k s i n PlugthewprocdsintohCeskAomc e R E S I Z E when the projector standby • de-imstalhgcnorW outputfluorescent Page50when the •pow IfeBlue direct sunlight or the a strong light shining on matically r cord is ENTER button None selected to match the computer display mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computerÕ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed • Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’ s m o d ( e . S s p a g 37 a n d 38. ) mode. • Whenofthepr.jco the projector is in standby you can y s e t O o f - n K r i a V d . , u ts oe A projectorÕ s3RCA(ompnet)15-iDsubcal mode, remote control sensor, place the projector where it plugged into the AC outlet on. orset the age condition. mended that the resolution to the one that corresponds 1280 × 800Ó . to Ò Menu Position " button Center be external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and “F5” keys simultaneously when using a • To resTurn t h i f u n c o , s e l 0 t. Power offRefer will not be(optinal:AN-C3P2) affected by strong release thethe keylock holding ENTR down and Selectable itemslight. Description Upper Right breaker swcomputer). itch by is turned on. Page50 SHARP notebook to the specific instructions in your computerÕs operation manu Lower Right Enable The function is activ a ted even if theMake Note NO/YBDA TS enable on the projector simultaneously for MENU button Upper Left • The batteries may be depleted or inserted incorrectly. 15 your computerÕ s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button to put thestandby projectormode. into standby mode. Lower Left again while the confirmation message is displayed, the lamp projector is in about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • p C a h o k I g e t n i S c u l 48 o r f ) v y r ( e l b d u A C R o t k c a j n i m 5 . 3 ¿ 3 Signal " On-screen Setting the Confirmation Horiz ntal Frequency (kHz)Front Vertical (Hz) Disable DVI Support Display The function is switched off when the PRJoMode • W h i l e su il mt a n e o y h o l d i n g w n d o " Frequency , Ceiling + Front informat hecurntlysecdinputsg-480On 60 15.7 the projector On the remote control Page 50 projector is in standby mode. This projector is equipped with a microprocessor. Its performance could be adversely ENTER a n d MENU o n t h e p r o j e c t o , r Rear Info Sound (System Sound) 60 31.5 nal. 480P Ceiling + Rear 60If this should happen, unplug the projector and plu 33.8 or 540Pserp STANDBY/ON d n a r o t c e j p h n o incorrect operation interference. • Keylock be set while the projector is: dis50 576Note cannot English polski Language 15.6 k e p al our f t bns pre d wn o u til after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch inMagyar 50 mode, 576P playing M Ò enuÓ standby Description Selectable itemsthe Page 50 31.3screens, Espa– o l TŸ r k• e • When you connect with a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, us 37.5 video equipment 50 720Pthelampindctorsa linbk gre . Note Nederlands up, changing input signals, A confirmation is made when the Onwarming 60operating 45.0 sound 720P Fran• ais commercially available cable that fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. 50 28.1 1080 Italiano projector turns or on/off. ÒAuto SyncÓ function on the ÒSystem LockÓ • When you want to control the projector using •• The does notSvenska support RGBC viacooling the Euro-scart. 33.8 1080 • LAMP 0 H is deisy,pla projector indcatg if you Even unplug the power cord from the60 ACsignals outlet, the fan continues to run for a while. No confirmation sound iss made. Off screen during warming up. Portugu• 50 56.3 1080P the LAN/RS232C function, select ÒEnableÓ. tha e l mp ti r s e t. 60 67.5 1080P Page 30 7. 2 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Setting Up the Projector Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) ■ Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup ■ It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Projection (PRJ) Mode The projector can use any of the 4 projection modes, shown in the diagram below. Select the mode most appropriate for the projection setting in use. (You can set the PRJ mode in “SCR-ADJ” menu. See page 50.) ■ Ceiling mounted, front projection [Menu item ➞ “Ceiling + Front”] ■ Table mounted, rear projection (with a translucent screen) [Menu item ➞ “Rear”] ■ Ceiling mounted, rear projection (with a translucent screen) [Menu item ➞ “Ceiling + Rear”] Setup ■ Table mounted, front projection [Menu item ➞ “Front”] Indication of the Projection Image Size and Projection Distance For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM. Example: 16:10 Signal Input (Normal Mode) for standard lens Picture Size 500" 424" ×265 " 200" 100" 80" 40" 170 "×10 85"× 68"× 53" 42" 34"× 21" 6" Pro 4' (1 11 .5 "– 5 9' m – '1 (3 10 1.8 1" .0 "– m m 11 ) 12 – 3 '10 (3 '4 .6 m " .8 "– ) m 14 24 – 4. '9" (7 '8 5 m .5 "– ) m 29 – '7 9. " 0 61 m) (1 '7 8. "– 8 7 m 3 – '11 22 " .5 m ) ject Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals ion Dist anc e -19 Setting Adjustment Maintenance Maintenance Up theIndicators Projector Screen (ÒSCR-ADJÓ Menu) Cleaning the projector Maintenance indicator Standard Zoom Lens Page 43 Cleaning the lens Menu operation Problem Causa e commercially available Possible solu tion Ensure the power cord is unplugged before cleaning Use blower or lens cleanNormal Abnormal F1.7-F1.9, f=28.0-33.6 mm the projector. ing paper (for glasses and camera lenses) for clean• Relocate the projector to an area 16:10 (Normal Mode) panel is made • Blocked TheSignal cabinetInput as well as the operation ing the Do winot use anyventilation liquid type(see cleaning th proper page airlens. intake 8). wear of plastic. Avoid benzene or thinner, as these agents, asDistance they may the coating film on the Pictureusing (Screen) size Projection distance [L] from the lensoff center tothe theisbottom of the image Temperatu The internal Diag. [x] re the Width Height Minimum [L1] Maxmum [L2] This function allowfinish s you on toRed turn the on-screen This projector equipped iw th[H]a reverse/inv rt can damage the cabinet. surface of lens. • Take the projector to o y urenearest on warning Off temperatu is7") • 22.5 500'' (1270 cm) 1077 cm (424'') 673 cm (265'') 18.8 m re (61' m (73' function 11") break16 cm (–6s5Au /16 ")horiz Cooling fan messages onvolatile or off. image allow o y tcan u toeasily rse or in- Dealer erev d eProjector Do not use agents such as) insecticides on As the surface–that ofSharp the lens get damaged, (Standby indicator abnormally high. –13 cm (–5 3i/ce 64") Center (see page 400'' (1016 cm) 862 cm (339'') 538 cm (212'') 15.0 m (49' 3") 18.0 m (59' 2") dow or Serv 68) e v nrt the projected image foror a v hit rious the projector. be careful not–10 to scrape the applications. lens. (–3 51/64") 300'' (762 cm) 646 cm (254'') Description 404 cm (159'') 11.3 m (37' 0") • 13.5 m (44' circu 4") it failu Selectable items Internal recm for repair. Do not rubber(212'') or plastic items to the projec250'' (635attach cm) 538 337 cm (132'') m (30' 10")• 11.3 m (37' 0") –8•cm (–3 5the /32Description ") exhaust and intake Selectable air items intake Clean On All cm On-screen Display s are9.4 display ed. Clogged 17/32") tor for long –6 cm (–image 2 (See 200'' (508 cm) periods. 431 cm (170'') 269 cm (106'') 7.5 m (24' 8") 9.0 m (29' 7") vents. page 56.) Normal (Projected from the front Front Off MUTE/FREEZE/ –5the cm screen) (–1 57/64") 150'' (381 cm) ofINPUT/VOLUME/AV 323 cm of (127'') 202 cm in(79'') 5.6 m may (18' 6") 6.8 m (22' 2") The effects some the agents the plastic of • Disconnect the pow e r cord from SYNC/MAGNIFY/ ÒAnlamp inva 120'' (305 cm) AU 258TO (102'') 162 cm 4.5 mlid (14' 9") • The 5.4 m lamp (17' 9")is shut –4 cm (–1 33/64") The does cause damage tocm the quality or finish(64'') of the projector. image (Projected from the the AC Ceiling + FrontInverted 17 outlet, and then connect it 4 Setting the On-screen Display 7 Reversing/Inverting Projected Images –3 cm (–1 /64") cm has (85'')been 135 cm (53'') 3.8 4.5 n m abnormally (14' 9") bu215 tton pressed.Ó are not(12' 4") dow not illu mminate. . front of the screen with an inverted again. 172 cm ed. (68'') 108 cm (42'') 3.0 m (9' 10") 3.6 m (11' 10") –3 cm (–1 1/64") display projector)49 129 cm (51'') Red 81 cm 2.3 m (7' 5") 2.7 m (8' 10") Cleaning –2•cm (–lly /64 ") Carefu replace the lamp. (See on (32'') Paper Green on Rev rsed62.) (Projected from the – 1ecm (image –1/2") 86 cm (34'') 54 cm (21'') (4' 11") • Remaining 1.8Rear m (5' 11") lamp page Time1.5 tomchange life Green blinks Lamp of or wito th o • Ta kethe thescreen projector y aur mirror) nearest the lamp. becomes 5% or rear less. χ : indicator Picture size (diag.) The formula for picture size and projection distance h w en (in/cm) the lamp Sharp Au t horiz e d Projector Dealer Rev e rsed and inv e rted image (ProCeiling + Rear L: Projection distance(m/ft) [m/cm] is a w rming p u χ or Serv Center (see page 68) jected withice a mirror) L1: Minimum projection distance (m/ft) L1 (m) = 0.03755 L2: Maximum projection distance (m/ft) L2 (m) = 0.04507χ for repair. χ H: Distance from the lens center toRed the bottom the image (cm/in) (cm) =the –0.03209 exh aust and intake vents on ofThe lamp does • BurCleaning nt-outHlamp • Please exercise care when Mild detergent Selectable items Description [Feet/inches] (Standby • LampUse circu i t failu r e replacing the lamp. diluted with water ) not illuminate. χ a vacuum cleaner to clean dust from the exNote L1 (ft) = 0.03755 / 0.3048 Logo SHARP default image χ /Secu rely install 0.3048 L2 (ft)vent = 0.04507 haust and •the intake vent. the lamp unit cover. χ / 2.54 H (in)fun = –0.03209 • This ction is used for the reversed image and Blue Blue screen the pow(See er indicator ceiling-mou nt• If setu ps. page 19.) blinks even • The filter cover, lamp None Black screen when the covers are securely Green on/ The pow e r u n it cov e r or lens 4:3 Signal Input (Normal Mode) installed, or if the cooling fan does Red on Power indicator blinks housing cover is Red blinks not runlens normally y ur Picture (Screen) size Projection distance [L] Distance from the center , then contact o indicator Green blinks in red when the open. nearest Sharp to the bottom of the image [H] Authorized Diag. [x] Width Height Minimum [L1] Maxmum [L2] projector is on. • Cooling fan break(Cooling) Projector –15 cm 400'' (1016 cm) 813 cm (320'') 610 cm (240'') 17.0 m (55' 9") dow 20.4nm (66' 11") (–5 23/32") Dealer or Service Center 19/64") (see(–4page 68) for advice. Thinner 610 cm –11 cm 300'' Wax (762 cm) (240'') 457 cm (180'') 12.8 m (41' 10") 15.3 m (50' 3") (254 cm) (203 cm) (152 cm) (102 cm) rg ete dd Mil 100'' 80'' 60'' 40'' Selecting a Startup and Background Image 6 Selecting the Menu Screen Position ent 5 8 Selecting the On-screen Display Language –9 cm 10.6 m (34' 10") 12.8 m (41' 10") (–3 37/64") The can the –7 cmswitch 10.2 m projector (33' 6") (–2 55 /64") on-screen display –5 cm 7.7 m (25' 1") among (–2 9/64") language 17 languages. –4 cm 120'' Info (305 cm) 244 cm (96'') 183 cm (72'') 5.1 m (16' 9") 6.1 m (20' 1") (–1 23/32") Selectable items Description –4 cm 100'' (254 cm) 203 cm (80'') 152 cm (60'') 4.3 m (13' 11") 5.1 m (16' 9") (–1 7/16") Center on the image. –3 cm enters (203temperatu cm) Display 163 cm erd (64'') 122 center cmindicator (48'')of the 3.4 illu m 2") 4.1and m (13' 5") projector (–1 9/64") the standby mode, check •80''If the e warning m(11' inates the Upper Right Display ed(56'') on the up per(42'') right of image. Wipe off dirt gently a soft cloth. –3 cm 70'' (178 cm) 142 cm with 107 flannel cm 3.0 the m (9' 9") 3.6 m (11' 9") (–1") any of the e v ntilation holes are blocked (see 8) page and then try turning the pow er back on. Wait until the Low60'' er Right Display ed(48'') onremove, the lowesoak r (36'') right (–55/64") –2 cm (152 cm)dirt 122 91 cm 2.6the m inimage. (8' m (10' 1") When the is cm hard to a of cloth a 4") 3.1 projector has cooled dow n completely before plu g ging in the pow e r cord and turning the power back (–37/64") –1 cm 40'' (102 cm) Display 81 cm ed (32'') 61 cm m image. (5' 7") 2.0 m (6' 8") Upper Left on the upper(24'') left of1.7 the 250'' (635 cm) 508 cm (200'') 381 cm (150'') Select Ò(508 enu on the305 cm Ò SCR-ADJÓ 200'' M cm)PositionÓ 406 cm (160'') (120'') 8.5menu m (27' 11") and desired position the 150''the(381 cm) 305 cm (120'')for229 cm menu (90'') screen. 6.4 m (20' 11") wh o mild detergent diluted with water, wring the cloth (At least 10 minu e r Left Display edtes.) on the lower left of the image. χLow picture size and projection distance : well Picture sizethen (diag.) (in/cm) and wipe the projector. the pow er is tur ned off for a brief moment due to The powformula er outfor age or some other cause while using the L:• If Projection distance(m/ft) [m/cm] cleaning detergents may discolor, warp or L1: Strong Minimum projection distance (m/ft) L1 (m) = 0.04251 projector, and the power supply recovers immediately after that,χχ the lamp indicator will illuminate in L2 (m) = 0.05102 L2: damage Maximum projection distance (m/ft)projector. Make sure to the coating on not the and the may lit. In image this(cm/in) case, unplug the pow=e–0.03633 r cordχ from the AC outlet, replace the po H: Distance fromlamp the lens center to the be bottom of the H (cm) test on a small, inconspicuous area on the projec[Feet/inches] cord in the AC outlet and then tur n the power on again. L1 (ft) = 0.04251χ / 0.3048 before use. fan keeps the internal temperature of χ • tor The cooling the projector constant and this function is c L2 (ft) = 0.05102 / 0.3048 χ H (in) = –0.03633 / 2.54 automatically. The sound of the cooling fan may change during operation because the fan speed m change and this is not a malfunction. Info • If you want to clean the air vents during projector operation, ensure you press STANDBY/ON • Allow a margin of error in the value in the diagrams above. on the projector or STANDBY on the remote • When the distance from the lens center to the bottom of the control image [H] a negative number, this indicates andisput the projector into standby mode. that the bottom of the image is below the lens center. After the cooling fan has stopped, unplug the • See page 18 about projection distance [L] and distance frompower the lens center theAC bottom of the cord fromtothe socket andimage clean [H]. the vents. • The air filters should be cleaned every 100 hours of use. Clean the filters more often when the projector is used in a dusty or smoky location. Note -20 -50 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -56 -60 Downloaded Equipment Terminal on Terminal on the Cable 30 The remote control can be used to control When connecting to aconnected computer using an RS-232C serial control cable and a DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor equipment projector the projector within the ranges shown in the Computer RGB cable (supplied) illustration. 23' (7 m) COMPONENT 1, 2 RGB To audio input terminal accessory output The signal from the remote control can be reflected off a screen forterminal easy operation. How- ever, the effective distance of the signal may Computer on the screen material. differ depending (MONITOR OUT) COMPUTER/ 30 Supplied Note 30 To AUDIO output terminal Rear View Remote control DIN-D-sub signal transmitters RS232C adaptor Remote control To RS-232C terminal ø3.5 mm minijack to Remote control sensor 30 RCA audio cable (commercially available) When using the remote control: DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) DVI-D 30 Take care not to drop, expose to moisture or video high temperature. output Remote control The remote control may malfunction under a terminal signal transmitters DIN-D-sub To RS-232C fluorescent lamp. In this case, move the pro30 Noteterminal RS-232C 23' (7 m)adaptorAUDIO ø3.5 mm stereo or mono audio cable (commercially jector from the of fluorescent lamp. Turnaway off the power both the projector and audio equipment when connecting. (for COMPUTER/ available or available as Sharp service part When turning off the power Audio in the case of connecting an amplifier or other audio equipment, first turn off QCNWGA038WJPZ) COMPONENT Remote control 1, 2, DVI-D) the power of the amplifier and then turn off the power of the projector. output By using external audio components, the volume can be amplified for better sound. terminal For details on Variable Audio Output (VAO) and Fixed Audio Output (FAO), see page 52. Audio-visual DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) equipment Pull down the tabvideo on the cover and RS-232C serial control cable (cross type, commercially available) output remove the cover towards the diterminal 1 DVI-D rection of the arrow. Component 2 3 RCA to 15-pin D-sub cable (optional: AN-C3CP2) video batteries. Insert the included COMPUTER/ COMPONENT 1, 2 output Note Insert the batteries making sure the po- terminal The larities RS-232C function maythe not operate and if your computer terminal is not correctly set up. Refer to the correctly match operation manual of the computer for details. marks inside the battery compartment. Terminal Connect with the cable adaptor, etc. 3 for using 3 RCA to 15-pin Insert the lower tab the of the cover D-sub cable Info (optional: AN-C3CP2) into the opening, and lower the dedicated Docover not connect cable to a port other than RS-232C terminal on the computer. This may cablein Cablethe adaptor (commercially available) untilthe it RS-232C clicks place. Dedicated cable damage your computer or projector. Incorrect use of the cause them to leak or cable explode. follow the precautions below. Do not connect or batteries disconnectmay an S-video RS-232C serial control to orPlease from the computer while it is on. This cable (commercially available) S-VIDEO S-video may damage your computer.Using the Carrying Handle Caution output When transporting the Replace projector,only carry it by the carrying handle on the side. Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. with alkaline or manganese batteries. terminal put on correctly the lens cap to prevent damage to theinside lens when transporting the and marks the battery compartInsert the batteries making sureAlways the polarities match the projector. ment. Video cable (commercially not liftproperties, or carry thetherefore projectoravailable) themix lens or the lens cap VIDEO as types. this may damage Video Batteries of different types haveDo different dobynot batteries of different the lens. Do not mix new and oldoutput batteries. terminal This may shorten the life of new batteries or may cause old batteries to leak. Remove the batteries from the remote control once they have run out, as leaving them in can cause them to leak. Battery fluid from leaked batteries is harmful to skin, therefore ensure you wipe them first and then remove them using a cloth. * Using the Kensington Lock The batteries included with this projector may run down in a short period, depending on how they are kept. Be This projector has a Kensington Security Standard connector for use with a Kensington MicroSaver Security sure to replace them as soon as possible with new batteries. System. Refer to the information that came with the system for instructions on how to use it to secure the Remove the batteries from the remote control if you will not be using the remote control for a long time. projector. Comply with the rules (ordinance) of each local government when disposing of worn-out batteries. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Connectio Introduction •When For more the RS-232C details ofterminal connection onconnected the andprojector cables, refer is connected to the operation to a computer, the of computer thecan connecting can be usedequipment. to control Audio signals input from equipment to each audio input terminal ofmanual the projector be output toequipment. audio Front View Remote control sensor • Youprojector may need cables or connectors not listed below. the andother check the status of the projector. Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM for “RS-232C Specifications and Commands”. Amplifier Terminals -13 Introduction Using th Sample Control Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). For For minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the proMAGNIFY (Enlarge/Reduce) 36 When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double sunlight or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. inputEnsure terminal ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. obstructed, a pro(commercially available) If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR OUT) Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. areas air, set “FanisMode” “High”. Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded 5 5 Keystone Correction Auto Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer Model XG-C455W/PG-C355W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — “Signal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output terminal, usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not affect •Video Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12– 1370all MHz – audio-visual Display devices 0.74" LCD panel Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens Projection distance for 100" screen size thefrom projector. Main Menu • Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15– 1 10 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-zoom lens (× 1.5 – 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" – 13' 1" (3.2 m – 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 800) Enter the same keycode in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 0 Phase Auto Restart -150on +150 Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency: 85 Hz unit compartment. Fasten the securing •are Compatible sync on m green signal device to be turned after all the connections Tele-zoom lens (×43– 2.2 – 002.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7"with – 19' 10" (4.8 m) Maintenance • See “Maintenance Indicators”. 59from 123 Lens FUsed 1.7 – made. 1.9 When the image is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer This function allows you to– 6.0 set the the audio output firm”. 0 H-Pos H-Keystone *4 System Phase Sound F number On When connecting video equipment with atoDVI output terminal Page 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Tele-zoom lens (× 3.3 – 5.1) AN-C27MZ 23' 2" – 35' 8" (7.1 m – 10.9 m) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 34 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zoom+150 Manual, 1.2 (f = 28.0 – 33.6 mm) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA This function Reset Auto V-Keystone On Audio Out FAO Tele-zoom lens – 7.2) AN-C41MZ 36' 2" – allows 50' 10" you (11.0tominitialize – 15.5 m) the settings 5 blinks in red. (×-1505.1 *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Monitor Out Manual Enable 246 Resolution you have made in the projector. Video Equipment *5• The Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The357Note projector be the keylock is set. 53 LAN/RS232C Enable ing trapezoidal distortion is called Keystone Correction. amplifier. Reset DVI-D (Compatible with HDCP) Input terminals 1 Menu Position Type Center RS-232C 68 Signal 9600bps 4standard The zoom lens is attached toisthe projector. turned on or put into IfAuto theyou keylock set to ON, illustration all the buttons are below locked.is for the former.) Page 47 the To cancel the keycode that have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The shown PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan Normal 579 Computer/Component 2 standby mode using the The lenses from Sharp are also available for specialized application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 set Disable 6optional ready Note (minion D-sub 15 pin) All reset STANDBY/ON button qnearest Sharp audio output terminals Page 47 To your Authorized Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. (Refer to the • Press " on the projector for four times in steps S-Video (mini 1 Set “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync OnDIN 4 pin) Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal Info : 800 x 600 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have“SCR-ADJ” service person7 Supplied HTimer 60.3 47kHz / V 0]h Off[37.8 Hz ( 100%) buttons Page (Life) [ (RCA) 0] min Video menu to “On”. 1 • “SIG-ADJ” menu w Lamp RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal type setting. 47 When the System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional Replace the lamp accessory To AUDIO input terminal *6unit cover. Signal Type Auto stereo minijack) Pages 31, 32 Resolution2, DVI-D) To DVI-D Audio (ø3.5 mm 2 component input signals (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT • When System Lock is set, the keycode input screen RGB • Align thePage lamp and SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER input terminal SEL./ADJ. ENTERslide it to 47 unit cover • “SCR-ADJ” menu Component (COMPUTER/ (RCA) appears after theAudio power is turned on. When it ap2 (L/R) END RETURN RETURN END RETURN close. Then tighten the END user service Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start zoom projection. Adjust the focus and mm stereo minijack to RCA V-Keystone” audio cable *7 Computer/Component Output terminals 1 • “Auto Set on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic Range the lamp Auto screw to secure unit cover. ø3.5 Computer (commercially available) • “PRJ-ADJ” menu Standard (mini D-sub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 AUTO SYNC menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus (254 cm) screen Adjust the16:10 projected image size (Normal ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) with RGB input signals Audio (ø3.5 mm stereo minijack) (variable audio output) DVI Digital cable1 (commercially available) press or to parallelize the left and right sides *8 User service screw Video System image into from the AUDIO output • Bring •output theLock projected Adjust the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the – – Auto – – focus by System System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To DVIimage outputLAN terminal • the IfScreen the optimum bePAL obtained with Auto of projected image with the slide bar. To (RJ-45) Control and 1 Page 48cannot (for lamp unit cover) terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. zoom knob. SECAM COMPONENT 1, 2,terminal DVI-D). • If the lampoutput unit and lamp unit cover are not Focus ring Zoom knob select “HSync adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, To audio USB (Type B)NTSC4.43 communication 1 To COMPUTER/ UME. NTSC3.58 Toand AUDIO input terminal Picture isRGB too bright and • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 correctly installed, the power will turn COMPONENT 11 Keystone” press or . To output terminal PAL-M RS-232C (mini DINnot 9 pin) terminals Note input37 terminal whitish. • on, even if the power cord isPAL-N connected to PAL-60 1Vertical • Select the input Wired signal Remote type of the video equipment. See page 47. KeystoneutCorrection 38 the Locking Operation Buttons on Range the black projector. The levels of the •stereo Select the Dynamic setting (“Standard” 48 Signal Info m o or “Enhanced”) (ø3.5 minijack) in • While the projector is mm connected to video equipment that has an HDMI the video m only Zoo output terminal, • Projector image show banding or that results in the best picture quality. You can confirm the cumulative Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time the Speakers 2 W (Mono) signal can be input to the projector. (Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) 37 faded whenRGB DVIand the1remaining lamp life (percentage). *4appear when inputting signalthe through COMPUTER/COMPONENT or digital 2 Use this function to lock but- or HDMI •Item Depending on specifications ofoperation video equipment to DVI cable, the signal transmission Projection lamp 275 W *5 Item D when inputting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 is selected. This function allows you to select the input sigtons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification not support connections toRemaining video equipment L100 amp usage condition lamp life *6Rated Item when selecting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 ordoes DVI-D voltage AC – 240 Vall The cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ *7 Item selecting DVI-D thatwhen has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to 50/60 DVI digital cable.) “Life” 100% 5% Rated frequency Hz Locking the Operation Buttons becomes noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8 •Item when selecting VIDEO or S-VIDEO For details on compatibility for connection, see supportOperated information on DVI connection provided by the33 Input current 3.6 A Infoinexclusively Hold down onafter the projector for about 5 sec-is illuminating Reset the lamp timer replacing the lamp. Horizontal Keystone Approx. Correction Approx.59 The lamp does not light • The lamp indicator red. video equipment manufacturer. while “Eco+Quiet Mode” You can move the projected image vertically. onds while the projector is being turned on. Power consumption (Standby) 360 W (3.4 W) with AC 100 V “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 3,000 hours 150 hours up even after Replace the lamp. Select thethe INPUT mode is•“On”. RGB cable Info 345 W (4.4 W) with AC 240 V projector turns on. On-screen Display video equipment When connecting video output terminal • Menu Operated exclusively Main Menu with component Select the “COMPUTER 1” using the Sub INPUT buttons on the projector 1 button on the remote control. Approx. Approx. Operation temperature 41 F toor95theF COMPUTER (+5 C to +35 C) The lamp suddenly turns • Make sure to reset the lamp timer only while “Eco+Quiet Mode” ENTER SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock functionNormal ON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) 2,000 hours 100 hours Cabinet Plastic off during projection. Full when replacing the lamp. If you reset the " " INPUT listis “Off”. On-screen Display (RGB) •Page 49 On thePage 49On the remote Dot By Dotmm stereo or mono audio cable AC socket * ø3.5 projector control lamp timer(main and body continue to use same Dimensions only) Hthethe D] 32 4"service 11 1part /64"QCNWGA038WJPZ) 12 27/as Area Zoom The image sometimes •[W Cables incorrectly to"Sharp the projector or the connected 23-29 • The keylock function does not affect operation (commercially availableconnected or available V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, may cause buttons. the lamp to become Video Equipment button (326 101.5 279.5 mm) flickers. equipment Stretchbutton works improperly. with the this remote control Page 49 Note damaged orH-Keystone explode. If this happens replace the 62 Weight (approx.) 10.8 lbs. (4.9 kg)lamp. • You cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60 • Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 5. Audio Output Type Setting Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function Signal Type Setting Adjusting the Image Position Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Monitor Output 1 7. Useful Features * •When using the ø3.5 mm mono audio the level be half of when using in thesimultaneous ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note •The Youlamp can also reset the lamp timer viawill thevolume Page This projector may not be tocable, display images fromwill notebook (CRT/LCD) jector is warming up. •able The lamp eventually need to be computers changed. 62 takes a49 long LAN/RS232C LAN. V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D mode. Should this occur, on the notebook computer and output the display data time to turn on.outputSetting The lamp has reached the end ofrecommended its life. Replace thethe lamp. Resolution It is that lamp be changed To audio terminal • As a part ofKeylock policy ofoff continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the rightnotebook to makecomputer’s design Page 49 Details Taking (Refer tothe the SETUP MANUAL on the supin “CRT only” mode. on how to change display modes can be found in your when the remaining lamp life becomes 5%. Note isAutodark. When set to “Enable”, theappears. function is activated To component video terminal Picture V-Keystone •input When youOnoutput press the 5INPUT buttons on the without projector, the INPUT list operation and specification changes forabout product improvement prior notice. The performance Hold down on the projector for seconds. plied CD-ROM for details.) Ordinarily, the manual. type of signal Offis detected and the Remaining lamp life Lamp changes within the range Page 49 Press and power issignals consumed even in the mode. • When See page 65 “Computer Compatibility Chart” for a listand of•while computer compatible with the projector. To COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1it× switch ' " /" to select an item on the list, press ENTER to to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, “640 400” appears onstandby the screen. To AUDIO The remote control • Operate the remote control pointing at the projector’s 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the frequency OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO to“Dis• When • When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with “Signal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, some signals, the may optimal resolution mode inunits. Page 50these deviations from in individual at when which Mode” isVideo switched topower “On” STANDBY/ON • set Afor Macintosh adaptor be required with some computers. Contact your nearest to “Auto”Keylock or “RGB”, thevalues image may notfor be use projected as desired. Init“Eco+Quiet this case, use either orbutton S-Video. able” is not connected. This reduces switch INPUT mode. Connect the power cord. •the The remote control may30 be tooMacintosh far away from the projector. Background function OFF Logo “Resolution” the “SIG-ADJ” menu may need to be 10 20 40 50 55(ft) and “Off”. (See page 46.) Macintoshon Dealer. Page 34 ••Depending on the computer you are using, the output signal may not be faithful to the “Screen resolution” consumption the projector is in the standby •fluorescentwhen 50 cord into • display IfBlue direct sunlight light is shining onbutton the • Plug thePage power the AC socket or a strong ENTER None selected to match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’s 37 38 • When of thethe projector is in standby mode, remote you 3 RCAcan (Component) to 15-pin D-sub cable projector’s controlmode. sensor, place the projector where it projector. ageto“F5” condition. that thePosition resolution beCenter set to on. the one that corresponds “1280 × 800”. Menu button when using a external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys simultaneously (optional: •mended Tu rn the Power off will not by strong light. release the keylock by holding down andAN-C3CP2) Upper Right be affected Page 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right on the projector simultaneously MENU button Upper Left • The batteries mayforbe depleted or inserted incorrectly. Make 15 enable your computer’s external output DTV Press the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button againport. while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby mode. Lower Left Reset the lamp about 5 seconds. sure the batteries inserted correctly or insert new ones. • Setting the Confirmation 48to RCAare ø3.5 mm minijack audio cable (commercially available) " On-screen Display Front PRJ Mode • While simultaneously holding down , Ceiling + Front On the projector On thea remote control Page 50 This Info projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance could be adversely affected by ENTER and MENU on the projector, Rear Sound (System Ceiling Sound) + Rear press STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set while the projector is: disEnglish polski Note keepthe allLanguage four buttons pressed down after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyaruntil playing “Menu” screens, in standby mode, Page 50 Español Türwith kçe • When connect video equipment a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a theyou lamp indicator starts blinking green. warming up, changing input Nederlands signals, operating ais fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. commercially available cableFranç that Italiano “Auto Sync” function or on the “System Lock” • •• The doesisnot support RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska • “Lprojector AMP displayed, indicating Even ifduring you0000H” unplug the power cord from the AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. screen warming up. Português that the lamp timer is reset. Page 30 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). For For minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the proMAGNIFY (Enlarge/Reduce) 36 When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double sunlight or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. inputEnsure terminal ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. obstructed, a pro(commercially available) If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR OUT) Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. areas air, set “FanisMode” “High”. Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded 5 5 Key stone Correction Auto SyncSetting Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an A Ò uto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle CorrectionÓ the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects any Page trapez oidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and Computer Model XG-C455W/PG-C355W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage Ñ the ÒSignal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)Ó menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horiz o ntal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output terminal, usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not affect •Video Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12Ð 1370all MHz Ð audio-visual Display devices 0.74" LCD panel Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens Projection distance for 100" screen size thefrom projector. Main Menu • Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horiz o ntal Frequency: 15Ð 1 10 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resiz e 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-zoom lens (× 1.5 – 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" – 13' 1" (3.2 m – 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 800) Enter the same key0*4c0 ode in ÒRe-conImage Shift Phase Auto Restart -150on +150 Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency: 85 Hz unit compartment. Fasten the securing •are Compatible sync on m green signal device to be turned after all connections Tele-zoom lensF (×43Ð 2.2 – 02.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7"with – 19' 10" (4.8 – 6.0 m) audio Maintenance • See ÒMthe aintenance 59from 123 number Lens FUsed 1.7. – made. 1.9 When the image is projected from the topimage. or to automatically a computer This function allows o y adjust u toeither set the output firmÓ . 0 H-Pos H-Keystone *4 System Sound On When connecting video equipment with atoIndicatorsÓ DVI output terminal Page 47 Phase -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Tele-zoom lens (× 3.3 – 5.1) AN-C27MZ 23' 2" – 35' 8" (7.1 m – 10.9 m) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 34 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image of the internal speaker to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as Zoom+150 Manual, 1.2 (f = 28.0 – 33.6 mm) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA This function y(11.0 u to initializ the settingsbeReset Auto V-Keystone On Audio Out FAO Tele-zoom lens – 7.2) AN-C41MZ 36' 2" – allows 50' 10" o m – 15.5em) 5 blinks in red. (×-1505.1 *5 comes distorted trapez o idally . The function for when the projector is connected to an correctexternal OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Monitor Out Manual Enable 246 Resolution y ou have made in the projector. Video Equipment *5• The Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The357Note projector be the keylock is set. 53 LAN/RS232C Enable ing trapez o idal distortion is called Key s tone Correction. amplifier. Reset DVI-D (Compatible with HDCP) Input 1 Menu Position Signal Type Center Auto RS-232C 68 terminals 9600bps 4standard The zoom lens attached toalthe projector. turned on or put into the is If the keylock is1set to ON, illustration all the buttons are below locked.is for the former.) Page 47 To cancel the key c ode that o y u have (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT or 2: The shown PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan Normal 579 Computer/Component 2 standby mode using the The lenses from Sharp are also available for specialized application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 set Disable 6optional ready Note (minion D-sub 15 pin) All reset STANDBY/ON button qnearest Sharp audio output terminals Page 47 To y our Authoriz e d Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. (Refer to the • Press " on the projector for four times in steps S-Video (mini 1 Set ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen The following itemson or menu cannot be initialized. Auto Sync OnDIN 4 pin) Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal Info : 800 x 600 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 Supplied HTimer 60.3 47kHz[ / V 0]h Off 37.8 Hz ( 100%) buttons Page (Life) [ 0] min Video (RCA) menu to Ò O nÓ . 1 • Ò S IG-ADJÓ menu w Lamp RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal type setting. 47 When the Sythe stem Lock is set nel install optional lenses. Replace the lamp unit cover. accessory To AUDIO input terminal *6 Signal Type Auto stereo minijack) Pages 31, 32 Resolution2, DVI-D) To DVI-D Audio (ø3.5 mm 2 component input signals (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT • When System Lock is set, the keycode input screen RGB • Align thePage lamp and SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER input terminal SEL./ADJ. ENTERslide it to 47 unit cover • ÒSCR-ADJÓ menu Component (COMPUTER/ (RCA) appears after theAudio power is turned on. When it ap2 (L/R) END RETURN RETURN END RETURN close. Then tighten the END user service Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start zo projection. Adjust the focus and om mm stereo minijack RCA audioscable *7 Computer/Component Output terminals 1 • ÒAtouto Set V-Key toneÓ on the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen Dynamic Range the lamp Auto screw to secure unit cover. ø3.5 Computer (commercially available) • ÒPRJ-ADJÓ menu Standard (mini D-sub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 AUTO SYNC menu to Ò O ffÓ . Select ÒV-Key , and then Enhanced Input screen for key cfor ode100 The graph below isimage with Signal Input (Normal Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus (254 cm) screen Adjust the16:10 projected image sizsetoneÓ ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) with RGB input signals Audio (ø3.5 mm stereo minijack) (variable audio output) DVI Digital cable1 (commercially available) press or to paralleliz e the left and right sides *8 User service screw Video System image into Auto from the AUDIO output (MONITOR output) • Bring •output the projected focus by Adjust the projected image siz e by moving the Ð Ð Ð Ð System Lock System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To DVIimage outputLAN terminal • the projected IfScreen the optimum bePAL obtained with Auto of the slide bar. To (RJ-45) Control and 1 Page 48cannot (for terminal isunit fixedcover) or image variablewith by linking with VOLrotating the 1, focus ring. zoomlamp knob. SECAM 2, DVI-D). • If the lamp unit and lamp unit cover are not NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knobselect ÒHSyCOMPONENT n c adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. paralleliz sides, To audio output terminal USB (Type B)NTSC3.58 communication To COMPUTER/1 UME. e the upper and lower To AUDIO input terminal Picture isRGB too bright and • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 correctly installed, the power will turn COMPONENT 11 KeystoneÓ and press or . To output terminal PAL-M RS-232C (mini DINnot 9 pin) terminals Note input37 terminal whitish. • on, even if the power cord isPAL-N connected to PAL-60 1Vertical • Select the input Wired signal Remote type of the video equipment. See page 47. Keystone Correction ut 38 the Locking Operation Buttons on Range the black projector. The levels of the •stereo Select the Dynamic setting (ÒStandardÓ ) 48 Signal Info m o or ÒEnhancedÓonly (ø3.5 minijack) • While the projector is mm connected to video equipment that has an HDMI the video m in Zoo output terminal, • RESIZE image show banding or that results in the best picture quality. You can confirm the cumulative Page 48 Zoo lamp usage time the Projector Speakers 2 W (Mono) signal can be input to the projector. (Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) 37 faded whenRGB DVIand the1remaining lamp life (percentage). *4appear when inputting signalthe through COMPUTER/COMPONENT or digital 2 Use this function to lock but- or HDMI •Item Depending on specifications ofoperation video equipment to DVI cable, the signal transmission Projection lamp 275 W *5 Item D when inputting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 is selected. This function allows you to to select input sigtons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification not support connections videothe equipment L100 amp usage condition Remaining lamp life *6Rated Item when selecting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 ordoes DVI-D voltage AC – 240 Vall The cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling Ñ nal ty p e RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ *7 Item selecting DVI-D thatwhen has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to 50/60 DVI digital ÒLifeÓ 100% 5% Rated frequency Hz cable.) Locking thenoisy. Operation Buttons becomes fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8 •Item when selecting VIDEO or S-VIDEO For details on compatibility for connection, see supportOperated information on DVI connection provided by the33 exclusively Input current 3.6 A o Hold down onafter the projector for about 5 sec-is illuminating Reset the lamp timer replacing the lamp. Info Horiz ntal Keystone Correction Approx. Approx.59 The lamp does not light • The lamp indicator in red. video equipment manufacturer. while ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ You can move the projected image vertically . onds while theafter projector is being turned on.lamp. consumption (Standby) 360 W (3.4 W) with AC 1003,000 V ÒSPower creen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)Ó menu hours 150 hours up even the Replace the Select the INPUT mode • is ÒOnÓ. RGB cable Info 345 W (4.4 W) with AC 240 V projector turns on. On-screen Display When connecting video equipment video output terminal • Menu Operated exclusively Main Sub Menu with component Select the C Ò suddenly OMPUTER turns 1Ó using the INPUT buttons on the projector 1 button on the remote control. Approx. Approx. Operation temperature 41 F or to the 95 COMPUTER F (+5 C to +35 C) The lamp • Make sure to reset the lamp timer only while Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓbelow is for the former.) ENTER SCR-ADJ Resiz elock function Normal Key ON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown 2,000 hours 100 Cabinet Plastic off during projection. Full when replacing the lamp. If you reset the " " INPUT listis ÒOffÓ. On-screen Display (RGB) hours •Page 49 On thePage 49On the remote Dot By Dotmm stereo or mono audio cable AC socket * ø3.5 27/32" 1/64" projector control lamp timer and continue to use the same Dimensions (main body only) [W H D] 4" 11 12 Area Zoom Thekeylock image function sometimes • Cables incorrectly theservice projector or the connected 23-29 • The does not affect the operation (commercially availableconnected or available asto Sharp part QCNWGA038WJPZ) V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, may cause buttons. the lamp to become Video Equipment button (326 101.5 279.5 mm) flickers. equipment Stretchbutton works improperly. with the this remote control Page 49 Note damaged orH-Keystone explode. If this happens replace the 62 Weight (approx.) 10.8 lbs. (4.9 kg)lamp. • You cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60 • Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (Òduring S (ÒS Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu)(ÒPRJ-ADJ Ó menu) Helpful Installation 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 5. Audio Output Type Setting Adjusting theResiz Computer Image Setting the e Mode Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function Signal Type Setting Adjusting the Image Position Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Monitor Output 1 7. Useful Features * •When using the ¿3Page .5may mmnot mono audio cable, thethe volume level willnotebook be half of when using the ¿3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note •The Youlamp can also the lamp timer via This projector be tolamp display from jector is warming up. •able The will images eventually need to be computers changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 takesreset a49 long LAN/RS232C LAN. V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D mode. Should this occur, on the notebook computer and output the be display data time to turn on.outputSetting The lamp has reached the end ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. Resolution It is that the lamp changed To audio terminal • As aRTpart ofKey policy of continuous improvement, SHARP right to make designs Page 49 Details Taking the lock off (Refer to the SETUP MANUAL on the sup- display modes in ÒCNote onlyÓ mode. on how to change canreserves be remaining found the in your notebook computerÕ when the lamp life becomes 5%. set to the E Ò nableÓ , list the function is activated To component video output the terminal Picture isAutodark. On • details.) When o y u is press INPUT buttons onWhen the projector, INPUT appears. operation and changes forabout product improvement without prior notice. The performance Hold down on the projector for 5 seconds. plied CD-ROM for Ordinarily ,specification the typmanual. e Page ofV-Keystone input signal Offdetected and the • press Remaining lamp life Lamp changes within the mode. range 49 Press and power is consumed even in the standby • When See page 65 ÒComputer Compatibility ChartÓ for aTocontrol list ofand computer signals compatible with projector. COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1it× switch ' " /" to select an item on the list, ENTER to to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, Ò 6 40 400Ó appears on the screen. To AUDIO The remote control • Operate the remote while pointing at the projectorÕ sthe 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the frequency OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to Ò isUse with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO toD • When • When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with S Ò ignal TypeÓ cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, some signals, the may optimal resolution mode inunits. Page 50these deviations from values innotindividual atwhen which ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ is switched tonearest ÒOnÓ STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh adaptor be required for use with some Macintosh computers. Contact your to A Ò utoÓ or R Ò GBÓ , the image may be projected as desired. In this case, use either Video or S-Video. ableÓ it is not connected. This reduces power switch the INPUT mode. Connect power cord. • menu The be too far away from the projector.50 Background Key lthe ock function OFF Logo remote Ò ResolutionÓ the Ò SIG-ADJÓ may to be may30 10 20 needcontrol 40 55(ft) andmay ÒOffÓ.not (See page 46.) Macintoshon Dealer. Page 34 ••Depending onPage the computer be faithful to theon S Ò creen Blue are using, the output signal consumption when the projector is in resolutionÓ the standby •fluorescent 50 cord into • display Ifyou direct sunlight light is shining the • Plug the power the AC socket or a strong ENTER button None selected to match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computerÕ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer o y u are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s 37 38 • When of the projector is in standby mode, you 3 RCAcan (Component) to 15-pin D-sub cable projectorÕ s remote controlmode. sensor, place the projector where it projector. condition. that thePosition resolution beCenter set toon. the(e.g. one that AN-C3CP2) corresponds Ò 1280 × 800Ó. Menu button externalthe output port is switched Press ÒFnÓ and age ÒF5Óto key s simultaneously when using a (optional: •mended Tu rn the Power off will not release the keylock by holding down andby strong light. Upper Right be affected Page 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computerÕs operation manual to Lower Refer Right on the projector simultaneously MENU button Upper Left • The batteries mayforbe depleted or inserted incorrectly. Make 15 enable your computerÕ external output DTV Press the STANDBY button, thenstimer. press that button againport. while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into s tandby mode. Lower Left Reset the lamp about 5 seconds. sure the batteries inserted correctly or insert new ones. • Setting the Confirmation 48to RCAare ø3.5 mm minijack audio cable (commercially available) " On-screen Display Front PRJ Mode • While simultaneously holding down , Ceiling + Front On the projector On thea remote control Page 50 This Info projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance could be adversely affected by ENTER and MENU on the projector, Rear Sound (System Sound) Ceiling + Rear press STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set while the projector is: disEnglish polski Note keepthe allLanguage buttons pressed down until after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar playing M Ò four enuÓ screens, in standby mode, Page 50 Espa–ol TŸrwith k•e • When connect video equipment a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a theyou lamp indicator starts blinking green. warming up, changing input Nederlands signals, operating ais fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. commercially available cableFran• that Italiano ÒAuto SyncÓ function or on the ÒSystem LockÓ • •• The doesis not support RGBC the Euro-scart. Svenska • “Lprojector AMP 0000H” displayed, indicating Even ifduring o y u unplug the power cord fromsignals the ACvia outlet, the cooling fan continues to run for a while. screen warming up. Portugu• s that the lamp timer is reset. Page 30 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal •For When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. For U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the pro(Enlarge/Reduce) 36 •MAGNIFY When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust •sunlight If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then • Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective • Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. inputEnsure terminal ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. obstructed, a pro(commercially available) If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR OUT) Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with • When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude • The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. air, set “FanisMode” “High”. •areas Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Equipment Terminal on Terminal on the Cable 30° The remote control can be used to control When connecting to aconnected computer using an RS-232C serial control cable and a DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor equipment projector the projector within the ranges shown in the Computer RGB cable (supplied) illustration. 23' (7 m) COMPONENT 1, 2 RGB To audio input terminal accessory output • The signal from the remote control can be reflected off a screen forterminal easy operation. How- ever, the effective distance of the signal may Computer on the screen material. differ depending (MONITOR OUT) COMPUTER/ 30° Supplied Note 30° To AUDIO output terminal Rear View Remote control DIN-D-sub signal transmitters RS232C adaptor Remote control To RS-232C terminal ø3.5 mm minijack to Remote control sensor 30° RCA audio cable (commercially available) When using the remote control: DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) DVI-D 30° • Take care not to drop, expose to moisture or video high temperature. output Remote control • The remote control may malfunction under a terminal signal transmitters DIN-D-sub To RS-232C fluorescent lamp. In this case, move the pro30° Noteterminal RS-232C 23' (7 m)adaptorAUDIO ø3.5 mm stereo or mono audio cable (commercially jector from the of fluorescent lamp. • Turnaway off the power both the projector and audio equipment when connecting. (for COMPUTER/ available or available as Sharp service part • When turning off the power Audio in the case of connecting an amplifier or other audio equipment, first turn off QCNWGA038WJPZ) COMPONENT Remote control 1, 2, DVI-D) the power of the amplifier and then turn off the power of the projector. output • By using external audio components, the volume can be amplified for better sound. terminal • For details on Variable Audio Output (VAO) and Fixed Audio Output (FAO), see page 52. Audio-visual DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) equipment Pull down the tabvideo on the cover and RS-232C serial control cable (cross type, commercially available) output remove the cover towards the diterminal 1 DVI-D rection of the arrow. Component 2 3 RCA to 15-pin D-sub cable (optional: AN-C3CP2) video batteries. Insert the included COMPUTER/ COMPONENT 1, 2 output •Note Insert the batteries making sure the poterminal • The larities RS-232C function maythe not operate and if your computer terminal is not correctly set up. Refer to the correctly match operation manual of the computer for details. marks inside the battery compartment. Terminal Connect with the cable adaptor, etc. 3 for using 3 RCA to 15-pin Insert the lower tab the of the cover D-sub cable Info (optional: AN-C3CP2) into the opening, and lower the dedicated • Docover not connect cable to a port other than RS-232C terminal on the computer. This may cablein Cablethe adaptor (commercially available) untilthe it RS-232C clicks place. Dedicated cable damage your computer or projector. Incorrect use of the cause them to leak or cable explode. follow the precautions below. • Do not connect or batteries disconnectmay an S-video RS-232C serial control to orPlease from the computer while it is on. This cable (commercially available) S-VIDEO S-video may damage your computer.Using the Carrying Handle Caution output When transporting the Replace projector,only carry it by the carrying handle on the side. • Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. with alkaline or manganese batteries. terminal • Always put on correctly the lens cap to prevent damage to theinside lens when transporting the and marks the battery compart• Insert the batteries making sure the polarities match the projector. ment. Video cable (commercially • Do not liftproperties, or carry thetherefore projectoravailable) themix lens or the lens cap VIDEO as types. this may damage Video • Batteries of different types have different dobynot batteries of different the lens. • Do not mix new and oldoutput batteries. terminal This may shorten the life of new batteries or may cause old batteries to leak. • Remove the batteries from the remote control once they have run out, as leaving them in can cause them to leak. Battery fluid from leaked batteries is harmful to skin, therefore ensure you wipe them first and then remove them using a cloth. * Using the Kensington Lock • The batteries included with this projector may run down in a short period, depending on how they are kept. Be • This projector has a Kensington Security Standard connector for use with a Kensington MicroSaver Security sure to replace them as soon as possible with new batteries. System. Refer to the information that came with the system for instructions on how to use it to secure the •projector. Remove the batteries from the remote control if you will not be using the remote control for a long time. • Comply with the rules (ordinance) of each local government when disposing of worn-out batteries. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Connectio Introduction •When For more the RS-232C details ofterminal connection onconnected the andprojector cables, refer is connected to the operation to a computer, the of computer thecan connecting can be usedequipment. to control Audio signals input from equipment to each audio input terminal ofmanual the projector be output toequipment. audio Front View Remote control sensor • Youprojector may need cables or connectors not listed below. the andother check the status of the projector. Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM for “RS-232C Specifications and Commands”. Amplifier Terminals -13 Introduction Using th Sample Control Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment Accesso Quick S When connec T e rm proj AUD How IMPORTANT Part Part Samples Connecting Controlling Names Names toofAccess the Cables to and SAFEGUARDS Video aProjector Computer Functions and forEquipment Connection the Functions by PDF a Computer Operation Manuals This section shows the basic operation (projector connecting with the computer). For details, see the page Supplied PDF operation Numbers When connecting accessories in manuals refer to Terminal the to the in LAN main terminal pages languages using in thisa operation are LANincluded cablemanual in the where CD-ROM, the topic so that is explained. you can on several described below for each step. Equipment Cable connectedTo equipment work with the projector. utilize these manuals, you need to install Adobe® Reader ® on your The projector employs the 30 DVI digital®input terminal for direct input of Digital Video signals from a STANDBY button R/C JACK TX/RXWIRED LED (yellow) computer (Windows® or Macintosh ). stereo minijack to RCA audio Audio-visual ø3.5 mm cable For putting the projector into Illuminates when transmitting/receiving data. For controlling the projector by connecting computer. LINK LED audio output terminal equipment (for standby mode. In this To section, connection the (commercially projector the computer is explained using one example. the (green) remote control toCOMPUTER/ the projector. Caution concerning theoflamp unit andavailable) Audio Illuminates when linked. ® ® about placing the projector in a COMPONENT 1, 2, DVI-D) Please download Adobe Reader (http://www.adobe.com). Potential hazard of glass par- from the InternetWarning To input terminal output To S-video output terminal ON button 30S-VIDEO button 32 Top ViewKEYSTONE 7 STANDBY high position ticles lamp the ruptures. In case For turning the power on. Computer HUB terminal For if entering Keystone 3 7 STANDBY/ON button Two R-6 batteries To AUDIO inputbutton When placing the projector in terminal a high posiof orlamp rupture, your Accessing the PDFcontact Manuals Correction mode. (“AA” size, UM/SUM-3, RGB cable DIN-D-sub RS-232C MENU button 43 nearest Sharp Authorized Protion, make certain it is carefully secured to 6 INPUT buttons For Macintosh*®:To ensure safety, do notbutton connect Computer For Windows®ENTER : For displaying and the 3adjustment ON HP-7 or similar) (10' (3.0 m)) adaptor button 44 jector Dealer or Service Cen-Connect with the cable adaptor, Remote control Terminal etc. avoid personal injury caused by the projecLAN terminal with any cables setting screens. 57 Insert theitems CD-ROM Insert the CD-ROM in(5 the drive.such setting selectedin orthe CD-ROM drive. /CD-ROM 64" (15 cm)) terFor for replacement. 6 ENTER button <QCNWGA045WJPZ> for using <RRMCGA623WJSA> torDouble falling click down. asthe a telephone line that may cause adjusted onthe the“My menu. Double click Computer” icon. “CD-ROM” icon. MOUSE/Adjustment buttons See “Regarding the Lamp” <QCNWGA091WJPZ> Video Equipment Cable adaptor 39·43 the on excessive ( view / voltage. / the / ) operation manual Double “CD-ROM” drive. When you want to Power cord*click the page 61. LAN cable (Category 5 type, commercially available) (commercially available) dedicated moving the computer cursor Do subject theFor projector hard im(1)When you (2) operation manual (3)Tonot want button to view the 1) Double “MANUALS”to folder. LAN terminal click the(4) L-CLICK 39 cable when with the USB connection pact and/or vibration. Dedicated For the Left click click when with 2) Double click the language of the 1) Double the the “MANUALS” folder. cable To(name DVI-D input terminal (using a USB cable or the optional To AUDIO input terminal USB connection (using a USB Take care with the want lensto soview. as not to hit or Caution concerning setup(name of theofproreceiver). (for DVI-D) folder) that you remote 2)Note Double click the the language the ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable or the optional jector folder) To DVI digital Forofselecting and adjusting ondamage theavailable) surface the 3) Double click the pdf file lens. to access the prothat you want to view. cable remote receiver). 5 Zoom knob output terminal •For When connecting to hub, use straight-through Category 5 (commercially (CAT.5) type cable (commercially available). minimal servicing to maintain high Foritems. Australia, New For U.K., Hong Kongscreen Europe,S-video except U.K. For U.S., RCA Canada, etc.and For cable (commercially available) audio cable jectortype manuals. 3) Double click the pdf file touse access the pro(Enlarge/Reduce) 36 •MAGNIFY When connecting to computer, cross-over Category 5 (CAT.5) cable (commercially available). (commercially available) image quality, SHARP recommends that this Zealand and Oceania and Singapore (6' (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) buttons R-CLICK/RETURN button Rest your eyes occasionally. 39·43 RCA available) AUDIO jectorbe manuals. you want to view the click setup manual projector installed in an area freeaudio fromcable hu- 5(commercially Focus Continuously ringWhen For (6' thethe Rightscreen whenfor withlong the (1.8 m)) (6' (1.8 m)) <QACCVA011WJPZ> <QACCDA007WJPZ> For enlarging/reducing part of Audio the watching (for VIDEO, S-VIDEO) 1) Double click the “SETUP” folder. When you want to view the setup manual midity, dust and cigarette smoke. When the USB connection (using a USB image. DVI Digital cable 6 COMPUTER 1 <QACCLA018WJPZ> <QACCBA036WJPZ> hours will cause eye strain. Take regular cable or the optional remote receiver). projector is subjectedoutput to these environments, 2) Double click the language (name of the 1)audio Double (commercially available) To outputclick the “SETUP” folder. button PAGE Up/Down buttons terminal For returning to the previous 39 breaks to rest your eyes. and lens must be cleaned more terminal *the Use the power cord that corresponds to the wall folder) that you display. want to view. 2)vents Double click the language (name of theoutlet in your country. Same as the [Page Down] and often. As long as the projector is regularly 3) Double click the pdf file to access the setup folder) that you want to view. [Page Up] keys on a computer cleaned, use with in these environments will not Volumeextremes buttons locations of tem34 with Terminal Connect the cableAvoid adaptor,manual. etc. keyboard, when 43)Tilt dial Double click the theUSB pdf file to access thewith setup For adjusting the speaker sound 4 unit. Height Adjustment buttons reduce(using the aoverall operation connection USB cable or using life of the for perature. manual. Internal cleaning should be performed the optional remote receiver). * ø3.5 mm stereo oradaptor mono audio cable level. theonly operating temperature of ofthe projector You can display computer images on both the projector and Cable aThe separate monitor RGB cables. (commercially available or available as using two sets When connec Connecting to a Monitor with RGB Input Terminal by a Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orSharp service (commercially available) dedicated QCNWGA038WJPZ) AV MUTE ispart from 41°F to (+5°Cbutton to +35°C). 3495°F BREAK TIMER button 35 Service Center. cable For temporarily displaying the black ForTodisplaying the break timer. The storage temperature of the projector is output terminal Dedicated cable Frontaudio View screen and turning off the sound. from –4°F to 140°F (–20°C to +60°C). Do not the projector Lens in places exStorage case Lensset cap up (attached) cap strap AUTO SYNC button To video output terminal 35audio cable, theComputer * When using the ø3.5 mm mono volume level willSupplied be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo cable. Monitor RGBaudio cable FREEZE button 35 posed sunlight or <UBNDTA017WJZZ> bright light. RCA audio Tocable VIDEO input terminal For automatically adjusting images <GCASNA020WJSA> accessory Infoto direct <PCAPHA026WJSA> For freezing images. (commercially available) Position the toscreen so that it is not in direct To AUDIOand input terminal when connected a computer. Do not block the intake exhaust •sunlight If the desired pdf light. file cannot opened by double or room Light be falling directly on clicking the mouse, start Adobe® Reader ® first, then • Operation manual (this manual <TINS-D563WJZZ> vents. and CD-ROM <UDSKAA102WJZZ>) 37 7 RESIZE button Monitor RGB cable (supplied or commercially available) MONITOR OUTPUT specify the desired fileout using “File”, “Open” menu. PICTURE MODE button the screen washes thethecolors, making 36 Allow at least 7 /For 8 inches space switching(20 the cm) screenofsize For switching the picture mode. RGB viewing difficult. Close the curtains and dim Page 18 (NORMAL, STRETCH, etc.). between the exhaust vent and the nearest inputup the screen in a the lights when setting Video Equipment To COMPUTER/ wall or obstruction. 35 ECO+QUIET button Note INPUTroom. buttons 34 terminal sunny or bright COMPONENT 1 For switching to the respective • Codes in “< >” are Replacement parts codes. inputEnsure terminal ForTolowering noise the cooling MONITOR OUT terminal that the intake vent the and theofexhaust fan and extending the lamp life. modes. output vent are not obstructed. The projectorinput may be safely tilted toTo aRGB Amplifier ø3.5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable AUDIO To RGB input terminal terminal Optional accessories maximum angle of 9 degrees. obstructed, a pro(commercially available) If the cooling fan becomes(MONITOR OUT) Audio Placement should be within ±9 degrees of tection circuit will automatically put the proLamp unit AN-C430LP horizontal. When the signals fromcable theinput remote control cannot reached dueavailable) to the positioning projector, use a RCA audio Composite video be cable (commercially jector into standby modeoftothe prevent overheat Ceiling-mount adaptor AN-60KT terminal (commercially ø3.5 mm minijack cable available) to connect the remote control to the projector. Now you not can indicate control the projector damage. does a malfuncAN-XGCM55 (forThis U.S.A. only) withUniversal the remote control. bracket AN-JT200 only) tion (for (seeU.S.A. pages 59 and 60). Remove the pro- Ceiling-mount unit Projector (Rear view) connecting When AN-TK201 <for AN-60KT> jector power cordcontrol from the wall outlet and wait Remote Topages WIRED WIRED than the computer, equipmentTo other seeleast 25, 28 andPlace 29. the projector where AN-TK202 <for10 AN-60KT> at minutes. REMOTE terminal R/C JACK AN-EP101B <for AN-XGCM55 AN-JT200> 23, 30 Attaching the lens cap the intake and exhaust and vents are notPages blocked, (for U.S.A. only) After putting the lens cap strap on the lens RGB cable plug the power cord back in and turn on the Remote receiver AN-MR2 Note cap, pass thethe other end of the strap When using projector inø3.5 high-altitude mm minijack cable (commercially available or projector. This will return the projector to the available asm)) Sharp partAN-C3CP2 QCNWGA038WJPZ) through the the front side of the RGB cable (commercially available) 3 RCA to hole 15-pin D-sub cable (10' (3.0with • When you connect video equipment a service 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart)On to the the remote projector, use a comareas such as on mountains (at altitudes ofOn the projector control operating condition. projector, to the lens,meters as in merciallynext available cable thatshown fits in the projector you want to connect. approximately 1,500 (4,900 feet) terminalnormal the illustration. or more) Note Note When you use the projector in high-altitude • The wireless remote function not possible when the ø3.5 mm minijack cable is connected to the projector. air, set “FanisMode” “High”. •areas Some with of thethin optional accessories maytonot be available depending on the region. Please check with your Should the wireless remote operation be required, the ø3.5 mm minijack cable should be disconnected Neglecting this can affect the longevity of nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer orthe Service Center. from thesystem. projector. optical Page 30 -6 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Equipment Terminal on Terminal on the Cable 30° The remote control can be used to control When connecting to aconnected computer using an RS-232C serial control cable and a DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor equipment projector the projector within the ranges shown in the Computer RGB cable (supplied) illustration. 23' (7 m) COMPONENT 1, 2 RGB To audio input terminal accessory output • The signal from the remote control can be reflected off a screen forterminal easy operation. How- ever, the effective distance of the signal may Computer on the screen material. differ depending (MONITOR OUT) COMPUTER/ 30° Supplied Note 30° To AUDIO output terminal Rear View Remote control DIN-D-sub signal transmitters RS232C adaptor Remote control To RS-232C terminal ø3.5 mm minijack to Remote control sensor 30° RCA audio cable (commercially available) When using the remote control: DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) DVI-D 30° • Take care not to drop, expose to moisture or video high temperature. output Remote control • The remote control may malfunction under a terminal signal transmitters DIN-D-sub To RS-232C fluorescent lamp. In this case, move the pro30° Noteterminal RS-232C 23' (7 m)adaptorAUDIO ø3.5 mm stereo or mono audio cable (commercially jector from the of fluorescent lamp. • Turnaway off the power both the projector and audio equipment when connecting. (for COMPUTER/ available or available as Sharp service part • When turning off the power Audio in the case of connecting an amplifier or other audio equipment, first turn off QCNWGA038WJPZ) COMPONENT Remote control 1, 2, DVI-D) the power of the amplifier and then turn off the power of the projector. output • By using external audio components, the volume can be amplified for better sound. terminal • For details on Variable Audio Output (VAO) and Fixed Audio Output (FAO), see page 52. Audio-visual DVI digital DVI Digital cable (commercially available) equipment Pull down the tabvideo on the cover and RS-232C serial control cable (cross type, commercially available) output remove the cover towards the diterminal 1 DVI-D rection of the arrow. Component 2 3 RCA to 15-pin D-sub cable (optional: AN-C3CP2) video batteries. Insert the included COMPUTER/ COMPONENT 1, 2 output •Note Insert the batteries making sure the poterminal • The larities RS-232C function maythe not operate and if your computer terminal is not correctly set up. Refer to the correctly match operation manual of the computer for details. marks inside the battery compartment. Terminal Connect with the cable adaptor, etc. 3 for using 3 RCA to 15-pin Insert the lower tab the of the cover D-sub cable Info (optional: AN-C3CP2) into the opening, and lower the dedicated • Docover not connect cable to a port other than RS-232C terminal on the computer. This may cablein Cablethe adaptor (commercially available) untilthe it RS-232C clicks place. Dedicated cable damage your computer or projector. Incorrect use of the cause them to leak or cable explode. follow the precautions below. • Do not connect or batteries disconnectmay an S-video RS-232C serial control to orPlease from the computer while it is on. This cable (commercially available) S-VIDEO S-video may damage your computer.Using the Carrying Handle Caution output When transporting the Replace projector,only carry it by the carrying handle on the side. • Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. with alkaline or manganese batteries. terminal • Always put on correctly the lens cap to prevent damage to theinside lens when transporting the and marks the battery compart• Insert the batteries making sure the polarities match the projector. ment. Video cable (commercially • Do not liftproperties, or carry thetherefore projectoravailable) themix lens or the lens cap VIDEO as types. this may damage Video • Batteries of different types have different dobynot batteries of different the lens. • Do not mix new and oldoutput batteries. terminal This may shorten the life of new batteries or may cause old batteries to leak. • Remove the batteries from the remote control once they have run out, as leaving them in can cause them to leak. Battery fluid from leaked batteries is harmful to skin, therefore ensure you wipe them first and then remove them using a cloth. * Using the Kensington Lock • The batteries included with this projector may run down in a short period, depending on how they are kept. Be • This projector has a Kensington Security Standard connector for use with a Kensington MicroSaver Security sure to replace them as soon as possible with new batteries. System. Refer to the information that came with the system for instructions on how to use it to secure the •projector. Remove the batteries from the remote control if you will not be using the remote control for a long time. • Comply with the rules (ordinance) of each local government when disposing of worn-out batteries. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Connectio Introduction •When For more the RS-232C details ofterminal connection onconnected the andprojector cables, refer is connected to the operation to a computer, the of computer thecan connecting can be usedequipment. to control Audio signals input from equipment to each audio input terminal ofmanual the projector be output toequipment. audio Front View Remote control sensor • Youprojector may need cables or connectors not listed below. the andother check the status of the projector. Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM for “RS-232C Specifications and Commands”. Amplifier Terminals -13 Introduction Using th Sample Control Connecting to an Amplifier or Other Audio Equipment Setting Up the Projector Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) ■ Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup ■ It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Image Projection Using the Adjustment Feet The height of the projector can be adjusted using the adjustment feet when the screen is located higher than the projector, the screen is inclined or when the installation site is slightly inclined. Install the projector so that it is as perpendicular to the screen as possible. 1 Top View Side View Lens center Press the Height Adjustment buttons. • The adjustment feet come out. 2 Lift the projector to adjust its height and remove your hands from the Height Adjustment buttons. Adjustment foot Height Adjustment button • The projector is adjustable up to approximately 9 degrees. 3 Rotate the Tilt dial to finely adjust the horizontal tilt of the projector. Basic Operation • The inclination is adjustable within approximately 2 degrees. • When adjusting the height of the projector, trapezoidal distortion occurs. When “Auto V-Keystone” of the “SCRADJ” menu is set to “On” (see page 49), keystone correction functions automatically to correct trapezoidal distortion. When you want to adjust the automatically corrected image, use the manual keystone correction. (See page 32.) Info • Do not press the Height Adjustment button when the adjustment feet come out without firmly holding the projector. • Do not hold the lens when lifting or lowering the projector. • When lowering the projector, be careful not to get your fingers caught in the area between the adjustment foot and the projector. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Tilt dial -31 Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This oductpr utilzes tin-lead , solder and lamp contaig a smal amount of . curyme Dispoal of thes materils may be egulatdr due to onmetalvir considerat. For k Chec Paeg dispoal or ecylingr informat, pleas conta your loca authories, the Pr Elmelbo onicsetr Menu operation Page 43 The shows the items that can be set in the projector. • Pr r t c e j o r e w o p d r o c s i t o n d e g u l p o t n i e h t l a w . e l t u o 0 3 s“Projecter eirtudnI Al:ecnail ,gro.eai w following e h t p m a l g n i l c y e r n o,igt a z. e l c yr p m w adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu KEYSTONE Picture SIG SCR PRJ Net. ' " Press or and select Sharp at 1-800-BE-SPict. HARP.SIG SCR • Po PRJ U.S.A. ONLY w er to the xternal conetd Network vicesd is . of Ñ button MOUSE/Adjustment Picture Mode Standard Changing thePassword 548or Main 7 Se ting/Changi the keycod Checking Selecting the Progressive Mode Selecting the Dynamic the Input Signal Menu Sub MenuRange Selecting the TransmisCorrecting Trapezoidal “Bright” Disable Password to adjust. Note 3 buttons ('/"/\/|) Contrast 0 • ThOne selctd input mode is wrong. 43 AutoPowerOff PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu •sion Theselected item ishighlighted.(RS-232C) Speed Off be displayed if a 0 Bright Distortion An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage 51 Page 51 DHCP Client Off Selectable items Description • Th e AV U M TE o i t c n u f s i r o w . g n i k Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • SetaSelect levelsoastoColor view aclearerpicture. “Password”, then press43 | . 0 Auto Restartto displays On Sub Menu Main Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3DSe Useful relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press e R Ò g n i c a l p e e h t Ó p m a L n o e g a p 61 . 0 Tint Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make sureTCP/IP that Page both51the projector computer • lesCab incoretly OffStconetd andr to the rea panel of the and . project 23- 9 • The screen for entering the password apPicture Pi cture Mode signal Auto V-Keystone Progressive images suchCorrection as drama andtype documentary projector’ s input do not match. If this Sharp or |. 0 ENTER RETURN button Presntaio arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On pears. • Re e t o m l r t n o c r e t a b s i e v a h r n u . t u o 5 1 Pa e g 45 more clearly. Red 0 Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, image is projected either from the top Off Game si SHARP rotcej p seu na D CL diuqL( lartCsy Di )yalps Page .lenap Thtosi ryev detacishpo display lenap sniat oc 0 ,1 51 0 ,42 00 • WhentheimageisBlue blurry. 0 2DThfrom Useful fast-moving images such • Ex r e t l a n g i t e n o c k b e t o n . r e t u p m o c 32 Selectable items Description or the bottom towards the screen an angle, sR GB outp has not ben *1 set when at s a r t n o C 0 3 0 3 + Speaker On XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Selectable items Description pixels (x RGB) TF Ts Õ (Thin Film TrMAC ansitor). AsasAddress with sports any hig technolgy oniceltrandequipmnt suchaction as large films. CLR Temp 7500K • WhenSelect the contours and colors of moving im- press Progressive Off “Next”, then ENTER . the image becomes trapezoidally. 51 9600 bps Bright Page distorted 0 3 0 3 + 0 6 ervco lamp unit ervco or lamp housing ervco is not is slow. Progressive Progressive must WhentheblackTransmission A enscr TVs uto levelsoftheimage• showThe filter , speed the password in 3D“Old PassNo function erutcip ,dna videon dnusytemo and video camers, ethr ear certain aceptbl tolerancs tha the equipmnt for agesEnter drag. *2 The trapezoidal distortion Projector XX-XXXX FAO • The screen for entering the keycode appears. Audio Out Colr correcting 0 3 0 3 + Film Mode Auto d e l a t s n i . y l t e r o c cStandard o38400 nro frm rotcej p to. seod ton rats. bandingorappearfaded,selecttheitemVAO bps ' pro-(Keystone \ , then , " , | and • When"On-screen TVword” broadcastsDNR withusing weakDisplay signalsare isThcalled Keystone Correction. *2 Correction mode) 51-30 Off Tint Page +30 is unit has some inactve pixels withn aceptbl tolerancs whic may esult r in inactve dots on the epictur that Enhanced resultsinthethe bestpicture quality. • If an the Enable conetd (In DVI l a t g i d t n m p i u q e s i r u t d e n n o e r o f b e h t 42 To adjust proThis projector is with “Auto V-KeyMonitorequipped Out Transmission Off jected. MNR *2 115200 bps press ENTER . speed is rapid. Sh p r a 0 3 0 3 + en.scr This wil not fecta the Note epictur quality or the life expctany of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 mostPage circumstances, ÒDDisable VI-DÓ input mode is selctd on the , project the image y ma cor51 Standard PressEco+Quiet the 4Mode buttons onOffthe remote stone Correction” function thatshould automatically Reselected.) d image -30 +30 while jected beLAN/RS232C ADJUST ENDReset rects trapezoidal distortion within not be Enable projectd proely or ENTER y ma not be edyispla at al. Enthe sure pro• Whenany the image isSEL./ADJ. blurred or noisy, switch to control or on the projector to enter +30 Disable Blue Page 51-30 Info SEL./ADJ. ENTER ¤ ¤ made END RETURN jected image. The correction is automatically the aproite input mode has ben selctd on the trademarksofMicrosoftCorporationintheUnited • the Microsoft aretha registered StatesTESTPATTERN and/or optimal mode. andWindows watching RESET Enter the password in “New PassPage 45it END Code”. RETURN the preset keycode in “Old Note 9600 bps RS-232C provided the vertical incline or decline • This function is available for all signals with project ore bf 38400 ouy turn onbpsthe conetd equipmnt. is within • other When using progressive inputs, inputs are dicountries. Page 52 ' " | \ , and then word” using the,keycode CLR Temp 500Kbps •orWhen setting for the,first time, ±12 degrees. 115200 Note Refer to the ÒS2DETUP MANUALÓ on S-VIDEO. Items to be adjusted rectly soENTER that Progressive and • Business lesCab incoretly 650750conetd 0K to the rea panel of Machines the contained . project 23-9 times. isdisplayed aregistered trademark ofInternational Corporationin theUnitedStates. VIDEOpress Page a 45 1 •• PC/AT Setting Password Press . 0K press " on the projector for four ENTER . Normal Fan Mode Vertical Keystone Correction the supplied CD-ROM for RS-232C Specifica• This function is available for 480 I, 480P, 576 I ¤ cannot ¤ onlywhen The Dynamic Range canbeselected 8500K 3D Progressive bePage selected. •• Adobe Reader atrademark of•Adobe ÒBrightÓ is High set Systems to umin positn. Incorporated. 54 • Theand selected item (e.g.is52 Bright) isSettings. dis9300K Pict. SIG– with ADJ Net. (Adjustment 'SCR /PRJ-ADJ ) PRJ tions Command and576Psignals with COMPUTER1/2 or" DVI. If•you do not others to change the setting DVI-D input mode is selected. Note ¤ want 1Old 050Code 0K System Lock Macintosh isaregistered trademark of Apple intheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries. Clock played itself at the bottom ofs*3 the •operation DeCode pendig onComputer, the computer ouy are using, an image y ma Inc. not manual Ñ 0 Setting the System Lock Refer tobythe computerÕ for for•• When the “Network” menu, set aNewReconfirm 52 and 53 Progresiv Pages 3Dpassword. Progresiv Enter the same password again in not using the Auto V-Keystone Cor• PJLink is a registered trademark or an application screen. e b d t c e j o r p e h t Phase 0 2Dunlestrademark Prsignal ogresiv outp seting of the computer is in Japan, the United States and/or other instructions setting computerÕ s baud rate. Pafor ge 46 thethe 5 countries/regions. H-Pos Old Code using ' 0 , " – – – – ,| rection function, set ' “Auto on s witched ,to the the xternal outp. Re erf Mode to the s computerÕ " V-Keystone” •Selecting When pressing or *3 Film following and \ , “Reconfirm” AllReset 7 Mosquito Noise Reduction (MNR) V-Pos New Code 0 m l i F e d o M Au o t – – – – Setting a Password So d n u s i d r a e h t u b o n 6This Setting the Video System Page 53 the “SCR-ADJ” menu to “Off”. n o i t a r e p l a u n m r o f w o h o t h c t i w s s t i l a n g i s p t u o . g n i t e s item (Red after Bright) will be disOff • Allother companyorproduct names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compathen press ENTER . function provides high-quality playback of Reset – – – – Page (Life) 46 Reconfirm picture .apers played. LampTimer The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be images originally projected at 24factory fps, such as nies. DNR Off is Pagesystem 53 Setting The video input mode preset 9 Press ENTER. Fan Mode Levl 1 reduced. Manual Keystone Correction • Image then adjustmen Levl 2 are incoretly set. from 54 Page 46 movies on DVDs. to “Auto”; however, a clear picture the | conSelect “Password”, press . Levl 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. V ( , o e d i SV o e d i t u p n I ) y l n o When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable items TheitemNote Description displayedbyitself nected audio-visual not beapre•opeanr Un The forequipment entering themay password NoteMNR Selectable items Description Authorized esntaivpr esponiblr for V-Keystone the Eu ion Comunity Market screen Note MNRdoesnotfunction. “Network” menu Auto Correction function acti• ViOfLevl 1 deo f signal input sytemhas is incoretly set. been 84 Off ceived, depending on the Video difference. Auto Films aredetected automatically. pears. Picture Selectable items Pa e g 46 Description • Ifdo you input athe wrong keycode, the cursor Levl 2 to the Press youENTER again to(CO return vated, or •when want to make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a P M UTER/C O P M ONENT , 1 , 2 DVI D ) y l n o • If you not need password protection for Off Films are not detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. l v e L 3 SHARP ELECTRONI CS (Eope)ur GmbHfor Bright to the first point 0 Normal Suitable normal environments. Main the MenuAuto returns of the ÒOld 74 CodeÓ. using Correction you previousV-Keystone screen. clearermenu picture. settings anymore, • Input using signal Ontype (RGB/function, Compnet) is incoretly the set. Network the “Network” press E. U . ONLY SEL./ADJ. Rtn. Menu Ec o+Quiet Mode So e § a r t s i n , 3 D0 2 09 7 Ha g r u b m High Select this when projector at Ol d Pa d r o w s Network Pasword • The preset keycode is 4"END buttons on the can corrections manually the following Off Selectable items using the Password Rtn. Menu Colr is adef make or . por Setting New Pasword Page 46 ENTER without entering new password in steps altitudes 1,500 meters 54 of approximately Page 54 projector. When you press the " button four procedure. Reconfirm Auto Reset Page Horizontal Keystone Correction Info 3 and 4. • Ad t s u j e h t . s u c o f 3 (4,900 feet) or more. Note PAL Old – – – – Password times, the keycord input screen disappears. On ge Client 45 SCR Net. (Adjustment \ ) PRJRETURN. \ DHCPaPor | to adjust Press New the item o cancel the password settings, Password •• TThis function isPicture available for SIG allwith signals with/ |press • ThOfe ,f projectin – distancethe xceds the – ocus f – .anger – fan rotation 91 When ÒFan SECAM ModeÓ is 55 set Page inputs, • When Press using progressive Filmto ModeÒHighÓ Picture Mode Standard – – – – Reconfirm KEYSTONE on the remote 1 * selected. VIDEOorS-VIDEO.Contrast *1speeds Itemwhen inputting RGB*NTSC4.43 signal COMPUTER/COMPONENT TCPthrough /IP the up, and fan noise 0 • 1,Th2IPSubecomes erorbnet isAdMask DVI-D og f dres on the .lens If the project is caried from a cold louder. Ñ cannot beselected. •inputting Theadjustment isPasignal *2Itemswhencontrol Component through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1or2,orCorrecwhenselectingVIDEOor • ThisPress function isBright available I, 480P, 576 I todoes enter Keystone gestored. 55 the NTSC3.58 the for 4 480 buttons1 5on the remote Gatewy a ar wm rom, or if it is sudenly heatd, m o r o t n i •S-VIDEO The Film Modefunction not work when *2 Ifyou forget thewith password 0 orDVI. Color and576P signals COMPUTER1/2 P AL-MMAC Addres tion mode. i t a s e d n o c y a m r o m f n o e h t e c a f r u s f o e h t s n e l d n a e h t control or on the projector to enter 2D Progressive is selected in Progressive ge *3Progressive andFlimMode can when I,576 1035 Tint I orthe 1080 password, I signalisinput.perform 0 ' bePaadjusted "55onlyuse or to480KEYSTONE set the first digit in AL-N If youI,forget the following 0 Mode.Press Lock Function *2 •System You Pcan also image wil becom lured.b Pleas set up the project at least on the Projectr Sharp keycode in “New 0 the new Code”. P AL -60 | “New Password”, then press . procedure to delete it, then set a new password. projector. e n o r u o h e r o f b t i s i o t e b . d e s u f I i t a s e d n o c d l u o h s r o , m f Red 0 Page 55 8 This unauthorized Eco+Quiet Mode0 Setting Pifunction cture is lured;b Blue * When reproducing NTSCprevents signals in PAL video evrmo the erwpo cord from the alw outle and aitw or f it to use of the Ontheprojector,pressCLR Temp projector. Once this function is activated, users 7500K e s i o n . s r e p a *16 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to Off . clear Noise equipment. Note Reducing Image (DNR) Progressive Enter remaining 3 digits, then 3D Progressive Press ' or "keycode to parallelize must enter thethe correct each timethe the pro*2Displayonly Mode Auto (Computer Input only) • YouFilm cannot use the Fan following buttons for Selectable press ENTER . jector is turned on. e W t s e g u u o y d r o c e e h t and right sides, or press Videoleft digital noise reduction (DNR) provides high Lamplife74 Brightness Off STANDBY, DNR • Pe r o m f S Ò A G I DJÓ Ad . n e m t s u j Ó k c o l C Ò ( Ad ) n e m t s u j keycode: STANDBY/ON, ON, Sound items .previous • To to the digit, press \ . edocykquality ni a efas ecalp erhw ylno -ohtua Press Off Note Note MNR images with minimal crawl \ orreturn |MENU to parallelize 74 • dot Peormf ÒSthe IG-ADJÓ upper Adand .justmen (ÒPhaseÓ Adjustmen)cross ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, Off Eco+Quiet Mode • Themenuscreenwilldisappear. dezircolor sreu evah .seca • TheVideo noise. signal can only be set inVIDEO orof•the MENU, ECO+QUIET and BREAK TIMER Noise yma aper depnig projected on the . computer Ñ the On Approx. 80% Approx. Low and lower sides Reset • If ENTER is held down for more than 5 seconds, S-VIDEO mode. the same password • System lock function 3,000 SEL./ADJ. ENTER Selectable items Description Enter Note • lesCab incoretly conetd to the rea panel of the . project in 9 2 - 3 2 each operation buttons on the projectorrecognizes will be locked. (See image. ENDor hours VideoSystemisset Auto, may RETURN button on the remote control on the Off• WhenInfo DNRtodoes notyou function. page 53.) • You can also adjust the Keystone Cor“Reconfirm”, then press ENTER . • Volume is set to um.in 43 setRETURN return default not a clear picture due to signal differprojector individual button, even if Off• Press 100%as anto Approx. Normal to the Level 1—3 receive Sets DNRlevel. • ences. If you lose ortheforget your keycode, contact your ' "• and \ rection using /" • You ting. cannot use thethe buttons the remote control to When the project is conetd to changes an xternal viced /| and | the buttons • Should The status forthe “Password” to “Enthis occur, switch to the video 2,000 they share sameonbutton name. If you the projector. nearest Sharp Authorized Projector or Serdelete the password. v olume is set to um,in the sound is not outp env if Dealer ouy able”. hours system ofon thesource signal. used the buttons the projector in may set• Straight lines or theon edges of images vice NoteCenter (see page68). turnEven up the olumev of the xternal .viced if the product ting your keycode, the keycode cannot appear jagged while adjusting the image. warranty valid, the keycode reset will incur a Pi cture apers utb no buttonsdonotis be canceled with theCorrection remote control. ÒSerÓpak is set to ÒOthe f Ó. AutoSync,BreakTimer,FREEZE, • Menu function whiletheprojector•isoperating 15 Manual Keystone can be • The Press KEYSTONE. Note charge. d n u o s s i . d r a e h Note orAV MUTE functions. adjusted up to an angle ofPRJ-ADJ approximately • The on-screen display of the Keystone • Once degrees vertically and approximately mode will is disappear. Data image Correction is not after the password • set, eMak the necsary adjustmen of each item you in the ÒSIG-Amust DJÓ enter • Y ou can±50 alsoSetting use ECO+QUIET on the remote 74 the System Lock the• password to change the menu ±30 degrees horizontally. centrd. can also u.men “Network” You use KEYSTONE on the controlorontheprojectortoswitchtheEco+Quiet Old Code settings. **** projector. Mode.(Seepage 35.) • Dependig on the computer ouy are using, the outp resolutin Ñ – – – – New Code 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 3 2 5 4 3 signal y ma be erntdif from the one ouy evha set. orF ,details erf to the ationper ualmn of the . computer -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded Reconfirm – – – – Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ( / that / / the ) lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) Focus knob It is buttons recommended bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP from your place of purchase, nearest Sharp sizeresize using mode the focus ring or zoom knobimage. on the Dethe to enhance the input Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE button mode between on and off. desired image. button IMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. CUSTOMERS: Press RESIZE. ECO+QUIET button Connecting with the a USBAir cableFilter Replacing COMPUTER 49 1 Press STANDBY/ON on the projector or STANDBY on the remote 1 The focus is adjusted bythe rotatcontrol to put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH STANDBY/ON button 53 Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby This projectormode. utilizes a pressurized mercury lamp. A loud sound may indicate lamp failure. Lamp Break Timer failure can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface Auto Sync scratches or deterioration of the lamp due to a lapse of usage time. The period of time up to failure largely varies depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition (Auto Sync Adjustment) 1andDisconnect Press BREAK TIMER. the frequency of use. It is cord. important to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. 2 the power About the temperature warning indicator When the lamp replacement indicator and on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended Sync works when input Outputfunction image Input signal The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen m 60 When right-clicking 47 Shortens with or SXGA R-CLICK the Lamp Replacing (1280 1024) When the your computer supports only a About lamp indicator Caution one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) 1280 720 L-CLICK 4When Remove air filter. usingthe [Page Up] or [Page Down] 1360 1366 Freezing a Moving Image R-CLICK L-CLICK R-CLICK Press BREAK TIMER. Zoo — 3 1 2 Press FREEZE. 768 768 — 1 Carefully change the lamp by following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, Tab you may have the lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Dealer or Service Center. PressProjector FREEZE again to return to 2 the moving image from the currently connected device. If you try to turn on the projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. — 1280 768 1280 800 Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals — -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3Dealer or Service Center to assure safe operation. Op BasicAp Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. When moving the cursor XGA and below is adjusted by moving Zooming mercury, ventilate the room well if the lamp breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas. In ut the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor as soon as possible. mo Press / / / to adjust the length o o Z Resolution Should the lamp break, there is also a possibility that glass particles may spread inside of the When left-clicking of the break time. higher than projector. In such a case,cover. it is recommended you contactAC your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Remove the filter socket L-CLICK XGA in Increases with or Setting Up the Projector Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ('/"/\/|) Focus knob It is buttons recommended that the lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting thering projector andknob the computer with a USBfrom cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators sizeresize using the focus or zoom on the Dethe mode to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator • When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. set to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press RESIZE. tails, see the included operationwith manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp Autho• See page 49 for setting on menu screen. button decrease, the lampProjector life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Air Service Center. For the name oftion thewill nearest Sharpand Authorized Dealer Connecting with a USB cableFilter Replacing the or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press STANDBY/ON on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or STANDBY on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted bythe rotatto put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 × 600) 800 ×the 600 Lamp Life • Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 × 768) 1024 × 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 × 800 SXGA (1152 × 864) 1152 × 864 1280 × 720 SXGA+ (1400 × 1050) 1400 × 1050 To USB terminal 1280 × 800sound may SXGA (1280a × 1024) 1000 × 800 1280 × 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 × 720 1280 ×at720 — USB cable • Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available or768 available as Sharp service 1360 × 768 1280 × 722 1360 × — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 × 768 1366 × 768 of the lamp 1280 due × 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up ×to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies × 768 — 1280 × 720 800 It is important 1280 × 800 — and the frequency1280 of ×use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby mode. Break Timer 1 Disconnect Press BREAK 2 the TIMER. power cord. About the temperature warning indicator STANDBY/ON button Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) When thetimer lamp replacement indicator on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The count down 5 minSync works when input • Unplug thestarts powertocord from thefrom ACand socket. Outputfunction image Input signal The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen ' " STRETCH \| • Turn on over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page 5 minutes s 6 minutes s 60 minutes When right-clicking rying handle ( ), grab the tab ( ) and slide • Shortens with \ or " SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. Replacing the the filter coverLamp ( ). 4 minutes (1280 1024) s 3 minutes s 1 minute • Thethe break time can besupports set in units only of onea When your computer About lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) m manual adjustwith Auto Sync adjustment, use Zoo ments. (See page 47.) *1 Freezing a Moving Image *2 — 1280 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. the timer •Canceling Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have common function. Press BREAK TIMER. — Press FREEZE. • WaitWhen at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 768 the Remove air filter. • The projected1 image is frozen. before removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] When using [Page Up] 1366 768on the screen. When the percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ displayed ” (red), the lamp will • Pick the air filter up and with [Page your fingers and lifton a computer keyboard. Note Same as the [Page Up] Down] keys 16:9 aspect by ratio following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, Carefully change the lamp Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn offfunction and then the projector automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, •may Break Timer does while the projec-will Press PAGE ornot PAGE DOWN PAGE. have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press FREEZE again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 1 4 2 Note *1 • This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio • Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected • :Versions than Windows NT4.0 Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen • :Versions OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. •*2You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. Same as NORMAL mode. In case SXGA+ •*3Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3Dealer or Service Center to assure safe operation. Op BasicAp Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. When moving the cursor If the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving if the lamp breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|). “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left corner of theas picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor soon as possible. mo *3 Press '/"/\/| to adjust the length o o turn off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebemeasures • When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA in • Increases with ' or | Setting Up the Projector Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ( / that / / the ) lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) Focus knob It is buttons recommended bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting thering projector andknob the computer with a USBfrom cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators sizeresize using the focus or zoom on the Dethe mode to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator button • When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. setRESIZE to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press RESIZE. tails, see the included operationwith manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp Autho• See page 49 for setting on menu screen. button decrease, the lampProjector life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Air Service Center. For the name oftion thewill nearest Sharpand Authorized Dealer Connecting with a USB cableFilter Replacing the or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press STANDBY/ON on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or STANDBY on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted bythe rotatto put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 × 600) 800 ×the 600 Lamp Life • Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 × 768) 1024 × 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 × 800 SXGA (1152 × 864) 1152 × 864 1280 × 720 SXGA+ (1400 × 1050) 1400 × 1050 To USB terminal 1280 × 800sound may SXGA (1280a × 1024) 1000 × 800 1280 × 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 × 720 1280 ×at720 — USB cable • Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available or768 available as Sharp service 1360 × 768 1280 × 722 1360 × — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 × 768 1366 × 768 of the lamp 1280 due × 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up ×to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies × 768 — 1280 × 720 800 It is important 1280 × 800 — and the frequency1280 of ×use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby mode. Break Timer 1 Disconnect Press BREAK 2 the TIMER. power cord. About the temperature warning indicator STANDBY/ON button Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) When thetimer lamp replacement indicator on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The count down 5 minSync works when input • Unplug thestarts powertocord from thefrom ACand socket. Outputfunction image Input signal The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen • Turn on over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page 5 minutes 6 minutes 60 minutes When right-clicking rying handle ( ), grab the tab ( ) and slide • Shortens with or SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. Replacing the the filter coverLamp ( ). 4 minutes 3 minutes 1 minute (1280 ´ 1024) • Thethe break time can be set in units only of onea When your computer supports About lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) m manual adjustwith Auto Sync adjustment, use Zoo ments. (See page 47.) *1 Freezing a Moving Image *2 — 1280 ´ the 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. timer •Canceling Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have common function. Press BREAK TIMER. — Press FREEZE. • WaitWhen at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 ´using 768 the Remove air filter. • The projected1 image is frozen. before removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] When [Page Up] 1366 ´ 768on the screen. When the percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ displayed ” (red), the lamp will • Pick the air filter up and with [Page your fingers and lifton a computer keyboard. Note Same as the [Page Up] Down] keys 16:9 aspect by ratio following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, Carefully change the lamp Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn offfunction and then the projector automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, •may Break Timer does while the projec-will Press PAGE ornot PAGE DOWN PAGE. have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press FREEZE again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 ´ 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 1 4 2 Note *1 • This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 ´ 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio • Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected • :Versions than Windows NT4.0 Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen • :Versions OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. •*2You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. Same as NORMAL mode. In case SXGA+ •*3Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3Dealer or Service Center to assure safe operation. Op BasicAp Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. When moving the cursor If the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving the breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons (if corner / /lamp / of).the “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor as soon as possible. mo *3 Press / / / to adjust the length o o turn off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebemeasures • When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA in • Increases with or Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe ■ The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp ■ If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ('/"/\/|) Focus knob ■ It is buttons recommended that the lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button ■ Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting the projector and the computer with a USB cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators from sizeresize using mode the focus ring or zoom knob on the Dethe to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator • When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. set to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press RESIZE. tails, see the included operationwith manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp Autho• See page 49 for setting on menu screen. button decrease, the lampProjector life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Air Service Center. For the name oftion thewill nearest Sharpand Authorized Dealer Connecting with a USB cableFilter Replacing the or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press STANDBY/ON on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or STANDBY on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted bythe rotatto put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 × 600) 800 ×the 600 Lamp Life • Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 × 768) 1024 × 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 × 800 SXGA (1152 × 864) 1152 × 864 1280 × 720 SXGA+ (1400 × 1050) 1400 × 1050 To USB terminal 1280 × 800sound may SXGA (1280a × 1024) 1000 × 800 1280 × 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 × 720 1280 ×at720 — USB cable • Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available or768 available as Sharp service 1360 × 768 1280 × 722 1360 × — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 × 768 1366 × 768 of the lamp 1280 due × 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up ×to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies × 768 — 1280 × 720 800 It is important 1280 × 800 — and the frequency1280 of ×use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby mode. ■ Break Timer 1 2 Press BREAK Disconnect the TIMER. power cord. STANDBY/ON button Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) L-CLICK button Freezing a Moving Image *2 — 1280 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. the timer •Canceling Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have common function. Press BREAK TIMER. — Press FREEZE. • Wait at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully ■ When the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 768 the Remove air filter. • The projected1 image is frozen. removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] ■before When using [Page Up] 1366 768on the screen. When the percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ displayed ” (red), the lamp will • Pick the air filter up and with [Page your fingers and lifton a computer keyboard. Note Same as the [Page Up] Down] keys 16:9 aspect by ratio following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, ■ Carefully change the lamp Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn offfunction and then the projector automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, •may Break Timer does while the projec-will Press PAGE ornot PAGE DOWN PAGE. have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press FREEZE again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. ■ If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 1 4 2 Note *1 • This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio • Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected • :Versions than Windows NT4.0 Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen • :Versions OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. •*2You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. Same as NORMAL mode. In case SXGA+ •*3Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3 Op BasicAp the temperature warning indicator ■ About When the lamp replacement indicator and on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The timer to count down from 5 minSync works when input • Unplug thestarts power Outputfunction image Input signal cord from the AC socket. The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating MOUSE/Adjustment Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen buttons ('/"/\/|) Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust ■ Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. ■IfWhen moving the cursor the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving if the lamp breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|). “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left corner of theas picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor soon as possible. mo *3 Press '/"/\/| to adjust the length o o off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution ■ turn Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the ■ When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector R-CLICK button then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebe measures • When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA n • Increases with ' or to | assure safe operation. Dealer oron Service Center m imanual with Auto Sync adjustment, use adjust• Turn over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page oo Z 5 minutes 6 minutes 60 minutes ■ When right-clicking ments. (See page 47.) rying handle ( ), grab the tab ( ) and slide *1 • Shortens with \ or " SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. Replacing the the filter coverLamp ( ). 4 minutes 3 minutes 1 minute (1280 1024) PAGE Up/Down buttons • Thethe break time can be set in units only of onea ■ About When your computer supports lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of mercury. Disposal of these materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For Problem Page disposal or recycling information, please contact Check your local authorities, the Electronics Menu operation Page The following shows the items that can be set in the projector. Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organization www.lamprecycle.org, “Projecter adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu ONEKYST ' " Press or and select Sharp at 1-800-BE-SHARP. U.S.A. ONLY Power to the external connected devices is off. — buton 7 MOUSE/Adjustmen Changing the Password 4or 5 Setting/Changing theInput keycode Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Range Checking the Signal Maineu SubMen Dynamic Selecting the Transmis“Bright” tothe adjust. Note 3 butons( ' / " 34 /\ /| ) The selected input mode is wrong. Auto Power Off On PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu The selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. sion Speed Offbe displayed if a An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage 1 5 Page 1 5 Selectable items Description The AV MUTE function is working. 34 Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement SetSelect a level “Password”, so as to view a clearer then picture. press | . Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61 Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to sdisplay relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press See R “ eplacing the Lamp” on page . Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make sure that Page both51 the projector and computerconnected to the rear panel of the projector. Off Cables incorrectly 23-29 Picture Picture Modesuchtype Progressive images as drama and match. documentary projector’ s input signal doStandard not If this ENTER or | . RETUNbuton Presentation arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On Remote control batteries have run out. 15 Page 45 clearly. Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected from the top Display) panel.When Off Page 51 uses aneither Game This SHARP projector LCD (Liquid Crystal This very the sophisticated image isnotebook blurry. panel contains 1,024,000 2D Useful to display fast-moving images such *1 External output has not been set when connecting computer. 23 Selctab iems from the bottom or towards at an angle, sRGB Contrast -30 the +30 Descr ipt on screen On Selectable Description pixels (xitems RGB)Speaker TFT’ s (Thin Film Transistors). As with any highWhen technology electronicand equipment such as large the contours colors of moving imasPage sports and +30 action films. Off Select “Next”, then press ENTER the image becomes distorted trapezoidally. 1 5 9Auto 60Progressive bps screen Bright -30 Tr ansmi o pedi.s lwo blackand 60 . The cover, lamp cover ordrag. lampthe housing cover is in not TVs, and video video cameras, there areunit certain acceptable tolerances that the equipment must When the levels of filter the image show Enter password “Old PassNofunction picture nosystems sound ages *2 The for correcting trapezoidal distortion FAO .sraep edocy k eht gniret rof ne rcs ehT Audio Color Out -30appear +30 installed correctly. conform to. does Standard banding or faded, select the item projector not start. VAO ' with \ are using , " weak , | signals and , then When TV broadcasts prois3840bps or called Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Display (Keystone Correction mode) Page 51 -30 +30pixels Tint This unit has some inactive within acceptable tolerances which mayisresult in inactive dotsthe on the picture Enhanced that results in the best picture quality. (In If the connected DVI digital equipment turned on before 24 -orpehtsujdaTNote This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable jected. *2 b1ps520 screen. press ENTER . Tr a n s m i o s p e d i s a r p d . Sharp -30 +30 This will not affect the picture quality or the life expectancy of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 most circumstances, “Standard” “DDisable VI-D” inputshould mode is selected on the projector, the imageon may Page 51 Press the 4 buttons the remote stone Correction” function that automatically corRed selected.) -30 +30 elihwgamdtcj trapezoidal be ADJUST END Enable LAN/RS232C rects any distortion within theswitch pro- to not be projected properly or may not be displayed at all. Ensure When the image is blurred or noisy, control or on the projector to enter Disable Blue Page 51 -30 +30 Info ® jected image. The correction is® made automatically that the appropriate input hasTESTPATTERN been onUnited the Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of mode Microsoft Corporation in the States Passand/or the optimal mode. t i g n h c a w Enter theselected password inRESET “New Page 45 the preset keycode in “Old Code”. N o t e 9600 bps RS-232C provided vertical incline orinputs, decline is before within function isequipment. available for all signals with projector you turn on This the connected 38400 bps Whenthe using progressive inputs are diother countries. Page 2 5 ' " | \ word” using , , and , then CLR Temp 5500K bps Whenstigkycodefrthisme, or S-VIDEO. ±12 Refr to degrees. 115200 the ÒSETUP MANULÓ contaied on Note 6500K rectly displayed so “2DCables Progressive” and connected incorrectly to the rear panel of theinprojector. 23-29 is a ENTR registered trademark of International BusinessVIDEO Machines Corporation the United States. Page 45 that 1 PC/AT Setting a Password Press . 7500K p r e s " press ENTER . Normal Fan Mode V C n o s y K l a c i t r e the suplied CD-ROM for RS-23C pecifa- Progressive” This functionontheprjcof urtimes. is available for 480I, 480P, 576I ® ® cannot The Dynamic Range be selected only when 8500K “3D be“B selected. High Adobe Reader acan trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. right” is set to minimum position. 45 Page 52 is The selected item (e.g. “Bright”) is dis9300K (Adjustmenwih ' /" ) tionsadCm Setings. do not and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. If you others totrademark change theApple setting “DVI-D” input mode is selected. ® want 10500K System Old Code Macintosh is a Lock registered Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by itself at the bottom of the Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not — *3 to the cosmputerÕ opeartin manul orf “Network” Code for eRrf the menu, aNew password. Pages 52 and 53set Progressive 3D Progressive Enter the same password again in Reconfirm PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States and/or other screen. be projected unless the signal output setting of the computer is 2D Progressive tsniocu Selecting Page 46 the Film Mode 5.etar dub s Õretupmoc h gnites rof countries/regions. switched to the external output. Refer to the computer’ s ' or*3 " , the following When pressing ' , " , | (MNR) and \ , using All Reset 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction Film Mode Auto Password Sound isaheard but noVideo 6Setting Setting the System Page 53after operation manual for how to switch itstrademarks signal ENTER output settings. item (“Red” “Bright”) will be disOff Allfunction other company or product names are trademarks or registered of their respective compathen press . This provides high-quality playback of Page 46 picture appears. Lamp Timer (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be played. images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Offis Page 3 5 The video input system mode factory preset Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Level 1 reduced. set. Image adjustments 45 Page 46 movies onhowever, DVDs. Level 2 from to “Auto”; a clear picture the | conSelect “Password”, then press . are incorrectly Level 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable The items displayed byDescription itself nected audio-visual equipment may notEuropean be re- Union Note Selectable items Description Authorized representative responsible for the CommunityN o t e item Market MNR Off “Network” menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function has been actiVideo input system is incorrectly set. MNR does not function. 48 Off Level 1 ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Films are detected automatically. Svated, eAuto l ctab i ems Page 46 D e s c r i p t o n If you input a wrong keycod, the curso 2 Press ENTER again(COMPUTER/COMPONENT toLevel return to the or when you want tonot make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a 1, 2, DVI-D only) Off Films are detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. Level 3 ELECTRONICS (Europe) GmbH Normal SHARP S u i t l a oe b r f n m l e v n i r o t . s Main the MenuAuto retufnhoispÒOCldeÓ. is incorrectly using V-Keystone Correction function, previous screen. clearer picture. Input signal you type (RGB/Component) set. 47 E.U. ONLY Eco+Quiet Mode Hamburg On Sonninstraß e 3,Password High Network Selct hiswenuigtheprojct aD-20097 Old Password e h Tt sd o rc py k i 4 " snot ub eh can make corrections manually using the following Off Selectable items Color is faded or poor. New Password Page 46 ENTER alti udes of ap r xim tely 1,50 met rs Page 54 eht s erp uo y nehW . rotcej p " b ruo f not u procedure. Reconfirm Auto Page 54 HorizntalKeysCc Info Adjust the focus. 33 (4,90 fe t) or m e. Note PALReset . s r a e p i d n e r c s t u p n i d r o c y e k h t , s e m i t Client On Page 45 (Adjustmenwih function is available\ for / | all ) signals | to adjust Press \DHCP or the item RETURN This with Off The projection distance exceeds the focus range. 19 rotainfheÒHgÓ,sMdFW When using SECAM Page 55 progressive inputs, “Film Mode” Press *1 on the remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D TCP/IP IP Address *NTSC4.43 . anoise,bcmdlurthfp cannot be selected. There is fog on the lens. If the projector is carried from a cold — Subnet Mask The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when inputting Component signal Correcthrough COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576I This function for on 480I, 480P, control toPage enter the Keystone 55 NTSC3.58 Press the 4available buttons the remote Gateway room into a warm room, or if it is suddenly heated, The “Film Mode” function not work when *2 does MAC Address S-VIDEO If and you forget thelens password 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. PAL-M tion mode. condensation maywhen form480I, on the surface ofor theon and the control the projector toorenter “2D Progressive” selected in first “Progressive Page 55is Mode” *3 “Progressive” and “Flim can be adjusted onlyin 576I,forget 1035I the or 1080I signal isperform input. the following ' " Press or to set the digit PAL-N If you password, System LockKEYSTONE Function *2 image will become blurred. Please up keycode the projector least Code”. Mode”. Projector the set new inat“New 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 -60 | . it is to be procedure “NewPAL Password”, then press to delete it, then setform, a new password. one hour before used. If condensation should Page 55 8 theEco+Quiet This function unauthorized use of thecord from Mode Picture is prevents blurred; * When reproducing NTSC signals PAL video removeinthe power outletpress and wait for it toSetting On the wall projector, projector. Once this function is activated, users noise appears. *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “Off” clear. Note 6equipment. Reducing Image Noise (DNR) Enter remaining 3 digits, then Press ' correct or " keycode to parallelize must enter thethe each timethe the pro*2 Display only (Computer Input only) Y o u c a n o t u s e t h e o l w f i n g u t b o n s o r f Fan Selectable ENTER . sides, jector is turned on. We suggest youor record the high left and right press Videopress digital noise reduction (DNR) provides Lamp47 life Brightness Perform “SIG-ADJ” Adjustments. (“Cek lock” ycode: Adjustment) STANDBY/ON, SoundON, STANDBY, items Press M E N U . \ keycode in a safe place where only authoNote quality images with minimal dot crawl and cross \ or | to parallelize the upper 47 Perform “SIG-ADJ” Adjustments. (“PENTER, hase” Adjustment) L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, Thehave menuaccess. screen will disappear. rized users color noise. The Video signal can only be set in VIDEO or depending On ECO+QUIET and TIMER Noise may appear on MENU, the computer. — Approx. 80% Approx. Low BREAK and lower sides of the projected ENTER S-VIDEO mode. System lock function recognizes each 3,000 Selectable itemsthe same password Description Enter in Cables incorrectly connected to the rear panel of the projector. 23-29 image. System” is function. set to “Auto”, you may Info “Video button on the remote control or hours on the Off When DNR doesthen not 53 RETURN press ENTER Volume is setdifferto .minimum. 34 if not“Reconfirm”, receive Sets a clear picture due to signal as an individual even Off projector 100% Approx. Normalbutton, Level 1– 3 the DNR level. If uoy esol ro tegrof ruoy ,edocyk tcano ruoy ' " switch \ |to When thethe projector to anshare external and the ences. Should this occur, video is connected they 2,000 the device same button name. If you -reS o laD rtcejP dohuziAraSptsesystem n notbuttons output even you hours of the source signal.volume is set to minimum, the sound usedisthe on theif projector in setvice Centr (se page Note 68). enEv if the product turn up the volume of the externalting device. your keycode, the keycode cannot war nty is valid, the keycod res t wil incur a Picture appearsdobut be “Auto canceled with the remote is set to “Off”is . operating the Menu buttons notnofunction while the projector Sync”, “Break Timer”,control. “FREEZE”, 51 Press . “Speaker” .egrahc sound is heard. Note or “AV MUTE” functions. Data image is not Make the necessary adjustments of each in the “SIG-ADJ” 47 You can also item use ECO+QUIET on the remote centered. menu. KEYSTONE control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet (See page 35.) Depending on the computer Mode. you are using, the output resolution — 3 2 5 4 3 signal may be different from the one you have set. For details, refer to the operation manual of the computer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded 5 5 Keystone Correction Auto Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any Adjust Problem the projector angle using the Height Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer Model XG-C455W/PG-C355W An unusual sound is If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — “Signal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of Video signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output terminal, usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not affect Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12– 1370all MHz – audio-visual Display devices 0.74" LCD panel Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens Projection distance for 100" screen size thefrom projector. Main Menu Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15– 1 10 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-z o om lens ( 1.5 Ð 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" Ð 13' 1" (3.2 m Ð 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 800) Enter the same keycode in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 0 Phase Auto Restart -150on +150 Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency: 85 Hz unit compartment. Fasten the securing Compatible sync on m green signal device to turned after all connections are Tele-z obe om lens ( 43– 2.2 Ð 002.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7"with Ð 19' 10" (4.8 m) Maintenance See “Mthe aintenance 59from 123 Lens FUsed 1.7. Ð made. 1.9 When the image is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer This function allows you toÐ 6.0 set the the audio output firm”. 0 H-Pos H-Keystone *4 System Phase Sound F number On When connecting video equipment with atoIndicators” DVI output terminal Page 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Tele-z o om lens ( 3.3 Ð 5.1) AN-C27MZ 23' 2" Ð 35' 8" (7.1 m Ð 10.9 m) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 34 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zoom+150 Manual, 1.2 (f = 28.0 Ð 33.6 mm) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA This function Auto V-Keystone On Audio Out FAO Tele-z oReset om lens Ð 7.2) AN-C41MZ 36' 2" Ð allows 50' 10" you (11.0tominitialize Ð 15.5 m) the settings 5 blinks in red.( -1505.1 *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Monitor Out Manual Enable 246 Resolution you have made in the projector. Video Equipment *5 Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The357Note projector be the The keylock is set. 53 LAN/RS232C Enable ing trapezoidal distortion is called Keystone Correction. amplifier. Reset DVI-D (Compatible with HDCP) Input terminals 1 Menu Position Type Center RS-232C 68 Signal 9600bps 4standard The zoom lens is attached toisthe projector. turned on or put into IfAuto theyou keylock set to ON, illustration all the buttons are below locked.is for the former.) Page 47 the To cancel the keycode that have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The shown PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan Normal 579 Computer/Component 2 standby mode using the The lenses from Sharp are also available for specialized application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 set Disable 6optional ready Note (minion D-sub 15 pin) All reset STANDBY/ON button qnearest Sharp audio output terminals Page 47 To your Authorized Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. (Refer to the Press " on the projector for four times in steps S-Video (mini 1 Set “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync OnDIN 4 pin) Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal Info : 800 x 600 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have“SCR-ADJ” service person7 Supplied HTimer 60.3 47kHz / V 0]h Off[37.8 Hz ( 100%) buttons Page (Life) [ (RCA) 0] min Video menu to “On”. 1 “ S IG-ADJ” menu w Lamp RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with Change the input signal type setting. 47 When the System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional Replace the lamp accessory To AUDIO input terminal *6unit cover. Signal Type Autostereo minijack) Pages 31, 32 Resolution2, DVI-D) To DVI-D Audio (¿3the .5 mm 2 component input signals (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT When System Lock is set, keycode input screen RGB Align thePage lamp and SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER input terminal SEL./ADJ. ENTERslide it to 47 unit cover “SCR-ADJ” menu Component (COMPUTER/ (RCA) appears after theAudio power is turned on. When it ap2 (L/R) END RETURN RETURN END RETURN close. Then tighten the END user service Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start zoom projection. Adjust the focus and .5 mm stereo minijack to RCA audio cable *7 Computer/Component Output terminals 1 Set “Auto V-Keystone” on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic Range the lamp Auto screw to secure unit cover. ¿3(commercially Computer available)“PRJ-ADJ” menu Standard (mini D-sub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 AUTO SYNC menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus (254 cm) screen Adjust the16:10 projected image size (Normal ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) with RGB input signals Audio (¿3.5*8 mm stereo minijack) (variable audio output) DVI Digital cable1 (commercially available) press or to parallelize the left and right sides User service screw Video System image into output from the AUDIO output Bring theLock projected Adjust the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the – – Auto – – focus by System System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To DVIimage outputLAN terminal IfScreen the optimum bePAL obtained with Auto of the projected image with the slide bar. To (RJ-45) Control and 1 Page 48cannot (for lamp unit cover) terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. zoom knob. SECAM COMPONENT 1, 2,terminal DVI-D). If the lampoutput unit and lamp cover are not NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob select “HSync adjustment, use the function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, To audio USB (TypSIG-ADJ eunit B) communication 1 To COMPUTER/ UME. NTSC3.58 Toand AUDIO input terminal Picture isRGB too output bright andpower Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 correctly installed, the will not 11 Keystone” press or . To terminal PAL-M RS-232C (mini DIN 9 turn pin) COMPONENT terminals Note input37 terminal whitish. on, even if the power cord isPAL-N connected to PAL-60 1Vertical Select the input Wired signal Remote type of the video equipment. See page 47. KeystoneutCorrection 38 the Locking Operation Buttons on Range the black projector. The levels Select the Dynamic setting (“Standard” ) 48 Signal Info m o or “Enhanced”only (¿of 3.5the stereo minijack) While the projector ismm connected to video equipment that has an HDMI the video m in Zoo output terminal, image show banding or that results in the best picture quality. You can confirm the cumulative Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time the Projector Speakers 2 W (Mono) signal can be input to the projector. (Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) 37 faded whenRGB DVIand the1remaining lamp life (percentage). *4appear Item when inputting signalthe through COMPUTER/COMPONENT or digital 2 Use this function to lock but- or HDMI Depending on specifications ofoperation video equipment to DVI cable, the signal transmission Projection lamp 275 W *5 Item D when inputting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 is selected. This function allows you to select the input sigtons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification not support connections toRemaining video equipment L100 amp usage condition lamp life *6Rated Item when selecting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 ordoes DVI-D voltage AC Ð 240 Vall The cooling fan When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ *7 Item selecting DVI-D thatwhen has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to 50/60 DVI digital cable.) “Life” 100% 5% Rated frequency Hz Locking the Operation Buttons becomes noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8 Item when selecting VIDEO or S-VIDEO For details on compatibility for connection, see supportOperated information on DVI connection provided by the33 Input current 3.6 A Infoinexclusively Hold down onafter the projector for about 5 sec-is illuminating Reset the lamp timer replacing the lamp. Horizontal Keystone Approx. Correction Approx.59 The lamp does not light The lamp indicator red. video equipment manufacturer. while “Eco+Quiet Mode” You can move the projected image vertically. onds while the projector is being turned on. Power consumption (Standby ) 360 W (3.4 W) with AC 100 V “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 3,000 hours 150 hours up even after Replace the lamp. Select thethe INPUT mode is “On”. RGB cable Info 345 W (4.4 W) with AC 240 V projector turns on. On-screen Display video equipment When connecting video output terminal Operated exclusively Main Menu Menu with component Select the “COMPUTER 1” using the Sub INPUT buttons on the projector 1 button on the remote control. Approx. Approx. Operation temperature 41 F toor95theF COMPUTER (+5 C to +35 C) The lamp suddenly turns Make sure to reset the lamp timer only while “ E co+Quiet Mode”below is for the former.) ENTER SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock functionNormal ON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown 2,000 hours 100 hours Cabinet Plastic off during projection. Full when replacing the lamp. If o y u reset the " " INPUT listis “Off”. On-screen Display (RGB) Page 49 On thePage 49On the remote Dot AC socket * ¿3By.5HDot mm stereo or mono audio cable 1/64" projector control lamp timer(main and body continue to Cables use the same Dimensions only ) [W D] " the 4"service 11 part 12 27as/32to Area Zoom The image sometimes incorrectly projector or the connected 23-29 The keylock function does not affect the operation (commercially available connected or available Sharp QCNWGA038WJPZ) V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, may cause the lamp to become Video Equipment button (326 101.5 279.5 mm) flickers. equipment Stretchbutton works improperly. with the this remote control buttons. Page 49 Note damaged orH-Keystone plode. If this happens replace the 62 Weight (approx .)exthe 10.8 lbs. (4.9 kg)lamp. You cannot use keylock while the frequently, pro-60 +60 function Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 5. Audio Output Type Setting Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function Signal Type Setting Adjusting the Image Position Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Monitor Output 1 7. Useful Features * When using the ø3Page .5may mmnot mono audio cable, thethe volume level willnotebook be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note Youlamp can also the lamp timer via This projector be able tolamp display from jector is warming up. The will images eventually need to be computers changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 The takesreset a49 long LAN/RS232C LAN. V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D mode. Should this occur, on the notebook computer and output the be display data time to turn on.outputSetting The lamp has reached the end ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. Resolution It is that the lamp changed To audio terminal As aRTpart ofKeylock policy ofoff continuous improvement, SHARP right to make designs Page 49 Details Taking the (Refer to the SETUP MANUAL on the sup- display modes in “CNote only” mode. on how to change canreserves be remaining found the in your notebook computer’ when the lamp life becomes 5%. When set to “Enable”, theappears. function is activated To component video terminal Picture isAutodark. V-Keystone When youOnoutput press the 5INPUT buttons on the without projector, the INPUT list operation and specification changes forabout product improvement prior notice. The performance Hold down on the projector for seconds. plied CD-ROM for details.) Ordinarily, the manual. type of input signal Offis detected and the Remaining lamp life Lamp changes within the mode. range Page 49 Press and power is consumed even in the standby mode. See page 65 “Computer Compatibility Chart” for aTocontrol list ofand computer signals compatible with projector. COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1itswitch ' " /" to select an item on the list, press ENTER to to the selected INPUT indicator When this projector receives 640 350 VESA format VGA signals, “ 6 40 400” appears on the screen. To AUDIO The remote control Operate the remote while pointing at the projector’ sthe 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the frequency OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO to“DisWhen projecting theWhen RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with S “ ignal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever,deviations some signals, the may optimal resolution mode Page 50these from values innotindividual at when which co+Quiet Mode” isThis switched tonearest “Opower n” STANDBY/ON button Afor Macintosh be required useinunits. with computers. Contact your set to A “ uto” or R “ adaptor GB”, switch the image may befor projected as some desired. In away this case, use Video or S-Video. able” it“Eis not connected. reduces the INPUT mode. Connect the power cord. The remote control may be tooMacintosh far from theeither projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo “Resolution” the “SIG-ADJ” menu may need to be 10 20 30 40 50 55(ft) and O “ ff” . (See page 46.) Macintoshon Dealer. Page 34 Depending on the computer you are using, the output signal may not be faithful to the S “ creen resolution” consumption when the projector is in the standby 50 cord into IfBlue direct sunlight fluorescent light is shining onbutton the Plug thePage power the AC socket or a strong ENTER None selected to match the computer display mode. The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recomDepending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’ s 37 38 When of thethe projector is in standby mode, you 3 RCAcan (Component) to 15-pin D-sub cable projector’ s remote controlmode. sensor, place the projector where it projector. ageto“F5” condition. mended that thePosition resolution beCenter set to on. the one that corresponds “ 1280 . Menu button when using a external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys800” simultaneously (optional: AN-C3CP2) Tuthe rn keylock the offwill not release by holding down andby strong light. Upper Right be affected PagePower 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right on the projector simultaneously forbe depleted or inserted incorrectly. MENU button Upper Left The batteries may Make 15 enable your computer’ s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby mode. Lower Left thebutton, lamp about 5 seconds. sure theminijack batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. 48 3 ¿ .5 mm to RCA audio cable (commercially available) " On-screen Display Setting the Confirmation Front PRJ Mode While simultaneously holding down , Ceiling + Front On the projector On thea remote control Page 50 This Info projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance could be adversely affected by ENTER and MENU on the projector, Rear Sound (System Ceiling Sound) + Rear press STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again Keylock cannot be set while the projector is: disEnglish polski Note keepthe allLanguage buttons pressed down until after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar playing M “ four enu” screens, in standby mode, Page 50 Español Türkçe When connect video equipment with a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a theyou lamp indicator starts blinking warming up, changing input Nederlands signals, green. operating commercially available cableFrançais that fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. Italiano “Auto Sync” function or on the “System Lock” The projector doesisnot support RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska Ò L AMP 0000HÓ display e d, indicating Even if you unplug the power cord from the AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. screen during warming up. Português that the lamp timer is reset. Page 30 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of mercury. Disposal of these materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For Problem Page disposal or recycling information, please contact Check your local authorities, the Electronics Menu operation Page The following shows the items that can be set in the projector. Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organiz a tion www.lamprecycle.org, “Projecter adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu KEYSTONE ' " Press or and select Sharp at 1-800-BE-SHARP. U.S.A. ONLY Power to the external connected devices is off. Ñ button MOUSE/Adjustment Changing the Password 4or 5 7Setting/Changing theInput keycode Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Dynamic Checking the Signal Main Menu Sub MenuRange Selecting the Transmis“Bright” tothe adjust. Note 3 buttons (' /" 34 /\ /| ) The selected input mode is wrong. Auto Power Off On PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu The selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. sion Speed Offbe displayed if a An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage 51 Page 51 Selectable items Description The AV MUTE function is working. 34 Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement SetSelect a level “Password”, so as to view a clearer then picture. press | . Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61 Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to sdisplay relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press See R Ò eplacing the LampÓ on page . Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make sure that Page both51the projector and computerconnected to the rear panel of the projector. Off Cables incorrectly 23-29 Picture Picture Modesuchtype Progressive images as drama and match. documentary projector’ s input signal doStandard not If this ENTER or | . RETURN button Presentation arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On Remote control batteries have run out. 15 Page 45 clearly. Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected from the top Display) panel.When Off Page 51uses aneither Game This SHARP projector LCD (Liquid Crystal This very the sophisticated image isnotebook blurry. panel contains 1,024,000 2D Useful to display fast-moving images such *1 External output has not been set when connecting computer. 23 Selectable or from theitems bottom towards screen at an angle, sRGB Contrast -30 the +30 Description On Selectable Description pixels (xitems RGB)Speaker TFTÕ s (Thin Film Transistors). As with any highWhen technology electronicand equipment such as large the contours colors of moving imProgressive asPage sports and +30 action films. Off Select “Next”, then press ENTER the image becomes distorted trapezoidally. 51 9600 bps Bright -30 Transmission speed iscover, slowshow . there 60 . The lamp cover ordrag. lampthe housing cover is in not screen TVs, and video video cameras, areunit certain acceptable tolerances that the equipment must Auto When the blackand levels of filter the image Enter password “Old PassNofunction picture nosystems sound ages *2 The for correcting trapezoidal distortion FAO The screen for entering the keycode appears. Audio Color Out -30appear +30 installed correctly. conform to. does Standard banding or faded, select the item or projector not start. bps VAO ' with \ are using , " weak , | signals and , then When TV broadcasts prois38400 called Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Display (Keystone Correction mode) Page 51-30 +30pixels Tint This unit has some inactive within acceptable tolerances which mayisresult in inactive dotsthe on the picture Enhanced that results in the best picture quality. (In If the connected DVI digital equipment turned on before 24 To adjust the proThis projector is equipped with an “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable jected. *2 115200 bps press ENTER . Transmission speed is rapid. Sharp -30 +30 screen. This will not affect the picture quality or the life expectancy of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 Note most circumstances, “Standard” ÒDDisable VI-DÓ inputshould mode is selected on the projector, the imageon may Page 51 Press the 4 buttons the remote stone Correction” function that automatically corRedimage -30 +30h jected w ile be selected.) ADJUST END Enable LAN/RS232C rects any trapezoidal distortion within theswitch pro- to not be projected properly or may not be displayed at all. Ensure When the image is blurred or noisy, control or on the projector to enter Disable Blue Page 51-30 +30 Info ® jected image. The correction is® made automatically that the appropriate input hasTESTPATTERN been onUnited the Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of mode Microsoft Corporation in the States Passand/or the optimal mode. a w tching it Enter theselected password inRESET “New Page 45 the preset keycode in “Old Code”. Note 9600 bps RS-232C provided vertical incline orinputs, decline is before within function isequipment. available for all signals with projector you turn on This the connected 38400 bps Whenthe using progressive inputs are diother countries. Page 52 ' " | \ , for and , then word” using the,keycode CLR Temp 5500K bps When setting the first time, ±12 Refer degrees. 115200 Note to ÒSETUP MANUALÓ contained onconnected or S-VIDEO. 6500K rectly displayed so “2DCables Progressive” and incorrectly to the rear panel ofprojector theinprojector. 23-29 is athe registered trademark of International BusinessVIDEO Machines Corporation the United States. Page 45 that 1 PC/AT Setting a Password Press ENTER . 7500K press " on the for four times. press ENTER . Normal Fan Mode Vertical Key s tone Correction the supplied CD-ROM for RS-232C SpecificaThis function is available for 480I, 480P, 576I ® ® cannot The Dynamic Range be only when 8500K “3D Progressive” be selected selected. High Adobe Reader isitem acan trademark ofisAdobe Systems rightÓ set to minimumIncorporated. position. (Adjustment with ' / " ) 45 Page 52 The selected (e.g.ÒB“Bright”) is dis9300K tions and Command Settings. and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. If you do not others to change the setting “DVI-D” input mode is selected. ® want 10500K System Lock Old Code Macintosh is a itself registered trademark Apple Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by at the bottom of the Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not Ñ to the computerÕ s*3 operation manual for Code for Refer the “Network” menu, set aNew password. Pages 52 and 53 Progressive 3D Progressive Enter the same password again in Reconfirm PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States and/or other screen. be projected unless the signal output setting of the computer is 2D Progressive instructions for setting computerÕ s baud rate. Page 46 thethe 5 countries/regions. Selecting Film Mode switched to the external output. Refer to the computerÕ s ' or*3 " , the following When pressing ' , " , | (MNR) and \ , using All Reset 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction Film Mode Auto Password Sound isaheard but noVideo 6Setting Setting the System Page 53 operation manual for how to switch itstrademarks signal ENTER output settings. item (“Red” after “Bright”) will be disOff Allfunction other company or product names are trademarks or registered of their respective compathen press . This provides high-quality playback of Page 46 picture appears. Lamp Timer (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be played. images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Offis Page 53 The video input system mode factory preset Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Level 1 reduced. set. Image adjustments 45 Page 46 movies onhowever, DVDs. Level 2 from to “Auto”; a clear picture the | conSelect “Password”, then press . are incorrectly Level 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When you want to make fine adjustments after the items The item displayed byDescription itself nected equipment may notEuropean be re- UnionSelectable Note Note Selectable Description Authoriz eaudio-visual ditems representative responsible forbeen the Community Market MNR Off “Network” menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function has actiVideo input system is incorrectly set. MNR does not function. 48 Off Level 1 ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Auto Films are detected automatically. Selectable items Page 46 Description If you input a wrMNR ong level keycode, the cursor 2 Press ENTER again(COMPUTER/COMPONENT toLevel return to the vated, or when you want tonot make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the for viewing a 1, 2, DVI-D only) Off Films are detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. Level 3 SHARP ELECTRONICS (Europe) Normal Suitable for normal GmbH env ironments. Main the MenuAuto returns to the first ÒOld 47 CodeÓ. using V-Keystone Correction function, you previous screen. clearer picture. Input signal type at (RGB/Component) is incorrectly set.point of theE.U. ONLY Eco+Quiet Mode On Sonninstra§ e 3,Password D-20097 High Select thisHamburg when using using the projector Old Password Network The preset key c ode is 4 " buttons on the can make corrections manually the following Off Selectable items Color is faded or poor. New Password Page ENTER altitudes imately 1,500 meters Page 46 54 of approxReconfirm Page 54 projector. When o y u press the" button four procedure. Auto Horiz o ntal Key s tone Correction Info Adjust the focus. 33 (4,900 feet) or more. Note PALReset times, the keycord input screen disappears. Client On Page 45 (Adjustment with \ for / | all ) signals \DHCP | to adjust Press or the item RETURN This function is available with Off The projection distance exceeds the focus range. 19 When ÒFanusing SECAM ModeÓ is 55 set to ÒHighÓ , the fan rotation Page When progressive inputs, “Film Mode” Press *1 on the remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D TCP/IP IP Address *NTSC4.43 speeds up, the fan noiseThere becomes is foglouder. on the lens. If the projector is carried from a cold Ñ cannot beand selected. Subnet Mask The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when inputting Component signal Correcthrough COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576I This function for on 480I, 480P, control toPage enter the Keystone 55 NTSC3.58 Press the 4available buttons the remote Gateway room into a warm room, or if it is suddenly heated, The “Film Mode” function not work when *2 does MAC Address S-VIDEO If and you forget thelens password 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. PAL-M tion mode. condensation maywhen form480I, on the surface ofor theon and the control the projector toorenter “2D Progressive” selected in first “Progressive Page 55is Mode” *3 “Progressive” and “Flim can be adjusted onlyin 576I,forget 1035I the or 1080I signal isperform input. the following ' " Press or to set the digit PAL-N If you password, System LockKEYSTONE Function *2 image will become blurred. Please up keycode the projector least Code”. Mode”. Projector the set new inat“New 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 -60 | . it is to be procedure “NewPAL Password”, then press to delete it, then setform, a new password. one hour before used. If condensation should Page 55 8 theEco+Quiet This function unauthorized use of thecord from Mode Picture is prevents blurred; * When reproducing NTSC signals PAL video removeinthe power outletpress and wait for it toSetting On the wall projector, projector. Once this function is activated, users noise appears. *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “Off” clear. Note 6equipment. Reducing Image Noise (DNR) Enter remaining 3 digits, then Press ' correct or " keycode to parallelize must enter thethe each timethe the pro*2 Display only (Computer Input only) You following buttons for Selectable cannot use the Fan ENTER . sides, jector is turned on. We suggest youor record the high left and right press Videopress digital noise reduction (DNR) provides Lamp47 life Brightness Perform S Ò IG-ADJÓ Adjustments. (Ò C lockÓ Adjustment) key c ode: STANDBY/ON, ON, STANDBY, Sound items Press MENU .where dot \ cross keycode in onlythe authoquality images with minimal crawl \Note ora |safe toplace parallelize upper 47 Perform ÒSand IG-ADJÓ Adjustments. (ÒPENTER, haseÓ Adjustment) L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, The menu screen will disappear. riz edThe users have access. color noise. Video signal can only be set in VIDEO or depending On ECO+QUIET and TIMER Noise may appear on MENU, the computer. Ñ Approx. 80% Approx. Low BREAK and lower sides of the projected ENTER S-VIDEO mode. System lock function recognizes each 3,000 Selectable itemsthe same password Description Enter in Cables incorrectly connected to the rear panel of the projector. 23-29 image. System” is function. set to “Auto”, you may Info “Video button on the remote control or hours on the Off When DNR doesthen not 53 RETURN press ENTER Volume is setdifferto .minimum. 34 if not“Reconfirm”, receive Sets a clear picture due to signal as an individual even Off projector 100% Approx. Normalbutton, Level 1– 3 the DNR level. If o y u lose or forget o y ' ur" keyswitch cWhen ode, o y ur is connected to an external device and the \ |contact thethe projector ences. Should this occur, to video 2,000 they share the same button name. If you nearest of Sharp Authorizsignal. ed Projector or minimum, ServolumeDealer is set to the sound notbuttons output even you hours system the source usedisthe on theif projector in setviceNote Center (see page 68). turn Even up if the theproduct volume of the externalting device. your keycode, the keycode cannot warranty appears is valid, the key code reset will incur a Picture be “Auto canceled with the remote is set to ÒOffÓis . operating the Menu buttons dobut notnofunction while the projector Sync”, “Break Timer”,control. “FREEZE”, 51 Press . ÒSpeakerÓ charge. sound is heard. Note or “AV MUTE” functions. Data image is not Make the necessary adjustments of each in the ÒSIG-ADJÓ 47 You can also item use ECO+QUIET on the remote centered. menu. KEYSTONE control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet (See page 35.) Depending on the computer Mode. you are using, the output resolution Ñ 3 2 5 4 3 signal may be different from the one you have set. For details, refer to the operation manual of the computer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded Using the Menu Screen Picture Adjustment (“Picture” menu) Picture SIG SCR PRJ Net. Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) 2 1 DHCP Client Setting ENTER button PictureMod Standr Contras 0 Connect the LAN cable before turning the pro0 Bright jector on.Colr If not, the DHCP0 Client function does 2 0 Tint MENU button not work. Sharp 0 Red 0 Selectable items Description Blue 0 RETURN button On 3 Obtains configuration parameters for CLRTemp 750K Progesiv 3DProgesiv 4 TCP/IP network automatically. FilmMode Auto Sets the TCP/IP manually. Off 5 Of DNR 6 Of MNR 7 Select “On” for “DHCP Client”. “Obtaining IP Of Eco+QuietMd 8 Address...”Rest appears, then the menu screen appears. ENTR Confirm theSEL./ADJRETUN parameters of IP Address, Subnet Mask END and Gateway on the TCP/IP screen. If the DHCP server is not available, “Could not 1 the Picture Mode obtainSelecting IP Address.” appears. In this case, set the TCP/IP manually. (SeeThe thedefault item 3 .) settings of Selectable items Description Menu Menu operation operation MOUSE/Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) Selectable items Description Page Page 43 43 2 Adjusting the Image IP Address Factory default setting: ENTER 192.168.150.002 MENU button button \ button | Enter an contrast. IP address appropriate for the For less For more contrast. network. For less brightness. For more brightness. Factory For less default color setting: For more color 255.255.255.000 intensity. intensity. RETURN button Set subnet to the sameskin as Tint*1 For the making skinmask •For making Press RETURN to that of the computer and equipment on tones purplish. tones greenish. return to previous the screen the Sharp*1 For network. less sharpness. For more when sharpness. Gateway Factory default 000. 000. 000. menu is displayed Red*2 For weaker red.setting: For stronger red. 000 For weaker blue. For stronger blue. Blue*2 * When not in use, set to “000. 000. *1 000. 000”. Not adjustable/selectable in the RGB input mode. Adjustment items button Contrast Bright Subnet Color*1 Mask *2 Not adjustable/selectable when selecting “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note • Confirm Note the existing network’s segment (IP address group) to avoid setting an IP address that • “Red” and “Blue” cannot be set when selecting CLR Temp duplicates the IP addresses of other network Standard For standard image 7500K “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. equipment or computers. If “192.168.150.002” Menu Selections (Adjustments) 3 TCP/IP Setting Presentation Brightens portions of 7500K • To reset all adjustment items, select “Reset” and is not used in a network with an IP address of image for more enhanced press ENTER. Set the TCP/IP manually. Example: Adjusting “Bright”. “192.168.150.XXX”, you don’t have to change presentations. •Movie This operationGives can natural also betint performed by using on the projector. projector IP address. to the 6500K the buttons the projected image. • For details about each setting, consult your 3 network “Off” for “DHCP then Adjusting the Color Temperature Example: “Picture” screen menu GameSelect Gives sharpness to theClient”, 7500K administrator. Press MENU. press ENTER . projected image. Menu item • The “Picture” menu screen for the seSelectable items Description *sRGB For high fidelity reproduc– lected input mode is displayed. 5500K For lower color temperature for warmer, 1 1 2 2 3 tion of images from a computer. Picture Select “TCP/IP”, then press ENTER . | or only \ and Press “Pic• “sRGB” is displayed whenselect RGB signal is input. • You ture” can setto oradjust. adjust each item in the “Picture” menuEnter to your preference. Any using changes'you “IP Address” , "make ,| are retained in memory. and \, then press ENTER . Note SetinghTCP/I 4 the 6500KConfirming reddish incandescent-like images. Network 4 SCR PRJ Net. Projector Information Note Reset “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note SEL./ADJ. ENTER END RETURN • For information on how to change the projector name, see “SETUP MANUAL” contained in the supplied CD-ROM. 5 Info ¥ When ÒsRGBÓ is selected, the projected image may become dark, but this does not indicate a malfunction. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -43 -45 -55 Useful Features • You can also press PICTURE MODE on the 1 9 2 . 1 6 8 . 1 5 0 . 0 0 2 IPAdres remote control to select the picture mode. (See 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 0 0 0 SubnetMask pageGatewy 36.) 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 • *sRGB is an international standard of color reproduction regulated by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). As the fixed color area has been decided by the IEC, the ' images Enter “Subnet Mask” using , ", are displayed in a natural tint based on an origi| and \, then press ENTER . nal image, when “sRGB” is selected. For additional information about the sRGB function, visit “http://www.srgb.com/”. Enter “Gateway” using ', ", | and You cannot set the items, “Red”, “Blue” and \, then ENTER . “CLR Temp”,press when “sRGB” is selected. SIG Picture Mode Standard 7500K Contrast 0 8500K Bright 0 0 address 9300K For the higher color temperature cooler, You canColor confirm MAC andfor projector 0 10500K Tint bluish, fluorescent-like images. name. Sharp 0 Red 0 DisplayedBlue items Description 0 MAC Address of the projector is CLR TempThe MAC address7500K displayed. Progressive 3D Progressive Filmon Mode Autoisfor • Values “CLR Temp” are only general stanProjector The projector name displayed. Off dardDNR purposes. Off MNR • “CLREco+Quiet Temp” cannot be set Off when selecting Mode Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of mercury. Disposalofthesematerialsmayberegulatedduetoenvironmentalconsiderations.For Problem information, please contact your local authorities, the Electronics Check P age disposalorrecycling Menu operation Page The following shows the items that can be set in the projector. • Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organization www.lamprecycle.org, “Projecter adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu KEYSTONEPicture SIG SCR PRJ Net. ' " Press or and select Sharpat1-800-BE-SHARP. Pict. SIG SCR Netwexternal ork U.S.A.ONLY • PoPRJw ertothe connecteddevicesisbutton off. MOUSE/Adjustment Picture Mode Standard Changing the Password 548orMain 7Setting/Changing the keycode Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Dynamic Range Checking the Input Signal Menu Sub Menu Selecting the TransmisCorrecting Trapez oidal “Bright” tothe adjust. Disable Password Note 3 buttons ' ( /" 34/\ /| ) Contrast 0 • The Auto Power Off Onselectedinputmodeiswrong. PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu •sion The selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. Speed Offbe displayed if a 0 Bright Distortion An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage 51 Page 51 DHCP Client Off Selectable items Description • The AV MUTE function is working. Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • SetSelect a level so as to view a clearer picture. “Password”, then press34| . 0 Color Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61. Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to sdisplay relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then See Replacing the Lamp on page 0 Tint Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in press the apMake sureTCP/IP that Page both51the projector and computer Off incorrectly • Cables connectedtotherearpaneloftheprojector. 23-29 • The screen for entering the password Picture Picture Mode Auto V-Keystone Correction Progressive images suchtype as drama and match. documentary projector’ s input signal doStandard not If this Sharp or | . 0 ENTER RETURN button Presentation arePageset45for the System same baud rate. following cases: On controlbatterieshaverunout. pears. • Remote 15 Page Sound 45 “Dynamic clearly. Red 0 Movie Range”. should switch When theoccur, imagemore is projected either from the top Off Page 51 Display)panel. Game verysophisticatedpanelcontains1,024,000 ThisSHARPprojectorusesanLCD (Liquid Crystal This •computer. When theBlue image is blurry. 0 2D Useful to display fast-moving images such *1 • External output has not been set when connecting notebook 23 Selectable items or from theitems bottom towards the screen at anelectronic angle,equipment such as large sRGB Contrast -30 XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX +30 Description On technology MACSpeaker Address Selectable pixels (x RGB) TFTs (Thin Film Transistors). withDescription any high Temp 7500K • When theCLRcontours and colors of moving imProgressive as sports andAs+30action films. Off Select “Next”, then press ENTER the image becomes trapezoidally. 51 9600 bps BrightPagedistorted -30 Transmission slow. 60 . • Theacceptable filter cover, lampisunit cover orlamphousing isnot Progressive 3D Progressive screen TVs,video videocameras, therearelevels certain tolerances that theequipment must coverages Auto When the black ofspeed the image show Enter the password in “Old PassNopicture andnosystems soundforand drag. *2 The function correcting trapezoidal distortion Projector XX-XXXX FAO • The Film screen the keycode appears. Audio Color Out -30 appear +30 Mode for entering Auto installed correctly.the item to. does Standard banding or faded, select orconform projector notstart. bps VAO ' with \ are using , " weak , | signals and , then • When TVDNR broadcasts prois38400 called Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Display (Keystone Correction mode) Page 51-30acceptable Off Tint +30thetolerances This unit has some inactivethat pixels within which may result in inactive dots on the picture Enhanced results in best picture quality. (In • If the connected DVI digital equipment is turned on before the 24 To adjust the proThis projector is equipped with an “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable Off jected. MNR *2 115200 bps press ENTER . Tr ansmission speed is rapid. Sharp -30 +30 screen.This willnotaffect the picture quality or the life expectancy of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 Note most circumstances, “Standard” should Disable DVI-D inputmodeisselected Page 51 the 4Mode buttons onOffthe remote stone Correction” function that automatically cor-ontheprojector,theimagemayPressEco+Quiet Red selected.) -30 +30 jected image while be ADJUST END Reset Enable LAN/RS232C rects any trapezoidal distortion within the pronot beENTER projected properly ormayto notbedisplayedatall.Ensure • When the image is blurred or noisy, switch SEL./ADJ. control or on the projector to enter +30 Disable Blue Page 51-30 Info SEL./ADJ. ENTER ® ® made END RETURN jected image. The correction is automatically thatregistered theappropriateinput modehasbeenselected onthe Enter • the Microsoft trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or optimaland mode. watching TESTPATTERN RESET“Old the password in “New PassPage Windows 45 it are9600 END Code”. RETURN the preset keycode in Note bps RS-232C provided vertical incline orinputs, decline is you within • This function is available for all signals with projector before turn onthe connectedequipment. 38400 bps • other Whenthe using progressive inputs are dicountries. Page 52 ' " | \ , key , code andfor ,the then word” using CLRTemp 5500K • When setting the first time, ±12 degrees. 115200 bps Note Refer the ÒSETUP MANUALÓ contained on oftheVIDEO or S-VIDEO. Items to be adjusted 6500K rectly displayed “2D Progressive” and • Cables incorrectly connected totherear panel projector. 23-29 times. istoa ENTER. registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States. Pagea so 45 that 1•• PC/AT Setting Password Press 7500K press " on the projector for four press ENTER . Normal Fan Mode Vertical Key s tone Correction the Progressive” supplied for Specifica- • This function is available for 480I, 480P, 576I ® ® CD-ROM The Dynamic Range be selected onlyposition. when 8500K RS-232C “3D cannot be selected. High •• Adobe Reader is acan trademark Systems Incorporated. • Bright isof settoAdobe minimum 45 Page 52 • The selected item (e.g. “Bright”) is dis9300K –ADJ Pict. (Adjustment with ' SCR /PRJ-ADJ " ) PRJ orNet. tions and Command Settings. and 576P signalsSIG with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. If•you do not others to change the setting “DVI-D” input mode is selected. Note ® want 10500K System Lock Old Code Macintosh is a itself registered trademark Apple Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by at the bottom of the • Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not Clock 0 *3 Setting the System Lock • Refer to the computerÕ s operation manual for New Code for• When the “Network” menu, setV-Keystone aReconfirm password. Pages 52 and 53 Progressive 3DProgressive Enter the same password again in not the Auto is ausing registered trademark anCortrademark Japan, the United States and/or other screen. bethe unless theapplication signalsoutput setting ofthecomputer isin Phase 0 2Dprojected Progressive or instructions computerÕ baud rate. Page for 46 setting 5• PJLink Selecting the Film Mode H-Pos 0 – – – – rection function, set “ A uto V-Keystone” on Old Code s witched to the external output. Refer to the computers ' or*3 ", the following • When pressing ' , " , | (MNR) and \ , using countries/regions. All Reset 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction V-Pos New Code 0 FilmMode Auto – – – – Password Sound isSetting heard butano(“Red” 6•Setting the Video System Page 53 the “Sitem CR-ADJ” menu to “Off”. operation manual forhow toswitchof itssignaloutput settings. after “Bright”) will be disOffnames All other company or product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compathen press ENTER . This function provides high-quality playback Reset – – – – Page Timer46 Reconfirm picture appears.Lamp (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be played. images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Page Off is 53 The video input system mode factory preset 9 Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Level1 Manual Keystone Correction • Image adjustments arethe incorrectly 45 Page 46 movies on DVDs. Level2 to “Auto”; however, a clear picture from | conSelect “Password”, then press . set. reduced. Level3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable The itemsitem displayed byDescription itself nected audio-visual not beapre•representative The screen forequipment entering themay password Note Selectable items Description Authorized MNRresponsiblefortheEuropeanUnion Off CommunityMarket Note Note “Network” menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function been acti• Video inputsystem isincorrectly set. 48 Off MNR does not function. Level 1has ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Auto Films are detected automatically. pears. Picture Selectable items Page 46 Description • Ifdo you input a wrong keyviewing c ode,atheforcursor Press ENTER again(COMPUTER/COMPONENT toLevel2return without to1,the vated, or •when you want tonot make corrections Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for 2, DVI-D only) • If you not need the password protection Off Films are detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. Level 3 SHARP ELECTRONICS (Europe) GmbH Bright Normal Suitable for normalfunction, environments. Main MenuAuto returns to the first0 point of the47 ÒOld CodeÓ. using the V-Keystone Correction you previous screen. Network clearer • Input signaltype (RGB/Component) isincorrectly the “Network” menupicture. settings anymore, E.U.ONLYpress SEL./ADJ. Rtn. Menu Eco+Quiet Mode On using Sonninstra§e3,D-20097Hamburg High Select this when the projector at set. OldPassword Network make corrections Password • The preset keycode is " 4 buttons on the can manually using the following Off Selectable items Setting the Password END Rtn. Menu Colorisfadedorpoor.altitudes NewPassword Page ENTER without entering new password in steps of approx imately 1,500 meters Page 46 54 Page 54 projector. When o y u press " the button four procedure. Reconfirm Auto Horiz o ntal Key s tone Correction Reset Info 3 and 4. • Adjust 33disappears. (4,900 feet) or more. Note PAL – the – –focus. – Old Password times, the key c ord input screen DHCPClient On Pageor 45 Picture SIG with Net. (Adjustment \SCR / | all ) PRJ \ | to adjust Press New item – – the – – o cancel the password settings, press RETURN. Password function is available for signals Offprojection •inputs, The distance exceeds thefocusrange. •• TThis 19with When ÒFan SECAM ModeÓ is set to ÒH ighÓ ,“Film the fan rotation Page 55 • When using progressive Mode” Picture Mode Standard – – – – Reconfirm Press KEYSTONE on the remote *1 selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D TCP/IP IP Address *NTSC4.43 speeds and the fan noise louder. Contrast 0 • There isfogbecomes onthelens.Iftheprojector iscarriedfromacold cannotup, be selected. SubnetMask • The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when inputting Component signal Correcthrough COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576I • This function for 480I, 480P, control toPageenter the Keystone 55 NTSC3.58 Press the 4available buttons the remote 1 5on Bright Gateway room into a warm room, or if it is suddenly heated, •S-VIDEO The “Film Mode” function not work when *2 does MACAddress If you forget the password 0 Color and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. PAL-M tion mode. condensation mayform onthe surface ofthelensandthe control or onsignal the isprojector to enter “2D Progressive” selected in first “Progressive Pageor 55is Mode” *3 “Progressive” and “Flim can be adjusted onlyin when 480I, 576I,forget 1035ITint or 1080I input. 0 ' " Press to set the digit PAL-N If you the password, perform the following 0 Mode”. Lock Function *2 •System You canProjectoralso use KEYSTONE thePleasesetuptheprojectoratleast imagewillbecomeon blurred. Sharp keycode in “New 0 the new Code”. PAL -60 | used. “New Password”, then press . Ifcondensationshould procedure to projector. onehourbefore itistobe form, Reddelete it, then set0a new password. Page 55 This function unauthorized use the Mode0 Setting Picture isblurred;prevents Blue * When reproducing NTSC signals in cord PAL video removethepower fromof the wall outletandwait8On foritthe to Eco+Quiet projector, press projector. Once this function is activated, users CLR Temp 7500K noise appears. *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “Off” clear. Note 6equipment. Reducing Image Noise (DNR) Progressive Enter remaining 3 digits, then 3D Progressive Press ' correct or " keycode to parallelize must enter thethe each timethe the pro*2 Display only Mode Auto (ComputerInputonly) • YouFilm cannot use the buttons for Fanfollowing Selectable press ENTER . jector is turned on. We suggest you record the and right sides, or press Videoleft digital noise reduction (DNR) provides high Lamp47life Brightness Off STANDBY, DNR • P erform SIG-ADJ Adjustments. (Clock Adjustment) ke y c ode: STANDBY/ON, ON, Sound items • To to the previous digit, press \ cross . keycode inaPress safe place where only authoOff Note MNR quality images with minimal crawl and \Note orreturn | MENU. to parallelize the upper 47 • dot P erform SIG-ADJ Adjustments. (PhaseAdjustment) ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, Off Eco+Quiet Mode • The menu screen will disappear. rized users have access. color noise. • The Video signal can only be in VIDEO orcomputer. MENU, ECO+QUIET and BREAK TIMER Noiseset may appear dependingonthe On Approx. 80% Approx. Low and lower sides of•the projected Reset • If ENTER is held down for more than 5 seconds, the S-VIDEO • System lock function each 3,000 SEL./ADJ. ENTER Selectable itemsmode. Description Enter the same password in connectedtotherearpaneloftheoperation Note • Cablesincorrectly projector. 23-29 buttons on the projectorrecognizes will be locked. (See image. ENDor hours • When System” is function. set to “Auto”, you may Info “Video RETURN button on the remote control on the Off DNR does not page 53.) • You can also adjust the Keystone Cor“Reconfirm”, then press ENTER . • due V olumetoisset tominimum. 34set• Press RETURN return to the default not1–3receive Sets a clear picture signal differprojector as antoindividual button, even if Off 100% Approx. Normal Level the DNR • ences. If o y• u lose or this forget o y "level. ur key ode, o y ur device ' /" rection using the /||tobuttons • You cannot use thethe buttons the remote control to •and When the\cprojector iscontact connected andtheting. The status for “Poccur, assword” changes to “En- toanexternal Should switch the video 2,000 they share sameonbutton name. If you on the projector. nearest Authoriz edv olume Projector Dealer Serthe password. issettominimum, thesoundisor notoutput evenifdelete you• Straight able” . Sharp hours system of the source signal. used the buttons the projector in may setlines or theon edges of images vice Center (see page 68). turn Even if the product Note upthevolume oftheexternal device. ting your keycode, the keycode cannot appear jagged while adjusting the image. warranty the keycode reset will incur a Picture appears butnois valid, be “Auto canceled with theCorrection remote issettothe Off.projector is operating• The • Menu buttons do not function while the Sync”, “Break Timer”,control. “FREEZE”, 51 Manual Keystone can be Press KEYSTONE .• Speaker Note charge. sound is heard. Note or “AV MUTE” functions. adjusted up to an angle ofPRJ-ADJ approximately • The on-screen display of the Keystone • Once after must enter degrees vertically and approximately Correction mode will is disappear. Dataimage isnot the password • set, Maketheyou necessary adjustments ofeachitemintheSIG-ADJ 47 • You ±50 can also ECO+QUIET on the remote Setting the use System Lock the• password to change the ±30 degrees horizontally. centered. menu.“Network” You can also use KEYSTONE on menu the control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet Old Code settings. **** projector. Mode. (See page 35.) • Dependingonthecomputeryouareusing,theoutputresolution – – – – New Code 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 3 2 5 4 3 signalmaybedifferentfromtheoneyouhaveset.Fordetails, refertotheoperationmanualofthecomputer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded Reconfirm – – – – Using the Menu Screen Picture Adjustment (“Picture” menu) Picture SIG SCR PRJ Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) Net. 21DHCP Client Setting ENTER button Picture Mode Standard Contrast 0 0 Bright 0 Color 0 Tint MENU button Sharp 0 Red 0 items Description Blue 0 RETURN button Obtains configuration parameters for CLR Temp 7500K Progressive 3D Progressive TCP/IP network automatically. Film Mode Auto Sets the TCP/IP manually. Off DNR Off MNR Off Eco+Quiet Mode Connect the LAN cable before turning the projector on. If not, the DHCP Client function does 2 not work. Selectable On 3 4 Off 5 6 7 Select 8 “On” for “DHCP Client”. “Obtaining IP Address...”Reset appears, then the menu screen appears. ENTER Confirm theSEL./ADJ. parameters of IP Address, Subnet Mask END RETURN and Gateway on the TCP/IP screen. If the DHCP server is not available, “Could not 1 the Picture Mode obtainSelecting IP Address.” appears. In this case, set the TCP/IP manually. (SeeThe thedefault item 3.) settings of Selectable items Description Menu Menu operation operation MOUSE/Adjustment buttons ( '/"/\/|) Selectable items Description Page Page 43 43 2 Adjusting the Image IP Address Factory default setting: ENTER 192.168.150.002 MENU button \ button button | Enter an contrast. IP address appropriate for the For less For more contrast. network. For less brightness. For more brightness. Factory For less default color setting: For more color 255.255.255.000 intensity. intensity. RETURN button Set subnet to the sameskin as Tint*1 For the making skinmask ÄFor making Press RETURN to that of the computer and equipment on tones purplish. tones greenish. return to previous the screen the Sharp*1 For network. less sharpness. For more when sharpness. Gateway Factory default 000. 000. 000. menu is displayed Red*2 For weaker red.setting: For stronger red. 000 For weaker blue. For stronger blue. Blue*2 * When not in use, set to “000. 000. *1 000. 000”. Not adjustable/selectable in the RGB input mode. Adjustment buttonitems Contrast Bright Subnet Color*1 Mask *2 Not adjustable/selectable when selecting “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note • Confirm Note the existing network’s segment (IP address group) to avoid setting an IP address that • “Red” and “Blue” cannot be set when selecting CLR Temp duplicates the IP addresses of other network Standard For standard image 7500K “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. equipment or computers. If “192.168.150.002” )stnem ujdA( oi c l S M 3 TCP/IP Setting Presentation Brightens portions of 7500K • To reset all adjustment items, select “Reset” and is not used in a network with an IP address of image for more enhanced press ENTER. Set the TCP/IP manually. Example: Adjusting “Bright”. “192.168.150.XXX”, you don’t have to change presentations. •Movie This operationGives can natural also betint performed by using on the projector. projector IP address. to the 6500K the buttons the projected image. • For details about each setting, consult your 3network for then Adjusting the Color Temperature Example: “Picture” screen menu GameSelect Gives sharpness to theClient”, 7500K administrator. Press MENU “Off” . “DHCP press ENTER . projected image. Menu item • The “Picture” menu screen for the seSelectable items Description *sRGB For high fidelity reproduc– lected input mode is displayed. 5500K For lower color temperature for warmer, 1 1 2 2 3 tion of images from a computer. 4 the 6500KConfirming reddish incandescent-like images. Picture Select “TCP/IP”, then press ENTER . | or only \ and Press “Pic• “sRGB” is displayed whenselect RGB signal is input. • You ture” can setto oradjust. adjust each item in the “Picture” menuEnter to your preference. Any using changes'you “IP Address” , "make ,| are retained in memory. and \, then press ENTER . Network Note Setting the TCP/IP 4 SCR PRJ Net. Standr Projector Information 7500K Contras 0 8500K Bright 0 0 address 9300K For the higher color temperature cooler, You canColr confirm MAC andfor projector 0 10500K Tint bluish, fluorescent-like images. name. Sharp 0 Red 0 DisplayedBlue items Description 0 MAC Address The MAC address750 of0K the projector is p m e T R L C Note displayed. Progesiv 3DProgesiv FilmMode Auto • Values on “CLR Temp” are only general stanProjector The projector name isfor displayed. Of dardDNRMNR purposes. Of • “CLREco+QuietMd Temp” cannot be set when selecting Of Rest “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note SEL./ADJ Useful Features • You can also press PICTURE MODE on the 1 9 2 . 1 6 8 . 1 5 0 . 0 0 2 IP Address remote control to select the picture mode. (See 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 0 0 0 Subnet Mask pageGateway 36.) 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 • *sRGB is an international standard of color reproduction regulated by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). As the fixed color area has been decided by the IEC, the ' images Enter “Subnet Mask” using , ", are displayed in a natural tint based on an origi| and \, then press ENTER . nal image, when “sRGB” is selected. For additional information about the sRGB function, visit “http://www.srgb.com/”. Enter “Gateway” using ', ", | and You cannot set the items, “Red”, “Blue” and \, then ENTER . “CLR Temp”,press when “sRGB” is selected. SIG PictureMod ENTR END RETUN • For information on how to change the projector name, see “SETUP MANUAL” contained in the supplied CD-ROM. 5 Info • When “sRGB” is selected, the projected image may become dark, but this does not indicate a malfunction. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -43 -45 -55 Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This oductpr ilzes ,tn-ad soler amp contig a sml aount .f curyme Forcnsideat.mlvugbyhfDp mel borP k Chec P ega dispoalrecyngfmt,plasoyurcathies,onElr Menu operation Page shows the items that can be set in the projector. • . e l t u o a w h n i d g p s r c j P 30 43 ,gro.elcy pma w noitazgr nilcyer The pmal eht ,gro.eai w “Projecter :ecnailA seirtudnI following adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu ONEKYST ' " Press or and select orShapt1-8. 0-BESHARP Y U.SAONL • o P w . ofisvcextrdnalh Ñ buton 7 MOUSE/Adjustmen the Password 4 5 Seting/ChakycodChanging Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Range Checking the Input Signal Maineu SubMen Dynamic Selecting the Transmis“Bright” tothe adjust. Note 3 butons( ' / " 34 /\ /| ) • Theslctdinpumowrg. On Auto Power Off PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu •sion The selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. Speed Offbe displayed if a An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage 1 5 Page 1 5 Selectable items Description • r o w . g n i k s t c u f E T U M V A e h 34 Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • SetSelect a level “Password”, so as to view a clearer then picture. press | . Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61 Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to sdisplay relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press e g a p n o Ó m L h t i c l R Ò S . Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make sure that Page both51 the projector and computer • . lesincortydhapfjCb Off 23-29 • Picture PictureModimages Progressive suchtype as drama and match. documentary projector’ s input signal doStandr not If this ENT R or | . RETUNbuton Presntaio arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On • e r n u . t o v m R l c a b s i h 15 e g a P 45 clearly. Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected either from the top Off Page 51 Game 1, s n i a t o c l e n a p d t c i s h p o r ye v s i h T . l e n a p ) y l s i D a rt Cs y d i u q L ( D C n a s e u 2 02D rotcej p PRAHS sihT 4,0 • When the image is blurry. Useful to display fast-moving images such 1 * • . r e t x E u p m o c k b n g i h w s a l 23 Selctab iems from the bottom or towards the at an angle, sRGBOn Contras -30 +30 Descr ipt on screen Selectable items Speaker Description pixels (x RGB) s TFÕ (hin Filmransto). TAs with any hig technolgy ielctr quipmn such as large • When the contours and colors of moving imas sports and action films. Off Select “Next”, then press E N T R the 5Tr 1 ansmi o pedi.s lwo-3 9Auto 60Progressive bps musteqipnhcraolb ,vdyTVs dnuos aerutcipoN image becomes Bright Pagedistorted 0 +30 trapezoidally. 60 . • erisnotvlamphugc , ervThfiltco of the image show When the black levels Enter the password in “Old Passages drag. *2 The function for correcting trapezoidal distortion .sraep edocyk •eht gniret rof nercs ehT Audio Out Colr -30 appear +30 .faded, coretlyinsad FAO confrmt. Standard banding or select the item VAO ’ with \ are using , " weak , | signals and , then • When TV broadcasts proisr3a8t4s0.obnpedrtcjop This unt a some inctv pxl wh acetb olrns whi called Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Display (Keystone Correction mode) Tint Page 51 -30 in+3 0 mayesult rin acv dots n he pictur Enhanced that results the best picture quality. (In • h t e r o s n m p u q l a g i d I V f b D c 24 -orpehtsujdaTNote ismost This projector equipped with an “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable jected. 2 * b1ps520 equalityorhfxpcn. Tsw press ENTER . Trcircumstances, ansmi o sped is arpd. -30 +30 Sharp 0 : V 0 : H E N O T S Y K V & “Standard” should y ,theimag npuodslcrj VI-DÓ Ò Disable 51 Press the 4 buttons on the remote stone Correction”Page function that automatically corRed -30 +30 elihwgamdtcj trapezoidal be selected.) ADJUST END Enable LAN/RS232C rects any distortion within theswitch pro- to Ensure datl.ynobeisprjcm or • When the image is blurred noisy, control or on the projector to enter 0 Disable Blue Page 51 -30 +3is Info ® ® made jected image. The correction automatically thaeproinumdsblc registered trademarks of Microsoft • the Microsoft are Corporation in the United States Passand/or optimaland mode. t i g n h c a w TERN AT TESP preset REST “Old Enter the password in “New Page Windows 45 the keycode in Code”. N o t e 9600 bps RS-232C provided vertical incline orinputs, decline is within • This function is available for all signals with turoeqipmn.ycdh bfj 38400 bpsinputs • other Whenthe using progressive are dicountries. Page 2 5 ’ " | \ word” using , , and , then CLRTemp 5500K bps • Whenstigkycodefrthisme, or S-VIDEO. ±12 115200 Refr to degrees. the SETUP MANUL contaied on Note 0K rectly displayed “2D Progressive” and BusinessVIDEO • . lesincortydhapfjCb 650 23-29 •• PC/AT is a ENTR registered trademark of International Machines Corporation the United States. Page a so 45 that 1 Setting Password Press . 7500K p r e s " press ENTER . infor Normal Fan Mode V C n o s y K l a c i t r e the suplied CD-ROM for RS-23C pecifa- Progressive” • This functionontheprjcof urtimes. is available 480I, 480P, 576I ® ® cannot The Dynamic Range be only when 8500K “3D be selected. High •• Adobe Reader acan trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. • umpositn.eÒBrghÓ selected 45 Page 52 is • The selected item (e.g. “Bright”) is dis930K (Adjustmenwih ' / " ) tionsadCm Setings. do not and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. If•you others totrademark change theApple setting “DVI-D” input mode is selected. ® want 105 0K System Old Code Macintosh is a Lock registered Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by itself at the bottom of the • t o n y m , g i s e r a u c h d p D Ñ *3 to the cosmputer opeartin manul orf “Network” for•• eRrf the menu, aNew password. 52 and 53set Progesiv Pages 3D Progesiv Code Enter the same password again in Reconfirm •.etar dub s retupmoc h gnites rof PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States and/or other screen. e b d t c j o r p s l n u h a g i f m 2DProgesiv tsniocu Selecting Page 46 the Film Mode 5countries/regions. s s Õ u p m c h o t r e f R x . l a n d i w ' or*3 " , the following • When pressing ’ , " , | (MNR) and \ , using All Reset 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction FilmMode Setting Password utnoSdishearb 6 Setting the Video System Page 53after .witchsgnaloupe rfm AutoOf names itemacompany (“Red” “Bright”) will be dis• Allfunction other or product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compathen press ENTER . This provides high-quality playback of Page Timer46 .apersictu played.Lamp (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Page Of is 3 5 The video input system mode factory preset Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Levl1 reduced. • set.incorlyadjumIg then 45 Page 46 movies onhowever, DVDs. Levl2 to “Auto”; a clear picture from the | conSelect “Password”, press . Levl3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. ) y l n o t u p I e d i V S , ( When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable The items itself nected equipment may not be re• audio-visual N o t e item displayed byDescription Selectable itemsNote Description opeanUiCmutyMrksblfhE“Network” v Azd MNR menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function has been acti• Videonputsymcrl. OfLevl1 48 Off MNR does not function. ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Films are detected automatically. Svated, eAuto l ctab i ems e g a P 46 D e s c r i p t o n • If you input a wrong keycod, the curso Press ENTER again1, toLevl2 return to the or •when you want tonot make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a N / R E T U P M O C ( 2, ) y l n o D I V • Off Films are detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. 3 l v e L Normal ope)GmbHSARPELCTONI(ur Main the S u i t l a oe b r f n m l e v n i r o t . s MenuAuto r e t u fn h o is p O C l d e . using V-Keystone Correction previous screen. clearer picture. • Inputsigalye(RGB/Com)cr. On function, you 47 Y E.UONL Eco+QuietMd Sonistra§e make D-2097Hamburg corrections High Network 3, OldPaswor Pasword Sel ct his w en u i g the proj ct a • e h Tt sd o rc py k i 4 " snot ub eh can manually using the following f O Selectable items . adeorpClisf NewPasord e g a P 46 ENTER alti udes of ap r xim tely 1,50 met rs 54 Page 54 eht s erp uo y nehW . rotcej p " b ruo f not u procedure. Reconfirm Auto Page HorizntalKeysCc Info • .ocus Adjthef 33 Note PALRest(4,DHCPlient90fet)orme. . s r a e p i d n e r c s t u p n i d r o c y e k h t , s e m i t On (Adjustmenwih function is available\ for / | all ) signals | to adjust Press \ Page or 45 the item RETURN • This with f O •inputs, .angeocusr xdthf Tpji 19 rotainfheHg,sMdFW • When using SECAM Page progressive 55 “Film Mode” Press *1 on the remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D I / P C T s e r d A P I *NTSC4.43 . anoise,bcmdlurthfp cannot be selected. • Iftheprojcisadml .gn Therisf SubnetMask Ñ • The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when inputting Component signal Correcthrough COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576I • This function for on 480I, 480P, control toPage enter the Keystone 55 NTSC3.58 Press the 4available buttons the remote Gatewy r a m o t n i w , f s y l e d u h •S-VIDEO The “Film Mode” function not work when *2does MACdres If and you forget password 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. PAL-M tion mode. theandlsofcrumy i the control orthe on the projector toorenter “2D Progressive” selected in first “Progressive Page or 55is Mode” *3 “Progressive” and “Flim can be adjusted onlyin when 480I, 576I,forget 1035I the or 1080I signal isperform input. the following ’ " Press to set digit PAL-N If you password, LockKEYSTONE Function *2 leastprojchuP d. bmwig •System Mode”. Project the new keycode in “New Code”. 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 -60 “NewPAL Password”, then press | . orm,fshuldcneatiI .bor Page 55 procedure to delete it, then set a new password. 8 Eco+Quiet Mode Setting This prevents unauthorized the lured;bisPct function * When reproducing NTSC signals in use PAL of video toir fawndulehmcpvro On the projector, press projector. Once this function is activated, users . s r e p a i o n *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “Off” . clear Noise equipment. Note 6 Reducing Image (DNR) Enter the remaining 3 digits, then Press ' or " to parallelize the must enter the correct keycode each time the pro*2 Display only r e t u p m o C ( n I ) y l • Y o u c a n o t u s e t h e o l w f i n g u t b o n s o r f Fan Selectable ENTER jector is turned on. eW eht droce uoy tsegu . sides, left and right presshigh Videopress digital noise reduction Lamp47 life Brightness •(DNR) P Adjustmen) kÓ(ÒCloc .Adjustmen ÒSIG-DJÓorf orprovides STANDBY/ON, SoundON, STANDBY, itemsek ycode: Press M E N U . • \ -ohtuyalnerwcpfidskquality Note images with minimal dot crawl and cross \ or | to parallelize 47 • P Adjustmen) (ÒPhaÓ .Adjustmen ÒSIG-DJÓorf the upper ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, • The menu screen will disappear. .secavhrudzicolor noise. • The Video signal can only be in VIDEO or MENU, ECO+QUIET and TIMER . computerhndigayNs set Ñ Approx. 80% Approx. Low BREAK and lower sides of•the projected • On ENTER S-VIDEO • System lock function recognizes each29 3,000 Selectable itemsmode. Description Enter the same password in • . lesincortydhapfjCb 23image. • When System” is function. set to “Auto”, you may Info “Video button on the remote control or hours on the Off doesthen not 53 RETURN •receive DNR ENTER . •press V um.intosel to signal 34 • projector not“Reconfirm”, a clear picture due differas an individual even if Off 100% Approx. Normalbutton, Level 1–3 Sets the DNR level. • ences. If uoy esol ro tegrof ruoy ,edocyk tcano•ruoy ' " • switch \ |to the video • theandvicxrlospjW Should this occur, 2,000 they share the same button name. If you -reS o laD rtcejP dohuziAraSptsesystem n of the source signal.v ouenifyv m,thsdpl in set• used the buttons on the projectorhours vice Centr (se page Note 68). enEv if the product .vicextrnaldoumfhp ting your keycode, the keycode cannot war nty is valid, the keycod res t wil incur a noutbapersPic • Menu be “Auto canceled with the remote buttons do not function Sync”, “Break Timer”,control. “FREEZE”, 51 .• ÒOf isetoÓ.rSpak while the projector is operating• the .egrahc soundihear. Press Note or “AV • MUTE” functions. • Datimgesno • ÒSIG-ADJÓ thencsarimofdjuyMk 47 • You can also use ECO+QUIET on the remote u.men • cent r d. KEYSTONE control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet Mode. (See page 35.) • resolutinphg,aycmDd Ñ 3 2 5 4 3 ,ordetailsF .vouhaerntfmybdi sgl . computerhfalni -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded 5 5 3 4 Auto Keystone Correction Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer M“Signal odel Adjustment 4 C G X 55W 3 C G P / 55W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not output affect terminal, •Video Multiple signal support Pixel MHz –audio-visual vices yd Dpla Lens 0.7 4" LCDpanel Projectindsaf10 × 3 all Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. 0"screniz Clock: 12–170 thefrom Main Menu •projector. Presthlampunifr lytoheamp Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15–110 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-zomlns( Enter × 1. 5 1. — ) 9 1 C N A 2M Z 10 5" ’ 13’ — 1" 3 ( 2 . 4. — m ) m 0 Resolutin 1 ( A G X W 28 0 × ) 0 8 the same keycode in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 0Hz 0 Auto Restart -150on Clock SIG-ADJ On 2 Vertical Frequency: 43–85 unit compar tsen.F theto scuring Phase •are Compatible sync on green signal device be turned all“Mthe made. T firm”. omlens-z( Maintenance × 2.+150 2after —2. AN-C1connections 8MZ 15’ 7" ’10 " (4 .8m—6.0m) with •8) See aintenance .—19 59from 1 Lens Page F1.Used 7 —1. 9 function When the image is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer This allows you to set the the audio output 0*4equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System Phase Sound umberFn video On 3 When connecting with atoIndicators” DVI output terminal 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals s c . w r e T m o s n e l z ( × 3. 3 — 5. 1 ) A N C 2 7M Z 23’ 2" — 35’ 8 " ( 7 . 1 m — 10 .9m) screen indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 3 4 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zom ual,Mn This × 1.2(f=28allows .0—33.6m) you toDescription H-Pos standards. that are not VESA Selectable initialize the settings Reset Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO T omlens(-z blinks × 5.+150 1—7. 2)On AN-C41MZ 36’function 2"—50items ’10"(11.0m—15.5 m) 5 in red. -150 *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 F ocus -60 +60VideoEqupmnt V-Pos Monitor Out ualMn you 4 Enable 2 On have made Auto Sync adjustment will occur when 6 Resolution in the projector. HorizntalFequcy AnalogRGB DigtalRGB Note *5• The Mode 5 Resolutin VESA Background Auto Sync Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The projector cannot be the keylock is set. VerticalFquny 53the LAN/RS232C Enable 7 ing trapezoidalSuport distortion is called Keystone amplifier. Reset (Hz) 1 Suport the projector is turned on orCorrection. when (kHz) D ) P C D H h t i w e l b a p m o ( I V Inputermials 3 × Menu Position Signal Type Center RS-232C 6 9600bps 4 8 The standard zoom lens is attached turned on or put into IfAuto theyou keylock set to ON,60illustration all the buttons are below locked. Page 47 the 27. 0 toisthe input signals are when To cancel the keycode that have (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1alor projector. 2: The shown forswitched, the former.) PRJ Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan Mode 7 Normal Sel ctab i ems Descripton is 9 5 Computer/n ◊ 350 × 2 70 31.5 640 standby mode using the The optional lenses from Sharp are also available for specialized application. Language Video System connected to a computer.Please see Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 Disable 37.9 85 Auto V-Keystone Correction 6 ready set O n T h e a u d i o s g n a l i o u t p f r m t h e i n r a l Note 15 b u s D n i m ( ) n i p 60 27.0 All resetSharp STANDBY/ON button q nearest Page 47 Toauditpermnls on Off Auto is not automatiyour Projector allSync theadjustment lenses. (Refer to the 31.in 5stepsDealer70for details • Press " on the projector for four times 640 ◊ 400 Authorized sp.eakr on S-Video(mnDIN4 pin) × 1 Set “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot “SCR-ADJ” screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync On 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 cally performed. 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 O f T h e a u d i o s g n a l i o t u p f r o m t h e Off37.8 Hz 60 Supplied 27.0 60.3 ◊ 47 kHz buttons 720 350 Page LampHTimer (Life) [ / V 0]h [ 0] min ( 100%) Video(RCA) with menu to “On”. 1 • “Ssetting. IG-ADJ” w 70 31. RGB cable Tilt dial Picture green • Change the5input signal× type 47 inter als.perk menu When the is System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional the lamp ToAUDIOinputermal 60accessory *6unit cover. 27.0 GA V Replace Signal Type Auto Pages 31, 32 ToDVIA ◊ udio(¿3 .5 × 2 component input signals 70 Resolution 5 720 40 0 k) msteroinjac the keycode31. 2, N / R E T U P M O C r o f ( ) I V D • When System Lock is set, input screen RGB • Alignthe ampunitervcoadslie t o SEL./ADJ. SEL./ADJ. ENTER ENTER inputermal SEL./ADJ. ENTER37.9 85 Page 47 Manual Keystone Correction • “SCR-ADJ” menu Component Note (COMPUTER/ udio(RCA) appears after theA power is turned on.26. When × 2 END END 50(L/R) 2 it apEND RETURN c l o s e. T h e n t i g h t e n t h e u s e r RETURN s e r v i c e RETURN 60 Language 5 COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). enter 1, the keycode to the start31. projection. Adjust the focus and zoom ¿3.5msteroinjackRCAudbl *7 Computer/nRange Outperminals pears, × 1 70 34.7 • Auto adjustment is also performed by Set “AutoSync V-Keystone” on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic 640 ◊ 480 s c w r e t o u h l a m p. u n i et r v c o Computer Auto 72 • “PRJ-ADJ” menu Standard 37.9 (comerialyvb) 15 b u s D n i m ( ) n i p Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 pressing AUTO SYNC on the projector or on 75 37. 5 menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 (254 cm) screen with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43. Adjust the16:10 projected image size (Normal ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) 85 3 with RGB input signals A udio(¿3.5k)msteroinjac *8 × 1 leaudiotp)rb(v theservice remote control. press or projected to parallelize the left and right sides 50 31.3 DVIigtalcbe(omryv) User screw Video System image into Auto output from the AUDIO output (MONITOR output) • Bring • the projected focus by Adjust the image size by moving the – – – – System Lock System Lock Info 56 35.2 (COMPUTER/ To VIoutperminal D PAL • the The Auto Sync adjustment may take some time IfScreen optimum obtained with Auto of projected image with the slide bar. To 5) Contrladthe × 1 PageLAN(RJ-4 48cannot 60 (for lamp cover) 37. 9 terminal isunit fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating theimage focus ring. Descripton beSECAM zoom knob. Selctab iems COMPONENT 1, 70 to complete, depending on the image of the 46.6 80 2, DVI-D). ◊ 600 GA SV • n o t a r e v c u n i l t a m p d h e I f NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob Sync adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, select “Hl n m r e p t i d u a o T ) B e p y T ( B S U uOn nicatom × 1 72 / R E U P M O C o T 48 1 . UME. The proj ct au om ic l y ent rs h NTSC3.58 Note Wide-zoom lens (AN-C12MZ) ToAUDIOinputermal and 75 46.9 COMPNET1 Picture and(minDIN9p) • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 computer connected Keystone” press toorthe. projector. ToRGButperminal is too bright PAL-M RS-2 32C terminals coretly instaled, the wpro il not ur n Note × 1 85 Selectable items standbymoewhn iputsgnali Description 10'5"– 13'1" (3.2 m–4.053. m) 7inputermal Sel ctab i ems Descr ipt on PAL-N whitish. 50 40.3 • For details of the Resize mode, see pages 37 e n o v i , f t h w p r c d i s o n e c t d PAL-60 detc orf15 minutesorl.nge Throw distance ratio 1.9 Clock Adjusts vertical noise. WiredRmot signal × 1 60 481:1.5– .4 equipment. OA F page 47. A u d i o t p h a d o e s n tr v y i • Select the input type of the video See Vertical Keystone tCorrection and 38. the Locking Operation Buttons thepro.jc XGA black 70 setting (“Standard” 56.Dynamic 5on 10 2 768 ouor levels of◊4 the • Select the Range “Eterminal, nhanced”only ) 48 ThewourtAOfP nctio wl be Adjusts OPhase f •The horizontal noise to Signal Info moutput (¿3 .5 k)msteroinjac connected (FeiduxAo has an HDMI s t r e n g h w i t e o v l u m f t h e o While the projector is to(similar video equipment that the video 75 60 .0 o m in Z • You can also press on the remote image show or your that results the best picture quality. You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 in conPage 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time disable. banding tracking on VCR). the Projector O u t p ) s o u r c e p j . t o r ersSpak signal can be128 260 W(Mon input terminal for audio input.) input toStandard the projector. (Connect the AUDIO 45. 0 ◊0 720 zoom lens trol to faded set thewhen resize mode. (See page appear DVIH-Pos Centers the on-screen image and the remaining lamp life (percentage). *4 I t e• m wh n i put g RGB si nal throug COMPUTER/ ON T 1 or 2 60 47.37.) 8 by but128 ◊0 to 768 AO V A udio tp harviesntrghwi cable, Use this function lock the operation Depending on specifications of video equipment or HDMI to the signal transmission p m a l n i t c e j o r P 275 W DVI digital 60 12'4"– 1 4'9" (3.8 m– 4 .5 m) 49 7 . 128◊0 80 it to the left or right. *5Itemwhniput gCOMPUTER/ ONT1WXGA or2 D is selected. moving a r i ( l b V e t h e o l v u m f t h e s o u r c p j . e t o r This function allows you to select the input sig75 62. 8 tons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification does not support all connections toRemaining video equipment Throw distance ratio 1:1.8– 2 .1 L amp condition lamp life *6 oltageRdv ItemwhnslectigCOMPUTER/ ONT1,2N o t e VI-Dor C A 60 10 0—240usage V 47.7 1360 ◊ 768 V-Pos Centers the on-screen image by A u d i o O t p ) The cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 digital cable.) 47. 8 1366 ◊ 768 *7ItemwhnsleVcIt-iDg that has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to 50 DVI “Life” 100% 5% moving it up or down. y c n u q r f d e t a R 6 / z H 0 60 55. 0 Locking the Operation Buttons noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page 33 * 8 I t e m w h n s l e cV tI iD E gO o r S - V I D E O • ÒOnÓ, to se i functo O erwo P utoA he WFor n becomes 70information on DVI connection provided by the 66.2 see support ◊ 864 details on1152 compatibility for connection, Operated Inputcre The 3.75 6 A Infoinexclusively 67. 5 SXGA down Hold onafter the projector for about 5 sec-is illuminating Tele-zoom lens (AN-C18MZ) Reset the timer replacing the lamp. Horizontal Keystone Correction Approx. Approx. lamp not light • The lamp indicator red. 59 5 m i n u t e s b e fo r e t h e equipment p r o j elamp c t o r ENTER e n t e r s does the video manufacturer. 60 64.0 128 ◊0 1024 15'7"– while “Eco+Quiet Selectable Description You move the projected image vertically. 1turned 9'10" (4.8 m–6.0 m) onds theafter projector is being on.lamp. 75 80. menu o P stanydbmo,e th msANaDgBeYÒEntr SwT can y)while erconsumpti(Sadb Note 360 W(3.4C10 W)withA V 0items Mode” “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” 3,000 hours 150 hours up even the Replace the Select the INPUT mode eis kam tsrif ,ÓO A VÒ ot •es nb sah ÓtuO“O oidu AÒ nehW n”. 64.0 ratio 1:2.2–2.8 60 Auto Input signals are automatically recogThrow distance 140◊0 1050 SXGA+ e l b a c B G R Info 345 4 ( W 4 . 240 C A h t i w ) W V 60 65. 3 projector turns on. mode in UXGAX Ó min.wl aper on the Menu scren reset to connecting erus ot rewol eht mulov fo ehtvideo rotcej p feb On-screen Display nized as RGB or component. When video equipment with component output terminal • To all adjustment select “Reset” and 60 75. 0 160◊0 120 0 items, Operated exclusively Main Sub Menu Select the “COMPUTER 1” buttons on the projector or the 1 °RGB button on the remote control. atureionmpO • C13" 67 41 ° Fto95 ° F(+5COMPUTER ° Set Cto+35 C)Approx. 34. 9 640 ◊ 48 0 using the INPUT MA indcMate kh rmin g ute.s r e t o r e s t t h e lamp The suddenly turns e h t g n i c w s e h d n a f o r n e w o p h t r u g n i RGB when signals are Approx. received. l a m p t i m e r o n l y while “ E co+Quiet Mode” 75 .7 832 ◊ 624 C16" MA press ENTER. SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock functionNormal ON 49 (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) 2,000 hours 100 hours Tele-zoom lens (AN-C27MZ) 75 60 2 . 10 2 ◊ 4 768 C19 MAoff " he 49 Cabinet Page Component c i t s a l P during projection. Set when Component signals are . t u p n i Full w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e . l a m I p f o u y r e s t " " INPUT listis “Off”. On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the 49 • C21" range of remote “H-Pos” 68.7 23'2"–35'8" (7.175 1152 ◊ 870 MA The adjustable Dot By.5 Dot (H-Position) AC m–27 10.9 m)socket * × ¿3 1/ 64 projector control received. lamp tier and cotiune o use th same keylock Dimenso(abdyl)[W The H msteronaudicbl × the D] depending / 32 × the 4" projector × 11 " or 12 Area Zoom image sometimes • Cables incorrectly connected to" 1:3.3– 23-29 • The function does not affect operation INPUT distance (comerialyvbsShptQCNWGA038WJPZ) vary and “V-Pos” (V-Position) may COMPUTER1the connected Throw ratio 5 .1 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 ,lamtphisycueth lamp obec the remote VideoEqupmnt button 3 ( 26 × 10 1 5 . × 279 5 . ) m flickers. equipment Stretchbutton works improperly. with control buttons. RGB on the screenPage resolution of the computer. 49 1 R E T U P M O C If this happens the lamp. 102◊4768 62 W dax.)mgeight(aproexoprl. Note 10(4 .8lbs replace .9kg) •Selctab iems You cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60Descript on • H-Keystone * •When using the ø 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level of when using the .5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 will be half (AN-C41MZ) • Y o u c a n l s o r e t h e l a m p t i e r v i a t h e Page 49 Note Thislamp may not be •able display fromneed notebook computers in ø3simultaneous (CRT/LCD) isprojector warming up. Thetolamp will images eventually to beTele-zoom changed.lens 62 The takes a long Ifthepowrcdisunlgm On jector 36'2"– 50'10" (11.0 m–output 15.5 m)the display data LAN. timeShould V-Keystone +100 turn off the LCD display D D VI-DComputer on the notebook mode. this occur, computer and to turn on.-100 The lamp has reached the end ofKeystone its life. Replace the lamp. witchsur endoflbak Toauditpermnl It is recommended that the lamp be changed • The Correction can be adjusted up Throw distance ratio 1:5.1– 7.2 computer’ policy ofoff continuous improvement, SHARP the right to make designsto Page 49 Details Taking theof Keylock supt-heonAMLSENTUPAs te(rRf “CaRTpart in mode. on how to change display modes canreserves be remaining found in your notebook theno,isprjcw Auto when the lamp life becomes 5%. Noteonly”is When set to “Enable”, the function is activated Tocmpnetvidural V-Keystone an angle of approximately ±12 degrees with “Auto Picture dark. On •input When you press the 5INPUT buttons on the without projector,prior the INPUT list The appears. operation and specification changes forabout product improvement notice. performance Hold ENTER on the projector for seconds. pliedCDoO-rMRfta.l)s down Ordinarily, the manual. type of49 signal Offis detected and the r u t y l c i m o a e j p n h w s • Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page and power is consumed even in the standby mode. • When See page 65 “Computer Compatibility Chart” for aToCOMPUER/N1control list ofand computer signals compatible with projector. V-Keystone” and up toLamp an angle ofsthe approximately ’ " Press /" to select an item on the list, press ENTER to switch to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, “ 6 40 × 400” appears on the screen. O I D U A o T The remote control • Operate the remote while pointing it at the projector’ 15 specification figures indicated are nominal production units. There may befrequency some correct resolution is automatically selected. How-inputermal values of of the values shown depending on the C ercodisplugnthAw OSDmode Display On On-screen Display l a m r e t u p n i It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 DVI , or S-VIDEO or and VIDEO to“Dis±50 degrees/2, with approxi• When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2“V-Keystone” DVI-D with S “ ignal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, some signals, the may optimal resolution mode Page 50these Note witchsurnedo.lbak from deviations values innotindividual atMacintosh which co+Quiet Mode” isThis switched tonearest “Opower n” STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh be required useinunits. with computers. Contact your to A “ uto” or R “ adaptor GB”, switch the image may befor projected as some desired. In away this case, use either Video or S-Video. able” when it“Eis not connected. reduces INPUT mode. mately ±30 degrees “H-Keystone”. Connect the power cord. •the The remote control may be too far from thewith projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 ecnatsiDworhT 5. 1 Auto Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 1 Power Off Function Keylock Function 5 Audio Output Type Setting 4 Signal Type Setting g nr e p i h m t a L T s R 2 Adjusting the Image Position Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function 1 Theon projct desnot ur onaut- the Of • Depending “Resolution” on “SIG-ADJ” menu may need to be 10 20 using, 30signal 40 50in resolution” 55(ft) andmay “Off”.not (See page 46.) Dealer. Page 34 the computer are the be faithful to theon S “ orcreen Blue •Macintosh This only indirect some RESIZE consumption when the projector is the standby •fluorescent When the screen isshining slanting image is dePage 50 works • display Ifyou sunlight oroutput a strong light is the • Plugthewprocdint hCeskAoc tofunction m a t i c lywhent poCheck rcdis on ENTER button None selected match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. the settings of the computer’ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’s modes. (See pages 37 and 38.) • When ofthepr.jco the projector is in standby mode, you teriorated, V-Keystone” 3RCA(ompnet)15-can pinD-subcale control mode. projector’ s remote sensor, placeset the“Auto projector where itto “Off”. plugeMenu dinto heCAultor he the ageto“F5” condition. that resolution beCenter set to on. the one corresponds “ 1280 × 800” . " button when using a Position external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys simultaneously (optinal:AN-C3CP2that ) and •mended To Tu reset this function, select “0”. rn the Power off will not be affected by strong light. release the keylock by holding down Sel ctab i ems rcseD noitp Upper Right ENTER b r e a w k i t s c h u r n e d o . Page 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right E n a lb e enifthvadTucos incorrectly. Noteyour computer’ STANDBY/ON on the projector simultaneously MENU button Upper Left • The batteries mayforbe depleted or inserted Make 15 enable spress external output port. DTV Press the STANDBY button, then that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby mode. Lower Left Reset the lamp timer. . e d o m y b n a t s i c j r p about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • See “Checking the Input Signal” on page 48 for 3 ¿ 5 . ) v y r ( e l b d u A C R o t k c a j n i m 3 Signal Setting the Confirmation HorizntalFequcy(k) PRJ Mode Disable " On-screenthewnoficdsuT Display Front VerticalFquny(Hz) • W h i l e su il mt a n e o y h o l d i n g w n d o " DVISuport, Ceiling + Front input sigon the currently selected 48 0 60 15.7On On the projector thea remote control Page 50 Thisinformation projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance.modeystanbiprjc could be adversely affected by ENTER a n d MENU o n t h e p r o j e c t o , r Rear Info (System Sound) 60 31.5 48Sound 0P nal. Ceiling + Rear 60 33. 8 dna rotcej p h no 540 P operation s e r p STANDBY/ON incorrect or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set while projector is: dis50 15. 6 the 576 English polski Language Note k ep alourftbns pre dwnoutil the after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar 50 31. 3 576P playing M “ enu” screens, in standby mode, Descr ipt on Sel ctab i ems Page 50 Español Türwith kçe • When connect video5equipment a 21-pin RGB output 50 37. 720 thelampindctorsa linbkgre. P youup, N o t e (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a Nederlands signals, operating Aconfir matonsudimaewhnt changing On warming 60 45.input 0 720P Franç ais fits in the projector commercially available cable that terminal you want to connect. 50 28 1 . 10 0 8 Italiano project ur ns o / .f “Auto Sync” function or on the “System Lock” • When you want to contr l the project using • The does 33. not RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska 8 power 1080 • LAMP projector 0 H is deisy,pla indcatg ifduring Even youNocnfirmatosundimae. unplug the support cord from the60 AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. Of • screen warming 50 56.up. 3 Português 1080P theLAN/RS232Cfunctio,selÒEabÓ. 60 67.5 1080P tha elmpti r s e t. Page 30 7. Useful Features 2 Resolution Setting 6 Monitor Output 7 LAN/RS232C 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This oductpr ilzes ,tn-ad soler amp contig a sml aount .f curyme Forcnsideat.mlvugbyhfDp mel borP k Chec P ega dispoalrecyngfmt,plasoyurcathies,onElr Menu operation Page shows the items that can be set in the projector. • . e l t u o a w h n i d g p s r c j P 30 43 ,gro.elcy pma w noitazgr nilcyer The pmal eht ,gro.eai w “Projecter :ecnailA seirtudnI following adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu ' " Press or and select orShapt1-. 80-BESHARP • o P w . ofisvcextrdnalh Ñ the Password 4 5 7 Seting/ChakycodChanging Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Dynamic Range Checking the Input Y U.SAONL Signal Selecting the Transmis“Bright” tothe adjust. Note 3 ' " 34 \ | • Theslctdinpumowrg. On Auto Power Off PRJ-ADJ “Picture” menu •sion The selected item (RS-232C) is highlighted. Speed Offbe displayed if a An optimum picture may not This function allows you to check the current inPage Page Selectable items Description • r o w . g n i k s t c u f E T U M V A e h 34 Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • SetSelect a level “Password”, so as to view a clearer then picture. press . Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub Menu DVI-D-capable device’s output signal type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to display relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press e g a p n o Ó m L h t i c l R Ò S . Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make sure that Page both the projector and computer • . lesincortydhapfjCb Off 23-29 • Standr Picture PictureModimages Progressive such type as drama and documentary projector’s input signal do not match. If this ENT R or | . Presntaio arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On • e r n u . t o v m R l c a b s i h 15 e g a P 45 clearly. Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected either from the top Off Page Game 1, s n i a t o c l e n a p d t c i s h p o r ye v s i h T . l e n a p ) y l s i D a rt Cs y d i u q L ( D C n a s e u 2 02D rotcej p PRAHS sihT 4,0 • When the image is blurry. Useful to display fast-moving images such 1 * • . r e t x E u p m o c k b n g i h w s a l 23 or from theitems bottom towards the screen at an angle, sRGBOn Contras -30 +30 Speaker Selectable Description pixels (x RGB) s TFÕ (hin Filmransto). TAs with any hig technolgy ielctr quipmn such as large • When the contours and colors of moving imProgressive as sports -3 and action films. Off Select “Next”, then press E N T R the image becomes trapezoidally. Bright Pagedistorted 0 3 + 0 60 . • erisnotvlamphugc , ervThfiltco of the image show musteqipnhcraolb ,vdyTVs dnuos aerutcipoN Auto When the black levels Enter the password in “Old Passages drag. *2 The function for correcting trapezoidal distortion • Audio Out Colr -30 appear +30 .faded, coretlyinsad FAO confrmt. Standard banding or select the item VAO using , weak , signals and , then • When TV broadcasts are proisrats.onedrtcjop This unt a some inctv pxl wh acetb olrns whi called Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Displaywith (Keystone Correction mode) Tint Page -30 in+3 0 mayesult rin acv dots n he pictur Enhanced that results the best picture quality. (In • orethVIdigalqupmnsbf cD an 24 This projector is equipped with “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable jected. *2 press ENTER . Smost harp 3 0 3 + 0 equalityorhfxpcn. Tsw 0 : V 0 : H E N O T S Y K V & Note circumstances, “Standard” should y ,theimag npuodslcrj VI-DÓ Ò Disable Press the 4 buttons on the remote stone Correction”Page function that automatically corRed -30 +30 be selected.) ADJUST END Enable LAN/RS232C rects any trapezoidal distortion within theswitch pro- to Ensure datl.ynobeisprjcm or • When the image is blurred noisy, control or on the projector to enter -30 +30 Disable Blue Page Info ® ® made jected image. The correction is automatically thaeproinumdsblc registered trademarks of Microsoft • the Microsoft are Corporation in the United States Passand/or optimaland mode. TERN AT TESP preset REST “Old Enter the password in “New Page Windows 45 the keycode in Code”. 9600 bps RS-232C provided vertical incline orinputs, decline is within • This function is available for all signals with turoeqipmn.ycdh bfj 38400 bpsinputs • other Whenthe using progressive are dicountries. Page word” using , , and , then CLRTemp 5500K bps • ±12 degrees. 115200 Note or S-VIDEO. 0K rectly displayed “2D Progressive” and BusinessVIDEO • . lesincortydhapfjCb 650 23-29 •• PC/AT is a registered of International Machines Corporation the United States. Page a so 45 that 1 Setting Password Press . trademark 7500K " press ENTER . infor Normal Fan Mode • This function is available 480 , 480P, 576 ® ® cannot The Dynamic Range be only when 850K “3D Progressive” be selected. High •• Adobe acan trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. • umpositn.eÒBrghÓ selected 45 Page is • TheReader selected item (e.g. “Bright”) is dis930K ' / " and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. If•you do not others totrademark change theApple setting “DVI-D” input mode is selected. ® want 105 0K System Old Code Macintosh is a Lock registered Computer, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. played by itself at the bottom of the • t o n y m , g i s e r a u c h d p D Ñ *3 for•• the “Network” menu, aNew password. and set Progesiv Pages 3D Progesiv Code Enter the same password again in Reconfirm • PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States and/or other screen. e b d t c j o r p s l n u h a g i f m 2DProgesiv Page 46 the Film Mode 5countries/regions. Selecting s s Õ u p m c h o t r e f R x . l a n d i w ' or*3 " , the following • When pressing and , using , , (MNR) All Reset 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction FilmMode Setting Password utnoSdishearb 6 Setting the Video System Page .witchsgnaloupe rfm AutoOf names itemacompany (“Red” after “Bright”) will be dis• Allfunction other or product are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective compathen press ENTER . This provides high-quality playback of Page Timer46 .apersictu played.Lamp (Life) The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Page Of is The video input system mode factory preset Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Levl1 reduced. • set.incorlyadjumIg then 45 Page 46 movies onhowever, DVDs. Levl2 to “Auto”; a clear picture from the conSelect “Password”, press . Levl3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. ) y l n o t u p I e d i V S , ( When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable The itemsitem displayed byDescription itself nected equipment may not be re• audio-visual Selectable itemsNote Description opeanUiCmutyMrksblfhE“Network” v Azd MNR menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function has been acti• Videonputsymcrl. OfLevl1 48 Off MNR does not function. ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Auto Films are detected automatically. e g a P 46 • Press ENTER again1, toLevl2 return to the vated, or •when you want tonot make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a N / R E T U P M O C ( 2, ) y l n o D I V • Off Films are detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. 3 l v e L ope)GmbHSARPELCTONI(ur Main the MenuAuto using V-Keystone Correction previous screen. clearer picture. • Inputsigalye(RGB/Com)cr. On function, you 47 Y E.UONL Eco+QuietMd 3, Sonistra§e make D-2097Hamburg corrections OldPaswor Network Pasword • " can manuallyitems using the following Of Selectable . adeorpClisf NewPasord e g a P 46 ENTER 54 Page 54 " procedure. Reconfirm Auto Page 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 Info • .ocus Adjthef 33 Note PAL \ for / | all signals \ or | to adjust 4• When Press the item RETURN • This function is available with .angeocusr xdthf Tpji 19 SECAM using progressive •inputs, Mode” Press on the“Film remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *11 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D *NTSC4.43 • Iftheprojcisadml .gn Therisf Ñ cannot be selected. • The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when inputting through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 oris2, or when selecting VIDEO or576 • This function for on 480the , 480P, control to enterComponent the Keystone CorrecNTSC3.58 4 Press the 4available buttons remote aromintw,fsudelyh signal •S-VIDEO The “Film Mode” function does not work when If and you forget password 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. PAL-M tion mode. theandlsofcrumy i the control orthe on the projector toorenter “2D Progressive” is Mode” selected in first “Progressive *32 “Progressive” andor “Flim can be adjusted onlyin when 480If, you 576 ,forget 1035 the or 1080 signal isperform input. the following Press to set digit PAL-N password, Function •System LockKEYSTONE leastprojchuP d.bmwig Mode”. the new keycode in “New Code”. Rest 45 55 Page DHCPlient Page On Of *1 TCP/I Page *2 MACdres IPAdres SubnetMask 55 Gatewy 55 Page Project -60 “NewPAL Password”, Page 55 *2 then press orm,fshuldcneatiI .bor . This prevents unauthorized the lured;bisPct function * When reproducing NTSC signals in use PAL of video toir fawndulehmcpvro projector. Once this function is activated, users . s r e p a i o n *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to “Off” . clear Noise equipment. 6 Reducing Image (DNR) Enter remaining 3 digits, then Press ' correct or " keycode to parallelize must enter thethe each timethe the pro*2 Display only r e t u p m o C ( n I ) y l press ENTER . jector is turned on. e W e h t d r o c e u o y t s e g u and right sides, presshigh Videoleft digital noise reduction •(DNR) P Adjustmen) kÓ(ÒCloc .Adjustmen ÒSIG-DJÓorf orprovides Press . • images -ohtuyalnerwcpfidskquality minimal crawlupper and cross \Note or | with to parallelize • dot P Adjustmen) (ÒPhaÓ .Adjustmen ÒSIG-DJÓorf the • The menu screen will disappear. .secavhrudzicolor noise. • The Video signal can only be in VIDEO or . computerhndigayNs set and lower sides of•the projected S-VIDEO Selectable itemsmode. Description Enter the same password in • . lesincortydhapfjCb image. • When System” is function. set to “Auto”, you may Info “Video Off DNR doesthen not • “Reconfirm”, press ENTER . • due V um.intosel to signal differnot1–3receive Sets a clear picture Level the DNR level. • ences. ' " \ | • e h t d n a c i v r x l o s j p W • Should this occur, switch to the video system of the source signal.v ouenifyv m,thsdpl 68 .vicextrnaldoumfhp Note 3 2 5 4 8 procedure to delete it, then set a new password. Eco+Quiet Mode Setting On the projector, press • Selectable items Fan Lamp47 life Brightness STANDBY/ON, SoundON, STANDBY, 47 ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, MENU, ECO+QUIET and TIMER Ñ Approx. 80% Approx. Low BREAK • On ENTER • System lock function recognizes each29 3,000 23button on the remote control or hours on the 53 RETURN 34 • projector as an individual even if Off 100% Approx. Normalbutton, • 2,000 they share the same button name. If you in set• used the buttons on the projectorhours ting your keycode, the keycode cannot be “Auto canceled with the remote buttons do not function Sync”, “Break Timer”,control. “FREEZE”, 51 3noutbapersPic• Menu .• ÒOf isetoÓ.rSpak while the projector is operating• the soundihear. Press Note or “AV • MUTE” functions. • atimgesnoD • ÒSIG-ADJÓ thencsarimofdjuyMk u.men • cent r d. KEYSTONE • resolutinphg,aycmDd ,ordetailsF .vouhaerntfmybdi sgl . computerhfalni -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded 47 • You can also use ECO+QUIET on the remote control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quiet Mode. (See page 35.) Ñ 5 5 3 4q Auto Keystone Correction Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer M“Signal odel Adjustment 4 C G X 55W 3 C G P / 55W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage Ñ adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not output affect terminal, •Video Multiple signal support Pixel MHz Ð audio-visual vices yd Dpla Lens 0.7 4" LCDpanel Projectindsaf10 × 1 370all Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. 0"screniz Clock: 12Ð thefrom Main Menu •projector. Presthlampunifr lytoheamp Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15Ð 1 10 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-zomlns( Enter × 1. 5 1. — ) 9 1 C N A 2M Z 10 5" ’ 13’ — 1" 3 ( 2 . 4. — m ) m 0 Resolutin 1 ( A G X W 280 × 80 ) 0 the same keycode in “Re-conImage Shift 0*40 Auto Restart -150on +150 Clock SIG-ADJ 2 Vertical Frequency: 43Ð 85 unit compar tsen.F theto scuring Phase •are Compatible with sync on green signal device be turned after allÒMthe connections T firm”. omlens-z( Maintenance × 2. 2Hz —2. ) On AN-C18MZ IndicatorsÓ 15’ 7" —19 ’10"(4 .8 0m) you •8 See aintenance . made. 59from 1 Lens Page F1.Used 7 —1. 9 function When the image ism—6. projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer This allows to set the the audio output 0*4equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System Phase Sound umberFn video On 3 When connecting with atoDVI output terminal 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals s c . w r e T m o s n e l z ( × 3. 3 — 5. 1 ) A N C 2 7M Z 23’ 2" — 35’ 8" ( 7 . 1 m — 10 . 9 m ) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 3 4 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zom ual,Mn This × 1.2(f=28. 0—33.6 m) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA Selectable you initialize the settings Reset Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO T omlens(-z blinks × 5.+150 1—7. 2)On AN-C41MZ 36’function 2"—50items ’10"(1allows 1.0m—15.5 m) toDescription 5 in red. -150 *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 F ocus -60 +60VideoEqupmnt V-Pos Monitor Out ualMn you 4 Enable 2 On have made Auto Sync adjustment will occur when 6 Resolution in the projector. HorizntalFequcy AnalogRGB DigtalRGB Note *5• The Mode 5 Resolutin VESA Background Auto Sync Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The projector cannot be the keylock is set. VerticalFquny 53the LAN/RS232C Enable 7 ing trapezoidalSuport distortion is called Keystone amplifier. Reset (Hz) 1 Suport the projector is turned on orCorrection. when (kHz) D ) P C D H h t i w e l b a p m o ( I V Inputermials 3 × Menu Position Type Center RS-232C 6 9600bps 4 8 Signal The standard zoom lens is attached toisthe turned on or put into IfAuto theyou keylock set to ON,60 illustration all the buttons are below locked. Page 47 the 27have .0 input signals are when To cancel the keycode that (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1alor projector. 2: The shown forswitched, the former.) PRJ Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan Mode 7 Normal Descripton is 9 5 Computer/n ◊ 35the × 2 70 Selctab iems 31.5 640 0 standby mode using The optional lenses from Sharp are also available for specialized application. Language Video System connected to a computer.Please see Resolution English Auto System Lock 8 Disable 37.9 85 OAuto 0 V-Keystone Correction 6 ready set n T h e a u d i o s g n a l i o u t p f r m t h e i n r a l Note 15 b u s D n i m ( ) n i p 60 27.0 All resetSharp STANDBY/ON button on for four times q nearest Page 47 Toauditpermnls Authorized Off Auto is not automatiyour Projector allSync theadjustment lenses. (Refer to the 31.in 5 stepsDealer70 for details • Press " on the projector 640 ◊ 40 sp.eakr on S-Video(mnDIN4 pin) × 1 “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot “SCR-ADJ” screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync On 85Set Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 cally performed. 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 O f T h e a u d i o s g n a l i o t u p f r o m t h e Supplied 60 27.0 60.3 kHz Hz buttons 72 0 Video(RCA) ◊ 47 35 0 [ / V 0]h Off[37.8 Page LampHTimer (Life) 0] min ( 100%) to “On”. 1 • ÒSsetting. IG-ADJÓ w 70menu 31. RGB cable Tilt dial Picture green with • Change the5 input signal× type 47 inter als.perk menu When the is System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional the lamp accessory ToAUDIOinputermal 60 *6unit cover. 27.0 GA V Replace Signal Type Auto Pages 31, 32 Resolution ToDVIA ◊ udio(¿3 k)msteroinjac the keycode31. × 2 component input 70 5 screen 720 signals 40 is.5 2, N / R E T U P M O C r o f ( ) I V D • When System Lock set, input RGB • Alignthe ampunitervcoadslie t o SEL./ADJ. SEL./ADJ. ENTER ENTER inputermal SEL./ADJ. ENTER37.9 85 Manual Page 47 Keystone Correction menu Component Note (COMPUTER/ udio(RCA) appears after theA power is turned on.26 When it ap× 2 (L/R)• ÒSCR-ADJÓ END END 50 .2 END RETURN c l o s e. T h e n t i g h t e n t h e u s e r RETURN s e r v i c e RETURN 60 5 Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). enter 1, the keycode to the start31. projection. Adjust the focus and zoom ¿3.5msteroinjackRCAudbl *7 Computer/nRange Outperminals pears, × 1 70Set 34.7 • Auto adjustment is also performed by “AutoSync V-Keystone” on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic 640 ◊ 480 s c w r e t o u h l a m p. u n i et r v c o Computer Auto 72• ÒPRJ-ADJÓ menu (comerialyvb) Standard 37.9 15 b u s D n i m ( ) n i p Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 pressing AUTO SYNC on the projector or on 5 7 37 5 . menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 (254 cm) screen with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43.3 Adjust the16:10 projected image size (Normal function determines whether the audio level Lamp Timer (Life) 85This with RGB input signals A udio(¿3.5k)msteroinjac *8 × 1 leaudiotp)rb(v theservice control. \remote or | to parallelize the left and right sides 50press 31.3 DVIigtalcbe(omryv) User screw Video System image into Auto output from the AUDIO output (MONITOR output) • Bring • the projected focus by Adjust the projected image size by moving the Ð Ð Ð Ð System Lock System Lock Info 56 35.2 (COMPUTER/ To VIoutperminal D PAL • the The Auto Sync adjustment may take some time IfScreen optimum obtained of projected image with the slide bar. To 5) Contrladthe × 1 PageLAN(RJ-4 48cannot 60terminal (for lamp cover) 37.9 with Auto isunit fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating theimage focus ring. Descripton beSECAM zoom knob. Selctab iems COMPONENT 1, 70 46. 80 2, DVI-D). ◊ 60 GA SV to complete, depending on the image of the • n o t a r e v c u n i l t a m p d h e I f NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob Sync adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, select “Hl n m r e p t i d u a o T ) B e p y T ( B S U uOn nicatom × 1 2 7 / R E U P M O C o T 1 . 8 4 UME. The proj ct au om ic l y ent rs h NTSC3.58 Note Wide-zoom lens (AN-C12MZ) ToAUDIOinputermal and 75Keystone” 46.9 Picture and(minDIN9p) • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 computer connected COMPNET1 |. projector. press \toorthe ToRGButperminal is too bright PAL-M RS-2 32C terminals coretly instaled, the wpro il not ur n Note × 1 85 Selctab iems .7 Selectable items standbymoewhn iputsgnali Description 10'5"– 13'1" (3.2 m–4.053m) Descr ipt on PAL-N inputermal whitish. 50 40.3 pages • For details of the Resize mode, see 37 e n o v i , f t h w p r c d i s o n e c t d PAL-60 detc orf15 minutesorl.nge WiredRmot signal Throw distance ratio 1.9 Clock Adjusts vertical noise. × 1 60 Vertical 48. 1:1.5– OA F page 47. A u d i o t p h a d o e s n tr v y i • Select the input type of the video equipment. See Keystone tCorrection and 38. the Locking Operation Buttons on thepro.jc XGA black 70 56. 10 2 768 the ouor levels of◊4 .5 • Select the Dynamic Range setting (ÒStandardÓ ÒEterminal, nhancedÓonly ) 48 ThewourtAOfP nctio wl be Adjusts OPhase f •The horizontal noise to Signal Info moutput (¿3 k)msteroinjac connected s t r e n g h w i t e o v l u m f t h e o While the projector is to(similar has an HDMI the video 75 (FeiduxAo 60. video equipment that o m in Z • You can also press on the remote image show or your that results in conthe best picture quality. can confirm the cumulative 85You 68.7 Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time disable. banding tracking on VCR). the Projector O u t p ) s o u r c e p j . t o r ersSpak signal can be128 260 W(Mon input terminal for audio input.) input to0Standard the projector. (Connect the AUDIO 45.0 lens ◊0 72 zoom trol to faded set thewhen resize mode. (See page 37.) appear H-Pos Centers the on-screen image by butthe remaining lamp life (percentage). *4 I t e• m wh n i put g RGB si nal throug COMPUTER/ ON T 1 or 2 60and 47.8 128 ◊0 to 768 DVIAO V A udio tp harviesntrghwi cable, Use this function lock the operation Depending on specifications of video equipment or HDMI to the signal transmission p m a l n i t c e j o r P 275 W DVI digital 60 12'4"– 1 4'9" (3.8 m– 4 .5 m) 7 . 9 4 128◊0 80 it to the left or right. *5Itemwhniput gCOMPUTER/ ONT1WXGA or2 D is selected. moving a r i ( l b V e t h e o l v u m f t h e s o u r c p j . e t o r This function allows you to select the input sig75 not support all connections 62 .8 tons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification does toRemaining video equipment Throw distance ratio 1:1.8– 2 .1 L amp condition lamp life *6 oltageRdv ItemwhnslectigCOMPUTER/ ONT1,2N o t e VI-Dor C A 60 A 10 0—240usage V 47. 136◊0 768 the on-screen image V-Pos Centers by u d i o O t p ) The cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling Ñ nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 136 ◊6 768 *7ItemwhnsleVcIt-iDg that has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to 50 DVI digital cable.) ÒLifeÓ 100% 5% moving it up or down. y c n u q r f d e t a R 6 / z H 0 0 6 0 . 5 Locking the Operation Buttons noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page * 8 I t e• ÒmOnÓ,whnsletocVtIiDEgOseorS-VIiDEOfuncto O erwo P utoA he WFor n becomes 70 6.2 ◊2 864 details on115 compatibility for connection, see support information on DVI connection provided by the33 Operated Inputcre The 3.75 Horizontal 6 A Infoinexclusively 67.5 about Hold ENTER onafter the projector for 5 sec-is illuminating Tele-zoom lens (AN-C18MZ) Reset the timer replacing the lamp. Keystone Correction Approx.59 Approx. does not light • The lamp indicator red. 5video m iSXGA n u t e s down b e fo r e t h e lamp p r o j e c t o r e n t e r s tequipment h e lamp manufacturer. 60 Selectable 64.0 128 ◊0 1024 while ÒEco+Quiet items ModeÓ Description You move the projected image vertically. 15'7"– 1 9'10" (4.8 m– 6 .0 m) onds the projector is being turned on. 5 7 . 0 8 o P stanydbmo,e th msANaDgBeYÒEntr SwT can yup )while erconsumpti(Sadb Note 360 3 ( W 4 . 10 C A h t i w ) W V 0 “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 3,000 hours 150 hours even after the Replace the lamp. Select the INPUT mode eis kam tsrif ,ÓO A VÒ ot •es nb sah ÓtuOÒO oidu AÒ nehW nÓ. 60 Auto 64.0 Input signals are automatically recogThrow distance ratio 1:2.2– 2 .8 140 ◊ 1050 SXGA+ e l b a c B G R Info 345 4 ( W 4 . 240 C A h t i w ) W V 0 6 3 . 5 6 projector turns on. mode in UXGAX Ó min.wl aper on the Menu scren reset to connecting erus ot rewol eht mulov fo ehtvideo rotcej p feb On-screen Display nized as RGB or component. When video equipment withand component output terminal • To all adjustment selectMenu 60 Operated 75.0 “Reset” 160 ◊ 120 0 items, exclusively Main Select the “COMPUTER 1” using the Sub INPUT on the projector or the 1 °RGB button on the remote control. atureionmpO • C13" 67 RGB 41 ° Fto95 ° F(+5COMPUTER ° Set Cto+35 C)Approx. 34buttons .9 640 ◊ 480 turns MA indcMate kh rmin g ute.s r e t o r e s t t h e lamp The suddenly e h t g n i c w s e h d n a f o r n e w o p h t r u g n i when signals are Approx. received. l a m p t i m e r o n l y while Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓ ENTER. 75 illustration shown below is for the former.) 832 ◊ 624 functionNormal C16 MA press " SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock ON 49.760.2 (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The 2,000 hours 100 hours Tele-zoom lens (AN-C27MZ) 5 7 10 2 ◊ 4 8 6 7 C19 MAoff " he 49 Cabinet Page Component c i t s a l P during projection. Set when Component signals are . t u p n i Full w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e . l a m I p f o u y r e s t " " INPUT listis ÒOffÓ. On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the 49 • C21" range of remote “H-Pos” 68.7 115 ◊2 870 MA The adjustable Dot By.5 Dot (H-Position) AC 23'2"–35'8" (7.175 m– 10.9 m)socket * × ¿3 27 1/ 64 projector control received. lamp tier and cotiune o use th same keylock Dimenso(abdyl)[W The H JPZ) msteronaudicbl × the D] depending / 32 × the 4" projector × 11 " or 12 Area Zoom image sometimes • Cables incorrectly connected to" 1:3.3– 23-29 • The function does not affect operation INPUT distance (comerialyvbsShptQCNWGA038W and “V-Pos” (V-Position) may vary COMPUTER1the connected Throw ratio 5 .1 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 ,lamtphisycueth lamp obec the\remote VideoEqupmnt | button button 3 ( 26 × 10 1 5 . × 279 5 . ) m flickers. equipment works improperly. Stretch with control buttons. RGB on the screenPage resolution of the computer. 49 1 R E T U P M O C If this happens replace the lamp. 102◊4 768 62 W dax.)mgeight(aproexoprl. Note 10.8 (4 .lbs .9kg) •Selctab iems You cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60Descript on • H-Keystone * •When using the ¿ 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level of when using the .5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 will be half (AN-C41MZ) • Y o u c a n l s o r e t h e l a m p t i e r v i a t h e Page 49 Note Thislamp may not be •able display fromneed notebook computers in ¿3simultaneous (CRT/LCD) isprojector warming up. Thetolamp will images eventually to beTele-zoom changed.lens 62 The takes a long Ifthepowrcdisunlgm On jector 36'2"– 50'10" (11.0 m–output 15.5 m)the display data LAN. timeShould V-Keystone +100 turn off the LCD display D D VI-DComputer on the notebook mode. this occur, computer and to turn on.-100 The lamp has reached the end ofKeystone its life. Replace the lamp. witchsur endoflbak Toauditpermnl It is recommended that the lamp be changed • The Correction can be adjusted up Throw distance ratio 1:5.1– 7.2 computerÕ policy ofoff continuous improvement, SHARP the right to make designsto Page 49 Details Taking theof Keylock supt-heonAMLSENTUPAs te(rRf ÒCaRTpart in mode. on how to change display modes canreserves be remaining found in your notebook theno,isprjcw Auto when the lamp life becomes 5%. NoteonlyÓis When set to “Enable”, the function is activated Tocmpnetvidural V-Keystone an angle of approximately ±12 degrees with “Auto Picture dark. On •input When you press the 5INPUT buttons on the without projector,prior the INPUT list The appears. operation and specification changes forabout product improvement notice. performance Hold ENTER on the projector for seconds. pliedCDoO-rMRfta.l)s down Ordinarily, the manual. type of49 signal Offis detected and the r u t y l c i m o a e j p n h w s • Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page and power is consumed even in the standby mode. • When See page 65 ÒComputer Compatibility ChartÓ for aToCOMPUER/N1control list ofand computer signals compatible with projector. V-Keystone” and up toLamp an angle ofsthe approximately ’ " Press /" to select an item on the list, press ENTER to switch to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, Ò 6 40 × 400Ó appears on the screen. O I D U A o T The remote control • Operate the remote while pointing it at the projectorÕ 15 specification figures indicated are nominal production units. There may befrequency some correct resolution is automatically selected. How-inputermal values of of the values shown depending on the C ercodisplugnthAw OSDmode Display On On-screen Display l a m r e t u p n i It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 DVI , or S-VIDEO or and VIDEO to“Dis±50 degrees/2, with approxi• When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2“V-Keystone” DVI-D with S Ò ignal TypeÓ cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, some signals, the may optimal resolution mode Page 50these Note witchsurnedo.lbak from deviations values innotindividual atMacintosh which co+Quiet ModeÓ isThis switched tonearest ÒOpower nÓ STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh be required useinunits. with computers. Contact your to A Ò utoÓ or R Ò adaptor GBÓ, switch the image may befor projected as some desired. In away this case, use either Video or S-Video. able” when itÒEis not connected. reduces INPUT mode. mately ±30 degrees “H-Keystone”. Connect the power cord. •the The remote control may be too far from thewith projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 ecnatsiDworhT 5. 1 Auto Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 1 Power Off Function Keylock Function Audio Output Type Setting w Checking the Lamp Life Status 4 Signal Type Setting 2 Adjusting the Image Position Connections g nr e p i h m t a L T s R 5 6. 2 Auto Restart Function 1 Theon projct desnot ur onaut- the Of • Depending “Resolution” on “SIG-ADJ” menu may need to be 10 20 using, 30signal 40 50in resolutionÓ 55(ft) andmay ÒOffÓ.not (See page 46.) Dealer. Page 34 the computer are the be faithful to theon S Ò orcreen Blue •Macintosh This only indirect some RESIZE consumption when the projector is the standby •fluorescent When the screen isshining slanting image is dePage 50 works • display Ifyou sunlight oroutput a strong light is the • Plugthewprocdint hCeskAoc tofunction m a t i c lywhent poCheck rcdis on ENTER button None selected match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. the settings of the computerÕ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’ s modes. (See pages 37 and 38.) • When ofthepr.jco the projector is in standby mode, you teriorated, V-Keystone” 3RCA(ompnet)15-can pinD-subcale control mode. projectorÕ s remote sensor, placeset the“Auto projector where itto “Off”. plugeMenu dinto heCAultor he the ageto“F5” condition. mended that resolution beCenter set to on. the one that corresponds Ò 1280 × 800Ó . " button when using a Position external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys simultaneously 3 C N A : l a n i t p o ( 2 P C ) • To reset this function, select “0”. Tuthe rn keylock the offwill not be affected light. release by holding down andby strong Sel ctab i ems rcseD noitp Upper Right ENTER breawkitsch ur nedo. PagePower 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computerÕs operation manual to Lower Refer Right E n a lb e enifthvadTucos incorrectly. Noteyour computerÕ STANDBY/ON on the projector simultaneously forbe depleted MENU button Upper Left • The batteries may or inserted Make 15 enable s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby mode. Lower Left the lamp . e d o m y b n a t s i c j r p about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • See “Checking the Input Signal” on page 48 for 3 ¿ 5 . ) v y r ( e l b d u A C R o t k c a j n i m 3 Signal Setting the Confirmation HorizntalFequcy(k) PRJ Mode Disable " On-screenthewnoficdsuT Display Front VerticalFquny(Hz) • W h i l e su il mt a n e o y h o l d i n g w n d o " DVISuport, Ceiling + Front input sigon the currently selected 480 projector 60 I the projector 15.7 On On thea remote control Page 50 Thisinformation is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance.modeystanbiprjc could be adversely affected by ENTER a n d MENU o n t h e p r o j e c t o , r Rear Info Sound (System Sound) 60 31.5 480P nal. Ceiling + Rear 60 33. 8 dna rotcej p h no 540P s e r p STANDBY/ON incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set projector is: dis50 15.6 while the 576 I English polski Language Note k ep alourftbns pre dwnoutil the after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar 0 5 31. 3 P 6 7 5 playing M Ò enuÓ screens, in standby mode, Descr ipt on Sel ctab i ems Page 50 Espa–ol TŸrwith k•e • When video equipment a 21-pin RGB output 50 .5 720P thelampindctorsa linbk gre . you connect 37 N o t e (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a up,Aconfir matonsudimaewhnt changing input Nederlands signals, operating On warming 60 45.0 720P Fran• ais fits in the projector commercially available cable that terminal you want to connect. 0 5 28 1 . 10 0 8 I Italiano project ur ns o / .f ÒAuto SyncÓ function or on the ÒSystem LockÓ • When you want to contr l the project using • The does 33. not RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska 8 power 1080 • LAMP Iprojector 0 H is deisy,pla indcatg ifduring Even youNocnfirmatosundimae. unplug the support cord from the60 AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. Of • screen warming 50 56.3 up. Portugu•s 1080P theLAN/RS232Cfunctio,selÒEabÓ. 60 67.5 1080P tha elmpti r s e t. Page 30 7. Useful Features 2 Resolution Setting 6 Monitor Output 7 LAN/RS232C 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Setting Adjustment Maintenance Maintenance Up theIndicators Projector Screen (“SCR-ADJ” Menu) Cleaning theZoom projector Maintenance indicator Standard Lens Problem cleani g or b f unpl g ed is cord e w p th Ensure Abnormal Normal F1.7-F1.9, f=28.0-33.6 mm t h e p r o .j c 16:10 Tchaebinwtsolpr amied Signal Input (Normal Mode) o iu v ds nb A ge p fl t z a rh , c . Temperature The on-screen internal This to on turn the candmgethfinsothecabin. function allows youRed warning on or off. Off temperature is messages Do n t use volati e g nts uch as in ect d s on (Standby) indicator abnormally high. t h e p r o j. c Selectable items Description Do n t a ch rub e o plastic em to h pr jecOn All On-screen Displays are displayed. tor f l ng periods. Offy ciatmsnehflopg T INPUT/VOLUME/AV MUTE/FREEZE/ AUTO SYNC/MAGNIFY/ “An The invalid lamp does . rotcej p ht fo hsin f ro ytilauq eht o egam d suac 4 Setting the On-screen Display Mildetrgn button has been pressed.”not are not illuminate. displayed. Red on Green on Time to change Green blinks the lamp. when the lamp is warming up Lamp 5 : indicator Picturesiz(dag.)(in/cm) Selecting a Startup and L: Projecti n d sta ce(m/ft) L1: Minmu projectindstace(m/ft) Background Image L 2 : M a x i um p r o j e c t i n d s t a c e ( m / f t ) H: Distance from the l ns ce t r o he b t om f the imag (c /in) Red on The lamp does Mildetrgn Selectable items Description (Standby) not illuminate. aterdiluwh Logo SHARP default image Blue Blue screen None Black screen Green on/ Mode) The power 4:3 Signal Input (Normal Red on Power indicator blinks Red blinks indicator in red when the Green blinks projector is on. (Cooling) 6 Selecting the Menu Screen Position ax W Thiner Select “Menu Position” on the “SCR-ADJ” menu and the desired position for the menu screen. Cleaning the lens Menu operation Page 43 Possible solution cUoasmerilvy abeCause o w rcn ls clean- for lens ) cam r nd glas e (for pa e ing • Relocate the projector to an area ing the lens. Do not use any liqud air type cleanig intake with proper ventilation (see page • Blocked 8). t h e c o nfa i l m g w r y t h e a g s n , Thissurfaceothlns. projector is •equipped with a toreverse/invert Take the projector your nearest • Cooling break- that image function allows you toProjector reverseDealer or inSharp Authorized Astheaucroflnseaiygtdme, fan down or Service (see page 68) vertbecarfulnot scarpeohit el.ns the projected image for Center various applications. 7 Reversing/Inverting Projected Images • Internal circuit failure for repair. Selectable items • Clogged air intake • Clean theDescription exhaust and intake vents. (See(Projected page 56.)from the front Normal image Front of the screen) the power cord from • Disconnect • The lamp is shut Inverted image (Projected from the the AC outlet, and then connect it Ceiling + Front down abnormally. front of the screen with an inverted again. projector) Cleanig • Carefully replace the lamp. (See P aper image (Projected from the Rear page 62.) • Remaining lamp lifeReversed rear of thethe screen or with a mirror) • Take projector to your nearest becomes 5% or less. T h eo r f m u l a p i c t u r e s i z a n d p r o j e c t i n d s t a c e Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer Reversed and inverted image (ProCeiling + Rear [m/cm] or with Service Center (see page 68) jected a mirror) L1(m)=0.03755 L2(m)=0.04507 for repair. H(cm)=Ð0lamp .03209 Cleaning the exhaust and intake vents • Burnt-out • Please exercise care when [Feet/inches] • Lamp Use a vcircuit failure replacing the lamp. a c u m c l e a n r t o c l e a n d u s t f r o m tL h 1 e ex- Note (ft)=0.03755 /0.3048 •/0. Securely install the lamp unit cover. 3048 haustven dhintakev . L2(ft)=0.04507 H (in) = Ð0.0 3209 /2.54 • This function is used for the reversed image and • If the power indicator blinks even ceiling-mount • The filter cover, lamp setups. (See page 19.) when the covers are securely unit cover or lens installed, or if the cooling fan does housing cover is not run normally, then contact your open. nearest Sharp Authorized • Cooling fan breakProjector Dealer or Service Center down (see page 68) for advice. 8 Selecting the On-screen Display Language The projector can switch the on-screen display language among 17 languages. Info Selectable items Description Center Displayed on the center of the image. • If the temperature warning indicator illuminates and the projector enters the standby mode, check whether Upper Displayed on the upper right of the image. Wipeofdr tgenlywihasoftlneany coth. Right of the ventilation holes are blocked (see page 8) and then try turning the power back on. Wait until the Lower Displayed on the lower right of the image. When t dirt s projector hard to remv, soak cloth in a Right has cooledon down completely Upper Displayed the upper left of thebefore image.plugging in the power cord and turning the power back on. mild detrgn (At dilute with ,atwer wring the cloth Left least 10 minutes.) Lower Left Displayed on the lower left of the image. T h eo r f m u l a p i c t u r e s i z a n d p r o j e c t i n d s t a c e : Picture siz (d ag.) (in/cm) w e l a n d t h w i p e r o j. c t •Projectindstace(m/ft) If the power is turned off for a brief moment due to power outage [m/cm] or some other cause while using the L1: Strong cleanigMinmu proprojector, j d ee t c t r i g n n s d s t a c e y ( m m / a f t ) d i s , c o l r a w p o r (m)=0.0the 4251 and the power supply recovers immediately after L1 that, lamp indicator will illuminate in red L2(m)=0.05102 L 2 : d a m g e t h c o a i n g t h M e a M a x p k i r o s u m j. u c p r t o j e c t i n d s t a c e ( m / f t ) and the lamp may not be lit. In this case, unplug the power cord from the AC outlet, replace the power H: Distance from the l ns ce t r o he b t om f the imag (c /in) H(cm)=Ð0.03633 tes on a sml, incospcord u are on the proj c[Feet/inches] in the AC outlet and then turn the power on again. /0.3048 L1(ft)=0.04251 • torbef us. The cooling fan keeps the internal temperature of the projector constant this function is controlled L2(ft)=0.0 5102 /0.and 3048 H(in)= Ð0.03633 /2.54 L: automatically. The sound of the cooling fan may change during operation because the fan speed may change and this is not a malfunction. Info Note • A l w o a m r g i n f e o t h a l u ve i n d a r g m s . e v b o • W h e n t d i s a c f r o m t h e l n s r o t h e b m f i a g e [ H ] s n , t h u m bi v rd c a e s t h a e b o m f t h e i a g s b w l ot h e n .c r • p aSge 18 apbroi[umjHte]hgc.dflsnL -20 -50 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -56 -60 Downloaded •dpuroejnitvcs-ga helntoaw uy If p r e s o u y n r ep a t i , o on the project or . edom y bdnats o i r tcejo p ht up dna lort c After h co ling a f h s top ed, unpl g the w pe or c d f r o m t h e C A s ko c a n d l e t h v e n t. s ¥ The air filters should be clean d ev ry 100 when oft m r il s he C an u . of h rs t ph re o j c ui d s a n m y lk tion. STANDBY/ON STANDBY on the remot 5 5 3 4 Auto Keystone Correction Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer Model XGC 455W/ P GC 355W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — “Signal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output terminal, usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not100" affectscreen •Video Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12–170 MHz –audio-visual Display devices 0. 7 4" LCD panel ◊ 3 all Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens Projection distance for size thefrom projector. Main Menu • Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15–110 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1 Wideo z om lens ( × 1. 5 1. — 9 ) ANC 12MZ 10’ 5" 13’ — 1" 3 ( 2 . m 4. — 0 m) Resolution WXGA 1 ( 280 ◊ 800) Enter the same keycode in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 0Hz 0 Phase Auto Restart -150on +150after Clock SIG-ADJ 2 Vertical Frequency: 43–85 unit compartment. the •are Compatible sync on.8green device to be turned allsecuring connections made. Teleoz om lens ( × 2.Fasten 2—2. ) On AN-C18MZ 15’ 7"with —19’ 10"you (4 m—6.set 0 m)signal Maintenance •8 See “Mthe aintenance 59from 1 Lens F1. 7. —1. 9 When the image is projected either top image. or Used to automatically adjust afrom computer This function allows to the the audio output firm”. 0*4equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System Phase Sound Fnumber On 3 When connecting video with atoIndicators” DVI output terminal Page 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Teleo z om lens ( × 3. 3 — 5. 1 ) ANC 27MZ 23’ 2" — 35’ 8" ( 7 . 1 m — 10. 9 m)angle, indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 3 4 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zoom Manual, ◊ 1.2(f=allows 28.0—33. 6mm) H-Pos standards. -150 +150 that are not leSctabims This function Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO Teleoz Reset omVESA lens ( × 5.1—7. 2)On AN-C41MZ 36’2"—50’ 10"you (11.to 0Descripton minitialize —15.5m) the settings 5 blinks in red. *5 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Monitor Out Manual 4 Enable 2 On utoSyncadjustmenwilocurwhen the projector. 6 Resolution you have made Horizontal Frequency Frequency AnalogA in RGB Digital RGB Video Equipment Note *5• The Mode Resolution VESAKeystone Correction. Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The projector be the keylock is set. Vertical(Hz) 53 LAN/RS232C Enable 5 3 7 ing trapezoidalSupport distortion is called amplifier. Reset Support the proj ct is ur ned o r when t (kHz) D VID C ( ompatible with HDCP) Input terminals ◊ 1 Menu Position Type Center Auto RS-232C 6 9600bps 4 8 Signal The standard zoom lens is attached to the projector. turned on or put into the If the keylock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 i n p u t s g a l r w e i t s c h d , e n To 5 cancel the keycode that you have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard 7 Normal 31.5 Selectable items Description 9 Fan Component ◊ 2 70 640Computer/ × 350 standby mode using the The optional lenses from Sharp are also available specialized application. Please see Language Video System c o n e t d o a c m p. u t e r Resolution English Auto System Lock 8 Disable 37.9 85 0 set A enotsy i-crKC otuV for 6 ready On The audio signal is output from the internal Note (miniD-on sub15 pin) 27.0 60 All reset STANDBY/ON button q audiooutputterminals Page 47 To Of A utoSyncadjustmen i otaumi- all the lenses. (Refer to the your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector on 31.5 in stepsDealer70for details • Press " on the projector forDIN four times 640 400 speaker. S-× Video (mini ◊ 1 Set “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot “SCR-ADJ” screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync On 4pin) 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 calypoerfmd. sure 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be to have service 7 Off The audio signal is not output frompersonthe 60 Supplied 27.0 HTimer 60.3 × 47350 kHz V 0]h Off[37.8 Hz buttons 720 Page (Life) [ (R/CA) 0] min ( 100%) Video menu to “On”. ◊ 1 • “ S IG-ADJ” menu w Lamp 70 31.5 RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal type setting. 47 internal speaker. When the System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional Replace the lamp ToAUDIOinputterminal 60 accessory *6unit cover. 27.0 VGA Signal Type Auto 31, 32 ToDVI-Pages D A× udio (¿3the .5mm stereominijack) ◊ 2 component input 70 Resolution 31.5 720signals 400 f ( or COMPUTER/ C OMPONENT 2, DVID ) • When System Lock is set, keycode input screen RGB • Align thePage lamp47unitcoverand slide itto SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER inputterminal SEL./ADJ. ENTER 85 37.9 n o i t c e r C s y K l a u M • “ S CR-ADJ” menu Component N o t e (COMPUTER/ Apower udio(RCA) appears after thetighten isthe turned on. When it ap◊ 2 END END 50 (L/R) RETURN RETURN 26.2 END RETURN close. Then user service 60 Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start31.5 projection. Adjust the focus and zoom ¿3.5mmstereominijack cable *7omponent Computer/ C Output terminals ◊ 1 70 34.7 • to Auto “Auto Sync adjusRCA tmen is also perfo med audio by V-Keystone” Set on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic Range Auto 640 × 480 screwtosecure thelampComputer unitcover. 72 • “PRJ-ADJ” menu 37.9 (commerciallyavailable) Standard m ( ini Ds ub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 p r e s i n g AUTO SYNC on the project or on (Normal 75 37.5 menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43.3(254 cm) screen Adjust the16:10 projected image size ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) 85 with RGB input signals A udio(¿3.5 ◊ 1 (variable audio output) t h e r m o c n t l . DVIDigitalcable (User commercially available) press or to parallelize the left and right sides *8 mmstereominijack) 50 31.3 service screw Video System image into output from the AUDIO output • Bring •56 theLock projected Adjust the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the – Auto – –focus – 35.2by System System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To DVIoutput terminal •timseo athe kdyjSumsntceoATh lamp IfScreen the optimum image obtained of projected image with the slide bar. To (RJ-45)bePAL Control and ◊ 1 PageLAN 48cannot 60 (for unit cover) 37.9with Auto terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. zoom knob. SECAM Description Selectable items COMPONENT 1, 800 2, DVI-D). 70 to complet, dep n i g on the image of the 46.6 × lamp 600 unitcover SVGA • If the lamp unit and are not ToCOMPUTER/ ◊ 1 NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob select “HSync adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, Toaudio output terminal USB T ( p y e B) communication 72 48.1 UME. The projector automatically enters the On N o t e NTSC3.58 Wide-zomlns(ANC1and 2M Z) power Toand AUDIOinput terminal 75 46.9 Picture too bright • Image set. 45 c o m p u t e r n c d t o h e p r .j c t o correctly installed, the will not turn COMPONENTare 1 incorrectly Keystone” press or . ToisRGB output terminal PAL-M RS2 32C DINinput 9adjustments pin) 85 Note 53.7 standby mode no signal leSctabims terminals Descr"Ð1 ipton (mini 10' 5when 3' 1 "(3 .2 mÐ4.0 m) isterminal ◊ 1 Selectable items Description PAL-N input whitish. 50 40.3 • F o r d e t a i l s o f t h e R s i z m o d , e s p a g e s 37 on, even if the power cord is connected to PAL-60 detected 15 minutes longer. Throwdistance1:for 1Remote .5 Ð1 .9 Clkoc • Select the input Adjusterv icalnos.e Wired ◊ 1 60 48.4 FAO Audio output that does not vary in signal type of theorvideo equipment. See page 47. Vertical Keystone tCorrection andthe 38. the Locking Buttons on Range 70 setting (“Standard” 56.5 768 XGAprojector. ouor black levels of× .5 the •Off Select the Dynamic “Eterminal, nhanced” ) 48 The Auto Power function will be Off Phase •The Adjust horizntal ose(1024 imlarto Operation Signal Info moutput (¿3 mmconnected stereo minijack) (Fixed strength with the volume the o in level While the projector is to60.0 video equipment that hasAudio an HDMI theofvideo 75 o m only Z • Y preaslocnu Projector cr oe nm - t h image show disabled. banding or that results quality. You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 in the best picture Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time t r a k c i n g o V C R u y ) . the Output) source projector. Speakers 260W(Mono) signal can be1280 input toStandrzomles the projector.45.0 (Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) × 720 trol se hrizmode.(S pag when when DVIosH-P appear Centrshon-cre imag1280 yb and the remaining lamp life (percentage). *4 Item inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/ 1HDMI or60 2 to 47.8 37.) COMPONENT × to 768 VAO Audio output varies in strength with Use thisfaded function lock 4 the operation but• Depending on specifications of video equipment or cable, thethat signal transmission Projection lamp 275 W DVI digital 60 12' 1 Ð " 4' 9 3 ( " 8 . 4 Ð m 5 . ) m 49.7 × 800 WXGA *5Item when COMPUTER/ COMPONENT1 or 2 mvoingt helftor i1280 gh . D is inputting selected. (Variable the volume level of the source projector. This function allows you to select the input sig75 62.8 tons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification does not support all connections to video equipment 1: e c n a t s i d w o r h T 1 8 . 2 Ð 1 . LampOutput) usage condition Remaining lamp life *6 ItemNote when selecting COMPUTER/ COMPONENT1, 2orDVI-D voltage AC60 100 —240 V 47.7 × 768 os-P V Rated Centrshon-cre imag1360 yb fan Audio The cooling • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 digital cable.) 47.8using HDMI to DVI 1366 × 768 *7Item when DVID output terminal that hasselecting HDMI digital “Life” 100% 5% mvoingtupordwn. Operation Rated frequency 50/ 60 60Hz 55.0 the Buttons fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8Item when selecting VIDEO orS-Vfunction IDEO •Locking When the Auto Power is66.2 set to “On”, 70 information on DVI connection provided 1152 × 864Off Forbecomes details onnoisy. compatibility for connection, see support by the33 Operated exclusively Input current 75 3. 6 A 67.5 SXGA Hold down E N T R on the projector for about 5 sec1 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 8M ) Z Reset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horizontal Keystone Correction Approx. Approx.59 The lamp does not× manufacturer. light • The lamp indicator in red. 5 minutes before the projector enters the is illuminating video equipment 60 64.0 1280projected 1024 leSctabims m) whileW“E You can move the image vertically. 15' 7"Ð1 9' 1lamp. 0"(4.8mÐ6.0 onds while the projector is) being turned on. 75 80.0 Postandby w er (SINPUT tandby 360 (3co+Quiet .4W)withMode” AC1003,000 V Descripton hours “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 150first hours up even after the Replace the N o tSelect e consumption mode, the message “Enter STANDBY the mode • When “Audio Out” has been set to “VAO”, make 60 64.0 A isuto “On”. Input sig al re utoma ic l y re ogThrowdistance1:2RGB .2cable Ð2 .8 1400 × 1050 SXGA+ Info 345 W 4 ( 4 . W) with AC 240 V 60 65.3 projector turns on. mode in X min.” will appear on the screen to sure to lower the volume of the projector before On-screen Display n i z e d a s R G B o r c m p n e t . When connecting video equipment with component video output terminal • To a n d Ò R e s t Ó l c , i t e m s a d j u n l r e s t 60 75.0 1600 × 1200 UXGA Operated exclusively Main Menu Menu Select the “COMPUTER 1” using the Sub INPUT buttons on the projector or the COMPUTER onwhen the remote control. Approx. Operation temperature 67 41 ∞ Fto 95 ∞ Fthe (+5 ∞SetwhnRGBsigal re civd. Cto+3on 51or ∞button C)Approx. 34.9 640 × turns 480 13" indicate the remaining minutes. The lamp suddenly turning power off and switching the RGB while • MAC sure toResize reset the lamp timer only “Eco+Quiet Mode”below presMake 75 832 × 624 MAC 16" ENTER. SCR-ADJ Keylock functionNormal ON 49.7 (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown is for the former.) 2,000 hours 100 hours 2 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 7M ) Z 75 60.2 1024 × 768 MAC 19" Cabinet C o m p n e t Plastic off during projection. S e t w h n C o m p e t s i g n a l r e input. Full when replacing the lamp. If o y u reset the " " INPUT list On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the remote 49 is “ O ff” . •Page TMAC he adjustleb arnge of oÒsHÓ-P o(sHi-tP n) 49 1152 × 870 21" Dot By.5 Dot socket 23' 2"Ð3 5'75 827 "(7AC .1mÐ1 0.9recivd. m) 1 * the mm68.7 stereoor monoaudio cable projector lampimage timer and continue tonot Dimensions (main body onlydoes )[W control ◊ ¿3Zoom H same ◊ the D] available / 32 4" projector ◊ 11 / 64 " or 12 Area The sometimes •use Cables incorrectly to" ◊ the the connected 23-29 • The function affect operation INPUT (commercially orconnected available service partQCNWGA038WJPZ) andosÓ-Pitn)ÒV( yma arv y depnig keylock COMPUTER1 Throwdistance1:3.3 Ð5.1 asSharp V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, this maycause thelamp toEquipment become Video button 3 ( 26 ◊ 101. 5 ◊ 279. 5 mm) flickers. equipment Stretchbutton works improperly. with the remote control buttons. RGB o n t h e s c r o l u t i n f h e c o. m p u t r Page 49 COMPUTER1 1024 × 768 Note oruse ex.) H-Keystone plode. •function If this happens replace 62 W damaged eight (aitems pprox 10. 8lbs.(4the .9kg)lamp. •Selectable You cannot the keylock while the frequently, pro-60 +60Description * •When using the ø 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level will be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 4 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 1M ) Z • You can also reset the lamp timer via the Page 49 N o t e be computers Thislamp may notcord be •able tolamp display fromneed notebook jector isprojector warming up. will eventually to changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 The takes apower long If the isThe unplugged fromimages the On 36' 2"Ð50'and 10" (11.0 mÐ1display 5.5m) data LAN.timeShould V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D Computer mode. this occur, onthe theend notebook computer output the to turn on. The lamp has reached ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. outlet or the terminal breaker switch is turned off DVI-D It is that the lamp be changed Toaudio output • y T s e h t o n K C r c i a n b e d j u s t p o Throwdistance1: .1Ð7the .2your As aRT part ofKeylock policy continuous improvement, SHARP right to make designs Page 49 of Taking the off (Refer to theSETUP MANUAL on the in “CNote only” mode. onissuphow to change display modes canreserves be5 found in notebook computer’ when theDetails projector on, then the lamp life becomes 5%. When to remaining “Enable”, theappears. function is activated To component video output terminal 1 ± yletamixorp fo elgna when 2set otuAÒ htiw sergd the Picture is dark. On Auto V-Keystone •input When you press the 5INPUT buttons on the projector, the INPUT list operation manual. and specification changes for product improvement without prior notice. The performance Hold down RETN the on the projector for about seconds. plied CDROM for details. ) Ordinarily, type of signal is detected and the Off turns on when projector automatically • Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page 49 and power is consumed even in the standby mode. See page “Computer Compatibility Chart” for aTocontrol list computer compatible with projector. -press V signals, eK aprxoimtelyf ng a to up and ystoeÓ pointing COMPUTER/ Cwhile OMPONENT 1 signals ’ •/"" Operate Press to select an item on format the list,ofand ENTER to the selected INPUT mode. Lamp indicator •• When this 65 projector 640 × selected. 350 VESA VGA “640toitunits. ×switch appears on the screen. To AUDIO Theresolution remote control the remote at400” the projector’ sthe 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production There may be some correct mode isreceives automatically Howof the values shown depending on the frequency the power cord is plugged into those the AC OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO to“Dis± 5 0 d e g r e s w i t h - e Òy K Vs t o n e Ó a n d a p r o x i • When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with S “ ignal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, signals, optimal resolution mode Page or 50the N o t e tosome outlet the may breaker switch is turned on.inunits. deviations from values innot individual at when which co+Quiet Mode” isThis switched tonearest “Opower n” STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh be required for use with computers. Contact your A “ uto” or R “ adaptor GB”,these the image may be projected as some desired. IndegrswyitÒhHo-nKeÓ. away this case, use Video or S-Video. able” it“Eis not connected. reduces switch INPUT mode. mately±3Macintosh 0 Connect the power cord. •the The remote control may be too far from theeither projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 Throw 5. Distance 1 Auto Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 1 Power Off Function 5 Audio Output Type Setting Keylock Function 4 Signal Type Setting Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 Adjusting the Image Position Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Resolution Setting 1 The projector doesmenu not turn auto-to be Off “Resolution” on the “SIG-ADJ” may 10 20 onneed 30consumption 40 50in resolution” 55(ft) and “Off”. (See page 46.) Macintosh Dealer. Page 34 ••Depending on the computer be faithful to theon S “ creen Blue are using, the output signal T h i s f u n c t i o n o n l y •wo r k s i n Plug s o m e R E S I Z E the the projector is the standby •fluorescent de-imstalhgcnorW may not when Page 50 cord • display Ifyou direct sunlight or a strong light is shining the power into the ACsocket matically when the power cord is ENTER button None selected to match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’ s m o d ( e . S s p a g 37 a n d 38. ) mode. • When of the projector isinto in the standby mode, you tOof-nKÓriaVd.,utsÒoeA D-subcable 3RCA(Ccan omponent) to15pyseÒin projector’ s remote control sensor, place the projector where it the projector. plugged AC outlet or ageto“F5” condition. mended that thePosition resolution beCenter set to on. thethe one that corresponds “ 1280 × 800” . " button when using a Menu external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys simultaneously o ( ptional: ANC 3CP2) • To r e s t h i f u n c o , s e l Ò 0 t Ó . Tuthe rn keylock the off will not light.items release by holding down ENTR be affected andby strong Selectable Description Upper Right breaker switch is turned on. PagePower 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right Enableor inserted Theincorrectly. function is activated even if the Note NO/YBDA TS enable on the projector simultaneously forbe depleted MENU button Upper Left • The batteries may Make 15 your computer’ s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put thestandby projectormode. into standby mode. Lower Left the lamp projector is in about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • Ò p C a h o k I g e t n i S c u l Ó 48 o r f 3 ¿ 5 . mm minijack to RCA audio cable c ( ommercially available) 3Signal " On-screen Setting the Confirmation Horizontal Frequency (kHz) Vertical (Hz)Disable DVI The Support Display function is switched off when the Front down PRJ Mode • While simultaneously holding " Frequency , Ceiling + Front dinputsg-480 60 15.7 On the projector On theaprojector, remote control Page 50 projector is standby mode. Thisinformat hecurntlysec480P projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance could bein adversely affected by ENTER and MENU on the Rear Info Sound) 60 31.5 nal. Sound (System Ceiling + Rear 60 33.8 540Ppress STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock be set while the projector is: dis50 15.6 576Notecannot English polski keepthe allLanguage four buttons pressed down until after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar 50 31.3 576P playing M “ enu” screens, in standby mode, Description Selectable items Page 50 Español Türwith kçe • When you connect 37.5 video equipment a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a 50 720Pthe lamp starts blinking green. Note Nederlands up,Aindicator changing signals, confirmation sound is madeoperating when the Onwarming 60 45.0 input 720P Franç ais fits in the projector commercially available cable that terminal you want to connect. 50 28.1 1080 Italiano projector turns “Auto Sync” function or onon/off. the “System Lock” • When you want to control the projector using •• The projector does 33.8 not support RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska 1080 • LAMP 0000H is display ed,cord indicating Even if you unplug the power from the60 AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. No confirmation Off screen warming Portuguêis s made. 50 56.3 up.sound 1080P during the LAN/RS232C function, select “Enable”. thatthelamptimer 60 67.5isreset. 1080P Page 30 7. Useful Features 2 6 Monitor Output 7 LAN/RS232C 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of m Disposal of these materials may be regulated due to environmental considerat Problem Check Page the El disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities, Menu operation Page The following shows the items that can be set in the projector. • Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organization www.lamprec “Projecter adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu KEYSTONE Picture SIG SCR PRJ Net. ' " Press or and select or Sharp at 1-800-BE-SHARP. Pict. SIG SCR PRJ U.S.A. ÑONLY • Power Network to the externalbutton connected devices is off. MOUSE/Adjustment Picture Mode Standard Changing thePassword 4 7Setting/Changing the keycode 8 Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Dynamic Checking the Input Signal Main Menu Sub Menu Range Selecting the Transmisladiozep rT gn tc C 5 “Bright” tothe adjust. Disable Pasword Note 3 Contrast • The selected input mode is wrong. On buttons ( '/"/\/|) 0 34 “Picture” menu •sion Theselected itemishighlighted.(RS-232C) Speed 0 Bright noitrsAn D Selectable picture not be displayed a This allows you to check the current inPageoptimum 51 Page 51 may Description items •Lamp The AV MUTEif function working. Caution Concerning Replacement aSelect level soastoview aclearerpicture. | . 1• Setisfunction “Password”, then press34 AutoPowerOff PRJ-ADJ DHCPlient Off Of 1 0 Color Auto Restartto displays On Sub Menu Main Menu DVI-D-capable device’ output signal type and the put signal information. 3DSee Useful relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, press ÒReplacing thethe LampÓ on page 61 . incorrectly Tint Make sure to set “DNR” to0the “Off” in projector. the apMake sure both projector and computer Off • Cables connected to the rear panel ofthen the 23-29 TCP/I that Page • The screen for entering password 51 Picture V-Keystone Picture Auto Correction Progressive imagessignal suchMode as drama andtype documentary projector’ s input doStandard not match. If this Sharp or |. 0 ENTER RETURN button Presentation arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On pears. • Remote control batteries have run out. 15 Page 45 “Dynamic clearly. Red 0 Movie should switch Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected either from the top Off Page 51 Game This SHARPUseful projector uses an*1LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) • Whentheimage panel. isBlue blurry. This very sophisticated panel contains 0 notebook computer. 2D to display fast-moving images such • External output has not been set when connecting 23 Selectable items or from towards screen at an angle, sRGB Contrast -30 the +30Description Speaker OnFilm MACdres RGB) X: Selectable itemsthe(xbottom Description pixels TFTÕ sfilms. (Thin Transistors). As with any high technology electronic equipment such CLR Temp 7500K • WhenSelect the contours and colors of moving im- press Progressive as sports and action Off “Next”, then ENTER. the image becomes distorted trapezoidally. Page 51 9600 bps Bright -30 +30 speed is slow. 60 cover, lamp unit cover or password lamp housing cover is notthe equip Progressive Progressive TVs,When video systems andfilter video cameras, there certain acceptable tolerances that A screen uto theblackTransmission levels ofsound theimage• showThe Enter the in 3D“Old PassNo picture and no agesare drag. *2 The functionto. correcting trapezoidal distortion Project forAudio FAO • The screen appears. Out XColor +30 theitem Film Modefor entering the keycode Auto installed correctly. conform Standard banding orappear-30 faded, select or projector does not start. 38400 bps VAO ' " | \ word” using , , and , then • When"On-screen TVbroadcastsDNR withweakDisplay signalsarepro-(Keystone Correction isThis calledunit Keystone Correction. *2 mode) Pagesome 51-30inactive Off Tint +30 quality.(Inpixels within acceptable tolerances has which may result inactive Enhanced To that resultsinthe thebestpicture • If the connected DVI digital equipment is turned on in before 24 thedots on adjust proThis projector is with an “Auto V-Key-quality Monitorequipped Out Transmission Enable Off jected. MNR *2 115200 bpsThis press ENTER . speed is rapid. Sharp -30 +30 screen. will not affect the picture or the life expectancy of the unit. H&V KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 Note mostPage circumstances, Off ÒDDisable VI-DÓ input on the4Mode projector, the image may 51 Standard Press the buttons on the remote stone Correction” function thatshould automatically cor-mode is selected Eco+Quiet Red -30 +30 jected image while be selected.) ADJUST END Resetnot be displayed at all. Ensure Enable LAN/RS232Cor noisy, rects trapezoidal distortion within proprojected properlycontrol or may • Whenany the image isSEL./ADJ blurred switch to not ENTR bethe or on the projector to enter Disable Blue Page 51-30 +30 Info SEL./ADJ. ENTER ¤ END automatically RETUN The jected image. correction is¤ made the appropriate mode has been selected onPassthe • the Microsoft andWindows arethat registered trademarks ofMicrosoftCorporationinput intheUnited States and/or optimal mode. watching it TESTPATTERN RESET Enter the password in “New Page 45 END Code”. RETURN the preset keycode in “Old Note 9600 bps RS-232C provided the vertical incline or decline is within • This function is available for all signals with projector before you turn on the connected equipment. 38400bps • other When using progressive inputs, inputs are dicountries. Page 52 ' " | \ , , for and , then word” usingthe keycode CLR Temp 5500K setting the first time, ±12 degrees. 115200 bps Note Refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” VIDEO•orWhen S-VIDEO. Itemsobadju to the rear panel of the projector. 6500K contained rectly soENTER that 2D Progressive and • Business Cables connected 23-29 isdisplayed aregistered trademark ofInternational Machinesincorrectly Corporationon intheUnitedStates. Page 45 1•• PC/AT Setting a Password Press . 7500K press " on the projector for four times. press ENTER . Normal Fan Mode Vertical Keystone Correction the supplied CD-ROM Specifica• This function is available for 480 I, 480P, 576 I ¤ cannot ¤ onlywhen for RS-232C The Dynamic Range canbeselected 8500K 3D Progressive bePage selected. •• Adobe Reader atrademark of•Adobe Systems Incorporated. ÒBHigh rightÓ is set to minimum position. 45 • Theand selected item (e.g.is52 Bright) is dis9300K –ADJ Pict. SIGwith Net. (Adjustment 'SCR / or" ) PRJ PRJ-ADJ tions Command Settings. and576Psignals with COMPUTER1/2 DVI. If•you do not others to change the setting DVI-D input mode is selected. Note ¤ want 10500K System Lock OldCode Macintosh isaregistered trademark of Computer,Inc.intheUnited Statesand/orothercountries. you played itself at the bottom of*3operation the •Apple Depending are using, an0 image may Ñ not Clock the Lock Refer to bythe computer’s manualon forthe computer Setting Code for•• When the “Network” menu, set aNewReconfirm password. Pages 52 and 53 Progressive 3D Progressive Enter theSystem same password in is not using the Auto V-Keystone Cor• PJLink is a registered trademark or an application trademark in Japan, the United States and/or other screen. be projected unless the signal output setting computer Phase 0of the again 2D Progressive instructions for setting the computer’s baud rate. Page 46 the 5 countries/regions. Selecting Film Mode H-Pos 0 – – – – rection function, set “ A uto V-Keystone” on Old Code switched to the external output. Refer to the computerÕ s ' or *3 " , the following • When pressingAllReset ' , " , | (MNR) and \ , using 7 “Reconfirm” Mosquito Noise Reduction V-Pos New Code 0 Film Mode but no Auto – – – – a“Sitem Password Sound is after heard 6•Setting Setting the System PageBright) 53are the CR-ADJ” menu toVideo ff”.oroperation manual for howthen to switch its signal output settings. (Red will be“O disOff All other company orproduct names trademarks registered trademarks of their respective compapress ENTER . This function provides high-quality playback of Reset – – – – Page Reconfirm picture Lampappears. Timer (Life) 46 The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be played. images originally projected at 24factory fps, such as nies. DNR Offis Pagesystem 53 Setting The video input mode preset 9 Press ENTER. Fan Mode Level 1 reduced. Manual Keystone Correction • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 Page46 movies on DVDs. Level 2 from to “Auto”; however, a clear picture the |conSelect “Password”, then press . Level 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable items TheitemNote Description displayedbyitself nected audio-visual not be re• The screen forequipment entering themay password apNote Selectable items Description Authorized representative responsible the European Union Community Market MNR Off Note “Network” menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function has acti-for • Video input system isOff incorrectly set. 48 MNRdoes notfunction. Level 1 been ceived, depending on the Video signal difference. Auto Films aredetected automatically. pears. Picture Selectable items Page 46 Description • If2, you input a the wrong keycode, the cursor Level Press youENTER again to(COMPUTER/COMPONENT return to the2 vated, or •when want to make corrections without Level 1-3 Sets the MNR level for viewing a 1, DVI-D only) • If you do not need password protection for Off Films are not detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. Level 3 SHARP ELECTRONICS (Europe) GmbH Bright to the first point 0 of the “Old Code”. Normal Suitable forCorrection normal environments. Main the MenuAuto returns using V-Keystone function, you type (RGB/Component) previous screen. Network clearer picture. •using Input signal is incorrectly 47 the “ N etwork” menu settings anymore, press E.U. ONLY SEL./ADJ. Rtn. set. Menu Eco+Quiet Mode On Sonninstra§ e 3, D-20097 Hamburg High Select this when the projector at Old Password Network Password • The preset keycode is 4 "END buttons on the can makeSetting corrections manually using Off the following Selectable the Password Rtn. Menu Color is faded oritems poor. New Password Page ENTER without entering in steps altitudes 1,500 meters Page46 54 of approximately Page54 projector. When you new presspassword the " button four procedure. Reconfirm Auto Reset Horizontal Keystone Correction Info 3 and 4. • Adjust the focus. 33 (4,900 feet) or more. Note PAL Old – – – – Password times, the keycord input screen disappears. Client On Page 45 SIG SCR/ |) PRJ Net. (Adjustment with \ \DHCP | to adjust Press New or the item – oexceeds cancel the password settings, Password •• TThis function isPicture available all signals with press RETURN. Off– – – • The projection theforfocus range. 19 When “Fan SECAM Mode” is55set the fan rotation distance Page • When Press using progressive inputs, Filmto Mode“High”, Picture Mode Standard – – – – Reconfirm K E Y S T O N on the remote *1 selected. VIDEOorS-VIDEO.Contrast *1speeds Itemwhen inputting RGB*NTSC4.43 signal through 1,There 2IPorDVI-D TCP/IP Address louder. and the COMPUTER/COMPONENT fan noise•becomes 0 is fog on the lens. If the projector is carried from Ñ a cold cannot beup, selected. Subnet Mask •inputting Theadjustment isPage stored. *2Itemswhencontrol Component signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1or2,orCorrecwhenselectingVIDEOor • ThisPress function isBright available I, 480P, 576 I todoes enter Keystone 55 the NTSC3.58 the for 4 480 buttons1 5on the remote Gateway •S-VIDEO The Film Modefunction not work when *2 room into a warm room, or if it is suddenly heated, Ifyou forget thewith password 0 orDVI. Color andon 576P signals COMPUTER1/2 P AL-MMAC Address tion mode. condensation may form the surface of the lens and the control or on the projector to enter 2D Progressive is selected in Progressive *3Progressive andFlimMode can adjusted when I,576 1035 Tint I orthe 1080 password, I signalisinput.perform 0 ' bePage "55onlyuse orLock to480KEYSTONE set the firstondigit in AL-N If youI,forget the following 0Mode.Press Function *2 image will •System You Pcan also the become blurred. Please set up the at least Projector Sharp keycode 0projector the new in “New Code”. P AL -60 | “New Password”, then press . procedure to delete it, then set a new password. projector. one hour before it is to be used. If condensation should form, Red 0 Page55 8 from This function prevents unauthorized the Eco+Quiet Mode Picture blurred; Blue wall outlet 0 Setting * When reproducing NTSCis signals in PAL video removeuse theofpower cord the and wait for it to Ontheprojector,pressCLR Temp projector. this function clear. is activated, users 7500K noise appears. *16 Adjustable onlywhenOnce DHCPClient issettoOff equipment. Note Reducing Image Noise (DNR) Progressive Enter remaining 3 digits, then 3D Progressive Press ' or "keycode to parallelize must enter thethe correct each timethe the pro*2Displayonly Mode use the following Auto buttons for (Computer Input only) Selectable• You Film cannot Fan press ENTER . jector is turned on. We suggest you record the and right sides, orprovides press Videoleft digital noise reduction (DNR) high Adjustments. Lamplife47 Brightness Off STANDBY, DNR • Perform S Ò IG-ADJÓ (Ò C lockÓ Adjustment) keycode: STANDBY/ON, ON, Sound items Press MENU .previous • To to the digit, press \ cross . keycode in| a safe place where only authoOff Note Note MNR quality images with minimal crawl and \ orreturn to parallelize the upper 47 • dot Perform ÒSIG-ADJÓ Adjustments. (Ò P haseÓ Adjustment) ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, Off Eco+Quiet Mode •users Themenuscreen willdisappear. rized access. color noise. • TheVideo signal canhave only be set inVIDEO orof•the MENU, ECO+QUIET and BREAK TIMER Noise may appear depending on the computer. Ñ the On Approx. 80% Approx. Low and lower sides projected Reset • If ENTER is held down for more than 5 seconds, S-VIDEO mode. the same password • System lock function recognizes each 3,000 SEL./ADJ. ENTER Selectable items Description Enter Note • Cablesinincorrectly connected to the panel the projector. 23-29 operation buttons onrear the projector willof be locked. (See image. ENDor hours VideoSystemisset Auto, may RETURN button on the remote control on the Off• WhenInfo DNRtodoes notyou function. page 53.) • You can also adjust the Keystone Cor“Reconfirm”, then press ENTER . • Volume is set to minimum. 34 RETURN return default setnot receive a clear picture due to signal differprojector individual button, even if Off• Press 100%as anto Approx. Normal to the Level Sets the DNRlevel. • ences. If1—3 you lose or forget 'video "keycode, \/| |contact rection using /" buttons You ting. cannot useto thethe buttons onbutton the remote control to the •and When the is •connected an external device • Should The status forthe “P assword” changes toprojector “Eyour nthis occur, switch toyour the 2,000 they share same name. Ifand you the projector. nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer Serdelete the password. volume is or set to minimum, the sound is the not output even if you able” . signal. hours system ofon thesource used the buttons on the projector in may set• Straight lines or edges of images vice Even ifup thethe product NoteCenter (see page 68). turn volume of the external device. ting your keycode, the keycode cannot appear jagged while adjusting the image. warranty appears is valid, thebut keycode reset will incur a Picture no be canceled with theCorrection remote control. ÒSpeakerÓ isBreak set ÒOffÓ. • MenuPress buttonsdonotfunction whiletheprojector theAutoSync, Timer,to FREEZE, 51 Manual Keystone can be • The EYSTON heard. .•isoperating Note Kis charge. sound Note orAV MUTE functions. adjusted up to an angle ofPRJ-ADJ approximately • The on-screen display of the Keystone • Once after the password youthe mustnecessary enter degrees vertically and approximately Correction mode will is disappear. Data image is not • set, Make adjustments each inon the the 47 • Y ou can±50 alsoSetting use ECO+QUIET remoteÒSIG-ADJÓ the of System Lock item the• password to change the “Network” ±30 degrees horizontally. centered. menu. You can also use KEYSTONE on menu the controlorontheprojectortoswitchtheEco+Quiet Old Code settings. * * * * resolution projector. Mode.(Seepageyou New 35.) • Depending on the computer areCode using, the output Ñ – – – – 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 3 2 5 4 3 – – –For – signal may be different from the Reconfirm one you have set. details, refer to the operation manual of the computer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded 5 5 34 q Auto Keystone Correction Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an “Auto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle Correction” any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects Page trapezoidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and the Computer M“Signal odel Adjustment 3 P / W 5 4 C G X An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — adjustment (SIG-ADJ)” menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horizontal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature This will not output affect terminal, •Video Multiple signal support MHz –audio-visual vices yd Dpla Lens 0.74" LCDpanel Pixel 3 all Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Projectindsaf10"changes. screniz Clock: 12–170 thefrom Main •projector. Presthlampunifr lytoheamp Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15–110 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 On Auto Power Off 1Menu Wide-zomlns( Enter × ) 9 — 5 . 1 Z M 2 1 C N A " 5 ' 0 1 " ' 3 1 — ) 0 4 — m 2 . 3 ( Resolutin 0 8 2 1 ( A G X W ) 0 8 the same keycode in “Re-con*4 Image Shift 0Hz 0 Auto Restart -150on Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency: 43–85 unit compar tsen.F theto scuring Phase •are Compatible with sync on green signal device be turned the connections omlens-z( Maintenance × 2.—8) +150after AN-C18MZall“Maintenance 15'7"—19'0"(4.8m—60) Indicators”. • See 59from 1 2 3T firm”. Lens Page F1.7—9 Used When the imageallows is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer Thismade. function you to set the the audio output 0*4equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System Phase Sound umberFn video On When connecting with atoDVI output terminal 47 -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals s c . w r e T m o s n e l z ( × 3 . — 5 1 ) A N C 2 7 M Z 2 3 ' " — 3 5 ' 8 " ( 7 . 1 m — 0 9 ) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 3 4 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to “On” or “Off” such as Zom ual,Mn This 1.2(f=80—36m) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA Selectabims function scr ipt on allows you toDeinitialize the settings Reset Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO × 5.1—72) +150 *5 On AN-C41MZ 36'2"—50'1"(1.0m—5) 5T omlens(-z blinks in red. -150 comes distorted trapezoidally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display Resolution On 640 x 480 F ocus -60 +60VideoEqupmnt V-Pos Monitor Out ualMn you Enable 2 46 On have made Auin toSyncadjustmenwithe l oc ur when projector. Horiz■▼al Frequ■cy A■alog RGB Dig▼al RGB *5• The Mode 5 Note Resolu▼i■ VESA Background Auto Sync Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The projector cannot be the keylock is set. Ver▼ical Frequ■cy 53 LAN/RS232C Enable trapezoidalSupor▼ distortion is called Keystone Correction. amplifier. Reset (Hz) 1 ing Supor▼ the proj ct is ur ned o r when t (kHz) D ) P C D H h t i w e l b a p m o ( I V Inputermials 34 6 78 Menu Position Signal Type Center Auto RS-232C 9600bps The standard zoom lens is attached to the projector. turned on or put into the If the keylock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 i n p u t s g a l r w e i t s c h d , e n To 5 cancel the keycode that you have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan 79 Normal 31.5 Descr ip▼ o■ Computer/n × 350 the 2 70 Selc▼ab i▼ems 640 standby mode using The lenses from Sharp for application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 Disable 37.9 are also available 85 OAu noitcer specialized 6 optional ready set ■ ot V-Kenotsy Co T h e a u d i o s i g ■ a l i s o u ▼ p f r o m ▼ h e c o n e t d o a c m p. ui t■ e▼ re r a l Note (minD-sub15p) 0 6 0 . 7 2 All reset STANDBY/ON button on q nearest Sharp Page 47 Toauditpermnls Authorized Projector Dealer Of f AutoSyall ncadjustmen i otaumi- the lenses. (Refer to the your for details 31.5 • Press " on the projector for four times in steps 640 sp.eakr on S-Video(mnDIN4p) × 40 1 7085Set “Auto V-Keystone” on thecannot screen The following items or menu be initialized. Auto Sync On Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 calypoerfmd. ▼he sure 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be to have“SCR-ADJ” service person7 O f T h e a u d i o s i g ■ a l i s ■ o ▼ o u ▼ p f r o m Off37.8 Hz Supplied 60 27.0 60.3 × 47350 kHz buttons 720 (Life) Page LampHTimer [ 0] min ( 100%) Video(RCA) with[ / V 0]h to “On”. 1 • “SIG-ADJ” menu w 70menu 5 . 1 3 RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green • Change the input signal type setting. 47 When the System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional the lamp accessory i■▼er al s.peark ToAUDIOinputermal 60 *6unit cover. 27.0 GA V Replace Signal Type Auto Pages 31, 32 Resolution ToDVIA × k)udio(¿3.5msternjac is 2 component input signals 70 720 40 set, the keycode31.5 input screen ) I V D , 2 N / R E T U P M O C r o f ( • When System Lock RGB • Alignthe ampunitervcoadslie t o SEL./ADJ. SEL./ADJ. ENTER ENTER inputermal SEL./ADJ. ENTER37.9 85 Page 47 laun “SCR-ADJ” Co enotsy No noitcer t e menu Component (COMPUTER/ udio(RCA) appears after theA power is turned on.26. When it ap2(L/R) 50 Ma•Ke END END END RETURN c l o s e. T h e n t i g h t e n t h e u s e r RETURN s e r v i c e RETURN 60 Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). enter 1, the keycode to the start31.534.7 zoom projection. Adjust the focus and ¿3.5msteroinjackRCAudbl *7 Computer/nRange Outperminals pears, 1 70Set • Au to Sync adjustmen is also perfo med V-Keystone” by “Auto on the “SCR-ADJ” screen Dynamic 640 × 480 s c w r e t o u h l a m p. u n i et r v c o Computer Auto 72 (comerialyvb) • “PRJ-ADJ” menu Standard 37.9 ) p 5 1 b u s D n i m ( Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 p r e s i n g AUTO SYNC on the project or on (Normal 5 7 5 . 7 3 menu to “Off”. Select “V-Keystone”, and then Enhanced Input screen for keycode The graph below isimage for 100 with Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43. (254 cm) screen Adjust the16:10 projected image size ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) with RGB input signals A k)udio(¿3.5msternjac leaudiotp)rb1(v 8550press t h e r m o c n t l . DVIigtalcbe(omryv) \ | or to parallelize the left and right sides *8 . 1 3 User service screw Video System image into from the AUDIO output • Bring •56output theLock projected Adjust the projected image size(MONITOR by moving output) the – Auto – –focus – 35.2 by System System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To VIoutperminal D • the Thlamp Au e Sy to projected timseo akdyjumsntce isunit IfScreen image bePAL obtained with Auto of image with the slide bar. To Contrladthe optimum 1 60terminal PageLAN(RJ-45) 48cannot (for cover) 37.9 fixed or variable by linking with VOLthe focus ring. zoom knob. SECAM D e s c r i p ▼ o ■ Selc▼ab COMPONENT i▼ems rotating 1, 80 2,use DVI-D). 70 46. × 60 GA SV to complet, dep n i g on the image of the NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knob select “HSync the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, Toauditpermnl ) B e p y T ( B S U uO■ nicatom •notare vcuniltampd heIf adjustment, 1 2 7 / R E U P M O C o T 1 . 8 4 UME. au▼omicly e■▼rs ▼he Wide-zomlns(AN-C12MZNTSC3.58 t e is tooThe projec▼ bright ) ToAUDIOinputermal and press \ or | . 75 46.9 Picture and • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 c o m p u t e r n c d t o h e p r .j c t o coretly instaled, the wpro il not ur n No COMPNET1 ToRGButperminal 1 85Keystone” Note 53.7 s▼a■dby mode whe■ ■o i■pu▼ sig■al is RS-23C(minDIN9p) 10'5"Ð13'1De Seterminals lectabims "(3scripton .2PAL-M mÐ4.0m) Sel c▼ab i▼ems Descr ip▼ o■ PAL-N inputermal whitish. 50 40.3 • Fo r d e t a i l s o f t h e Re s e i z m o d , s e p a g s 37 e n o v i , f t h w p r c d i s o n e c t d PAL-60 de▼c orf 15 Ad mi■u▼es or justerv ilc.oa■lgenros.e WiredRmot signal Throwdistance1:1.5type Ð1.9 of the video Cl•koc Select the input 1 60 Vertical 48. OA F page 47. A udio ou▼p ▼ha does ■o▼ arvy i■ tCorrection equipment. See Keystone andthepro.jc XGA black 38. the Locking Buttons on Range 70 56. 768 ou or “Enhanced”) levels • Select the Dynamic setting (“Standard” 48 The u▼Ao ewor P Ad Of 1024 fu■c▼io Operation OPh f •ase The justwihlorizntal ose(imInfo larto be k)(¿3.5msteroinjac of× the Signal ▼re■gh wi▼h o▼he ovlume m elv output of ▼he in While the projector is connected to60. video equipment that has an HDMI terminal, the video 75 (Feidx udAio m only Zso • Y p r e a s l o c n u RESIZE c r o e n m t h image show banding or that results in the best picture quality. can confirm the cumulative 85You 68.7 48 Zoo lamp usage time disable. trakciPage n g o VCR) u y . the Projector O u ▼ p ) s o u r c e p r o j e . c ▼ ersSpak signal can be1280 input W(Mon) 2 60 projector.45.0 (Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) × 720 to Stthe andrzomles e pag 37.) faded when DVIPtrol se hrizmode.(Sthis Ce the remaining life (percentage). *4Itemwhniput gRGBsinaltHhrougCOMPUTER/ ONT1or2 appear 60and 47.8 1280 nters h on-cre imagyb × to 768 lock the operation AO V A udio ou▼p ▼ha cable, arvies i■ s▼re■gh lamp wi▼h Use function but- or HDMI • Depending on specifications of video equipment to DVI digital the signal transmission p m a l n i t c e j o r P W 5 7 2 0 6 12' 4 1 Ð " 4' 9 3 ( " 8 . 4 Ð m 5 . ) m 7 . 9 4 × 80 WXGA *5 Item wh n i put g COMPUTER/ ON T 1 or 2 mvoingt helftor i1280gh. D is selected. a r i ( l b V e ▼ h e o l v u m e e l v o f ▼ h e s o u r c e p r o j . e c ▼ This function allows you select the input sigtons onnot the projector. work property. (The HDMI 62.847. specification doesCA 7560 not support connectionsto toRemaining video equipment Throwdistance1:1. 8Ð2.1 usageall condition lamp life *6ItemwhnslectigCOMPUTER/ VONT1V,I-2Dor oltageRdv Posmay V 10—24 udioLOu▼p) amp 1360 nters h on-cre imagyb × 768 Ce NThe o▼e A cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 136 digital × 768 * 7 I t e m w h n s l eV cI t- iD g that has HDMI output terminal using HDMI to 50/6Hz DVI digital cable.) “Life” 100% 5% m v o i n g t u p o r d w n . y c n u q r f d e t a R 0 6 0 . 5 ■ Locking the Operation Buttons noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8ItemwhnslecVtIiDEgOorS-VIDEO • WFor he■ ▼he u▼oA erwo P Of fu■c▼io becomes is se▼ ▼o details O■ , 70 6.2 × 864 on152 compatibility for connection, see support information on DVI connection provided by the33 Operated exclusively Inputcre The 3.6A 75 Horizontal 67.5 about SXGA down Hold onafter the projector for 5 sec-is illuminating Tele-zomns(A N-C18MZ ) lamp. Reset the replacing the Info Keystone Correction Approx.59 Approx. not light • The lamp indicator in red. 5video m i ■ u ▼ e s b lamp e fo r e ▼ h e p equipment r o j e c ▼ olamp r ENTER e ■ ▼ e r s does ▼ h e timer manufacturer. 60 Se 64.0 1280 × 1024 while “Eco+Quiet Mode” lectabims Descripton You move the projected image vertically. 15' 7 1 Ð " 9' 1 0" 4 ( 8 . 6 Ð m 0 . ) m onds the projector is being turned on. 5 7 . 0 8 o P s▼a■ydb w mod,e can y▼he up )while erconsumpti(Sadbmesag No V 0 1 C A h t i w ) W 4 . 3 ( 0 6 “Screen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)” menu 3,000 hours 150 hours the Replace the lamp. E■▼er ANDBY ST t e even after Select the INPUT mode ■ehW oidu A ▼uO sah ■e b ▼es o▼ , O A V ▼srif e kam 60 Au 64.0 to•“On”. Inputsignal reutomaiclyreogis Th 1:2. e c n a t s i d w o r 2 2 Ð 8 . 140 × 105 SXGA+ e l b a c B G R Info V 0 4 2 C A h t i w ) W . ( 5 4 3 0 6 3 . 5 6 projector turns on. mode UXGA i■ XÒR aper o■ ▼he scre■ ▼o Display erus o▼ video rewol eh▼ emulov fo eh▼ ro▼cejp exclusively ero fb output ▼On-screen nizedasRGBorcmpnet. terminal When equipment with component • To selct Menu ,im adjusten l restmi■. andwil estÓ connecting 60 Operated 75.0 160 × video 120 Main Sub Menu Select the “COMPUTER the 1 button on the remote control. Approx. atureionmpO • CMA i■dcMa▼aeke13" sure▼he to remai■rges t thmeiu■▼e.slamp 41 67 RGB Fto95 ru▼g■i eh▼ rewop ■o or F(+5 COMPUTER C)Approx. 34.9 buttons on the projector 640 × turns 480 1” using the INPUT The suddenly r o f o d ■ a ■ e h w g ■ i h c ▼ w s e h ▼ SeCto+35 twhenRGB signal re c iv d. l a m p t i m e r o n l y while “Eco+Quiet Mode” ENTER. 75 illustration shown 832 × 624 functionNormal CMA pres 16" SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock ON 49.760.2 (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1N-or 2: The below is for the former.) 2,000 hours 100 hours Te A ( s n m o z e l C 27MZ ) 5 7 4 2 0 1 × 8 6 7 CMAoff 19" replacing the .lamIpf ouy rest he 49 Cabinet Page Co m p o n e t c i t s a l P during projection. Se t w h e n Co m p o n e t s i g a l r e . ▼ u p ■ i Full w h e n " " INPUT listis “Off”. On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the remote 68.7 49 • CMA Th 152 × 870 21" e adjustleb arnge of ÒH-PosÓ (H-Posit n) Dot 23'2"Ð35'8"(7.1mÐ10.75 9 m) AC socket * ¿3.5msteronaudicbl ByH Dot D] projector control lamp tier and cotiune o use th same image Dimenso(abdyl)[W The "the 4" projector 1 recivd. 1 / 64 "or 12 27 / 32 to Area sometimes • Cables incorrectly connected 23-29 • The does not affect operation INPUT Ð5 (comerialyvbsShptQCNWGA038JPZ) Zoom the and ÒV-Pkeylock osÓ (V-Positn) yma arv y depnig function COMPUTER1 the connected Th 1:3. e c n a t s i d w o r 3 1 . V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 , l a mt ph i s y c u e t h l a m p o b e c VideoEqupmnt | button works improperly. button control buttons. (326 10.5 279.5m) flickers. equipment Stretch with RGB onthescr olutinfheco.mputr the\ remote Page 49 1 R E T U P M O C 1024 × 768 damgexoprl. Note use If this happens 62 (4.9kg) 108lbs replace the lamp. •Selc▼ab You the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60Descrip▼ o■ • H-Keystone ms W x.) eight(apro cannot * •i▼eWhen using the ø 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level will be half of when using the ø 3 .5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 Te A ( s n m o z e l NC 41MZ ) • Y o u c a n l s o r e t h e l a m p t i e r v i a t h e Page 49 Nobe t e computers Thislamp not be •able display fromneed notebook isprojector warming Thetolamp will images eventually to changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 The takes a long If ▼he power cord is u■plged may from ▼he up. O■ jector 36'computer 2"Ð50'10"(11.0 mÐ15.5output m) LAN. timeShould V-Keystone -100 +100 D D VI-D Compu▼er on the notebook mode. offlamp the LCD and the be display data to turn The has display reached the end of its life. Replace the lamp. ou▼le Toauditpermnl or ▼he erbak wi▼ch s is this ▼ur ■ed ofon. occur, turn It is recommended that the lamp changed • Th e Ke y s t o n e Co r e c t i o n a b e d j u s t p o Throwdistance1:5. 1found Ð7.2 the a part ofKeylock policy ofoff continuous improvement, SHARP reserves rightnotebook to makecomputer’ design s Page 49 Details ■ Taking the supt-heonAMLSENTUPAs te(rRf “CRT in only” mode. on how to change display modes can be in your ■ e h w e h ▼ ▼ c e j o r p s i , ■ o ■ e h ▼ e h ▼ when the remaining lamp life becomes 5%. Note isAutodark. When “Enable”, theappears. function is activated Tocmpnetvidural V-Keystone 1 ± yletamixorp fo elgna 2A Ò without htiw projector, sergd otu set to prior Picture •input When youOnpress the 5INPUT buttons on the the INPUT list operation and specification changes forabout product improvement notice. The performance Hold ENTER the projector for seconds. pliedCDoO-rMRfta.l)s down Ordinarily, the manual. type of49 signal Offis detected and the projec▼ au▼omicly ▼ur■s Page o■ “Computer whe■ on Remaining lamp life Lamp changes within the range and power issignals consumed even in the mode. • When See page 65 Compatibility Chart” for listand of•while computer compatible with the projector. VKeaprxoimtelyf ng a to up and ystoeÓ pointing ToCOMPUER/N1 a ' " Press /" to select an item on the list, press ENTER to switch to the selected INPUT mode. indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, “640 × 400” appears on screen. ToAUDIO the The remote control • Operate the remote control it at the projector’ sstandby 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the frequency e h ▼ r e w o p d r o c s i d e g u l p o ▼ ■ i e h ▼ C A OSD Display On l a m r e t u p n i ▼On-screen Display l a m r e t u p n i It is recommended that the function be set to Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 S-VIDEO or VIDEO to“Dis±50 degr es with ÒV-KeystoneÓ and ap roxi- /2, DVI • When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with “Signal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, some signals, the may optimal resolution mode inunits. No te ou▼le or from ▼he Page erbak wi▼ch s adaptor is ▼ur■ed o■. 50these deviations in individual atMacintosh which “Eco+Quiet Mode” isVideo switched topower “On” STANDBY/ON • set Afor Macintosh be required with computers. Contact your nearest to “Auto”Keylock or “RGB”, thevalues image may notfor be use projected as desired. case, use either orbutton S-Video. able” when is not connected. This reduces switch INPUT mode. mately ±30 degfar rswitÒhH-Kaway ysetonÓ. Initthis Connect the power cord. •the The remote control may some be too from the projector. Background function OFF Logo Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (“SIG-ADJ” (“SCR-ADJ” Equipment Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful during Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 worhT 5. ec■a▼siD 1 Adjusting theResize Computer Image Setting the Mode 1 Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function 5 Audio Output Type Setting w Checking the Lamp Life 4 g■i▼ es R eh▼ pmaL remiT 2 Signal Type Setting Adjusting the Image Position Connections Status 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Resolution Setting 1 Theon projec▼ doesthe ■o▼ ▼ur ■ the o■ au▼o- “SIG-ADJ” Of • Depending “Resolution” on menu may 20 need to be 30consumption 40faithful 50in the 55(ft) and “Off”. (See page 46.) Dealer. Page 34 computer be to theon “Screen resolution” Blue are using, the output signal •Macintosh Th i s f u•n c t i o n o n l y Plugthewprocdint hCewskAoco r k s i n s o m e RESIZ E 10 the projector is standby •fluorescent Whde-imstalhgcnor may not when Page 50 • display Ifyou directmode. sunlight or a strong light is shining the m a ▼ i c l y w h e ■ ▼ h e p w o e r c o r d i s ENTER button None selected to match the computer • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computer’ s m o d ( e . S s e p a g s 37 a n d 38. ) • When ofthepr.jco the projector is in standby mode, you can t e r i oa d , s Ò A t Vuto KyseÒtO onplace Ó f Ó. 3RCA(ompnet)15-iDsubcal projector’ s remote controlmode. sensor, the projector where it plugeMenu d i■▼o ▼he the CA ou▼le or Position ▼he resolution ageto“F5” condition. mended that beCenter set to on. the one that corresponds “1280 × 800”. " button when using a external output port is switched (e.g. Press “Fn” and keys simultaneously ) 2 P 3 C N A : l a n i t p o ( • To r e s t h i f u n c o , s e l Ò 0 t Ó . Tuthe rn keylock the offwill not be affected release by holding down andby strong Selc▼ab i▼ems light. rcseD ■oi▼p Upper Right ENTER break wi▼sch is Page ▼ur ■ed o■. Power 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right E ■ a lb e The fu■c▼io is a▼edciv e■v if incorrectly. ▼he No t e your computer’ STANDBY/ON on the projector simultaneously forbe depleted MENU button Upper Left • The batteries may or inserted Make 15 enable s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put the projector into standby mode. Lower Left the lamp ▼ c e j o r p s i ■ i y b d ■ a ▼ s . e d o m about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • Se Ò C e h k In e t i c n g Si p u t p a o g n e l Ó 48 o r f ) v y r ( e l b d u A C R o t k c a j n i m 5 . 3 ¿ 3 Sig■al Setting the Confirmation Horiz■▼al Frequ■cy PRJ (kHz) Mode Disable " On-screenThe fu■c▼io Display is wi▼cheds of whe■ ▼he Front Ver▼ical Frequ■cy (Hz) • W h i l e su il mt a n e o y h o l d i n g w n d o " , DVI Supor▼ Ceiling + Front 60 I 15.7 On the projector On thea remote control Page 50 ▼ c e j o r p s i ■ i ys▼a■dbcould .mode Thisinformat hecurntlysec480Pdinputsg-480 Info projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance be adversely affected by ENTER a n d MENU o n t h e p r o j e c t o , r Rear Sound) 60 31.5 nal. Sound (System Ceiling + Rear 60 3.8 interference. 540P s e r p STANDBY/ON d n a r o t c e j p h n o incorrect operation or If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set while the projector is: dis50 15.6 576 I English polski Language Note k ep alourftbns pre dwnoutil the after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar mode, 0 5 . 1 3 P 6 7 5 playing “Menu” screens, in standby Descr ip▼ o■ Sel c▼ab i▼ems Page 50 Español Türwith kçe • When connect a 21-pin RGB output 50 37.5 video equipment 720P thelampindctorsa linbkgre. youup, N o ▼ e (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a input Nederlands signals, operating A co■fir ma▼o■ sou■d changing is made whe■ ▼he O■ warming 60 45.0 720P Franç ais fits in the projector commercially available cable that terminal you want to connect. 0 5 1 . 8 2 1“Auto 08 I Sync”projec▼ ▼ur ■s function Italiano o■/ .f or on the “System Lock” • Whe■ you wa■▼ ▼o co■▼r l ▼he projec▼ usi■g • The does 3.8 not support RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska 108 • LAMP I projector 0 H is deisy,pla indcatg ifduring Even youNo co■firma▼ unplug theup. power cord from the60 AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. sou■d is madewarming . Of • screen Português 50 56.3 108P ▼ h e L A N / R S 2 3 C f u ■ c ▼ i o , s e l c ▼ E ■ al be . tha e l mp ti r s e t. 60 67.5 108P Page 30 7. Useful Features 2 6 Monitor Output 7 LAN/RS232C 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set duringNetwork Installation (“PRJ-ADJ” menu) (“Network” Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (“SIG-ADJ” (“Picture” menu) Menu) Environment PRODUCT DISPOSAL menu) This oductpr ilzes ,tn-ad soler amp contig a sml aount .f curyme Forcnsideat.mlvugbyhfDp mel borP k Chec P ega dispoalrecyngfmt,plasoyurcathies,onElr Menu operation Page 43 shows the items that can be set in the projector. • . e l t u o a w h n i d g p s r c j P 03 ,gro.elcy pma w noitazgr nilcyer The pmal eht ,gro.eai w “Projecter :ecnailA seirtudnI following adjustment (PRJ-ADJ)” menu KEYSTONE Picture SIG SCR PRJ Net. ' " Press or and select . 80-BESHARP Pict. SIG SCR Y U.SAONL • o P PRJw . ofisvcextrdnalh Network Ñ button MOUSE/Adjustment Picture Mode Standard thethe Password 548orShapt17 Seting/ChakycodChanging Selecting Progressive Mode Selecting the Range Checking Input Signal MainMenu “Bright” Sub Menu Selecting the TransmisCorrecting oDynamic idal tothe adjust. Disable Password Trapez 1 Note 3 buttons ' /" 43 /\ /| ) Contrast 0 ( • Theslctdinpumowrg. On Auto Power Off PRJ-ADJ “Picture” •sion The menu selected item is highlighted. Speed (RS-232C) Off 0 Bright Distortion An optimum picture may not be displayed if a This function allows you to check the current inPage 51 Page 51 DHCP Client Off Selectable items Description 2 • r o w . g n i k s t c u f E T U M V A e h Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • Set a level so as to view picture. Select “Password”, then press43 | . 0 a clearer Color Auto Restart On Main Menu Sub 61 Menu DVI-D-capable device’ s output type and the put signal information. 3D Useful to displaysignal relatively slowmoving Select “System Lock”, then press e g a p n o Ó m L h t i c l R Ò S . 0 Tint Make sure to set “DNR” to “Off” in the Make 3 sureTCP/IP that Page both51 the projector and computer • . lesincortydhapfjCb Off 23- 9 • The screen for entering the password apStandr not match. Picture PictureModimages Auto V-Keystone Correction Progressive such asdo drama and documentary projector’ s input signal type If this Sharp or | 0 button ENTR pears. . RETURN Presntaio arePage set45for the System same baud rate. following cases: Sound On • e r n u . t o v m R l c a b s i h 15 e g a P 45 clearly. Red 0 Movie should switch “Dynamic Range”. When theoccur, imagemore is projected either from the top Off Page 51 Game 1, sniatoc lenap dtcishpo ryev sihT .lenap )ylsiD artCsy diuqL( DC na se0u,422D rotcej p PRAHS sihT Blue image is blurry. 0 Useful to display fast-moving images such • When the • . r e t x E u p m o c k b n g i h w s a l 32 Selectable itemsthe bottom Description or from towards the screen sRGBOn *1at an angle, s a r t n o C 0 3 0 3 + Speaker MAC Address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX Selectable items Description pixels (x RGB) s TFÕ (hin Filmransto). TAs with any hig technolgy ielctr quipmn such as large CLR Temp 7500K • When the contours and colors of moving imProgressive asPage sports and action films. Off Select “Next”, then press E N T R . the image becomes distorted trapezoidally. 51 9600 bps t h g i r B 0 3 0 3 + 4 ansmission speed slow. 06 • erisnotisvlamphugc , ervThfiltco levels Progressive 3D Progressive musteqipnhcraolb ,vdyTVs dnuos aerutcipoN Auto WhenTrthe black of the image show ages Enter the password in “Old Passdrag. *2 The function for correcting trapezoidal distortion Projector XX-XXXX • ThescreenFilm forentering Audio Out -30 Colr Modethekeycodeappears. Auto . coretlyinsad FAO Standard banding or +30 appear ats.onedrtcjop confrmt. called bps VAOfaded, select the item • When '(Keystone \signals using , "with , | weak and , then TV broadcasts isr38400 Keystone Correction. *2 " word” On-screen Display Correction mode)are proOff DNR Tint Page51 -30 +30 in the best picture quality. (In This unt a some inctv pxl wh acetb olrns whi mayesult rin acv dots n he pictur Enhanced that results • h t e r o s n m p u q l a g i d I V f b D c 42 To adjust the proThis projector is equipped with an “Auto V-KeyMonitor Out Enable Off jected. MNR 2 * 115200 bps press ENTER. Trcircumstances, ansmission Smost harp -30 +30 speed is rapid. equalityorhfxpcn. Tsw 0 : V 0 : H E N O T S Y K V & Note Ò tandardÓ y ,theimag npuodslcrj VI-DÓ Ò Disable S 51 PressEco+Quiet the 4Mode buttons onOffthe remote stone Correction”Page function that automatically cor- should Red while -30 +30 jectedtrapezoidal image be selected.) ADJUST END Reset LAN/RS232C rects any distortion within thenoisy, pro- switch to control Ensure datl.ynobeisprjcm Enable • When the image is blurred or SEL./ADJ. ENTER or on the projector to enter +30 Disable Blue Page 51 -30 Info SEL./ADJ. ¨ ¨ made END RETURN jected image. The correction is automatically thaeproinumdsblc registered trademarks of • the Microsoft and Windows are Microsoft Corporation inENTER the PassUnited States optimal watching it TERN AT TESP preset REST “Old Enter the password in “New Page mode. 45 END Code”. RETURN the keycode in Note 9600 bps RS-232C provided vertical incline or decline is within • This function is available for all signals with turoeqipmn.ycdh bfj 38400 bps • other Whenthe using progressive inputs, inputs are dicountries. Page 52 ' " | \ , time,, and , then word” using CLRTemp 50K • Whensetting keycode forthefirst ±12 degrees. 115200 bps Note Refer to the SETUP MANUAL contained onso that or the S-VIDEO. Items to Machines be adjusted Corporation rectly displayed and VIDEO •trademark . lesincortydhapfjCb 650K750K Ò2D ProgressiveÓ 23-9 in the United •• PC/AT is a Page registered of International Business 45 . 1 Setting a Password Press ENTER press " on the projector for fourtimes. for press ENTER. Normal Fan Mode V ertical Keystone Correction theD supplied Specifica• This function is available I, 480P, 480 576 I ¨ CD-ROM for RS-232C ¨ Range The Dynamic can beselected. selected only when 850K be Ò3 ProgressiveÓ cannot High •• Adobe Reader trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated. • umpositn.eÒBrghÓ (e.g. 54 Page52is aitem • The selected Ò B rightÓ ) is dis930K Pict.signals Net. DVI. with SIG–ADJ ' SCR / PRJ-ADJ " ) PRJ tions and Settings. and (Adjustment 576P with COMPUTER1/2 or If•you doCommand not others to change the setting ÒMacintosh D VI-DÓ input mode is selected. Note ¨ want 10 K 0 5 System Lock Code bottomof isby a registered trademark Inc. in the United States and/or other c played itselffor*3 at the ofApple the Computer, • ynot uaresig,mDpdhc Old Ñ Clock the System Lock 0 Setting Refer the computers operation Code for•• When theto“Network” menu, setV-Keystone aNew 52 manual and53 Progesiv Pages 3DProgesiv password. Enter the same password again inStates an notisusing the Auto Cor-or an application Reconfirm • PJLink a registered trademark trademark in Japan, the United screen. e b d t c j o r p s l n u h a g i f m Phase 0 2DProgesiv instructions forsettingPage thecomputers baudrate.Film Mode 46 the 5 countries/regions. H-Pos Old Code using ' 0 ," – – ,– | – and \ , rection function, on s s ertohcmpuÕRf xnal.wid , the following " V-Keystone” •Selecting When pressing or “Reconfirm” All Reset set ' “Auto 7 *3 Mosquito Noise Reduction V-Pos New Code 0 e d o M m l i F Auto – – – – (MNR) Setting a Password t u o n d S s i r a e h b 6This Setting the Video System Page 53 the “SCR-ADJ” menu to “Off”. . e p u o l a n g s h c t i w r f m item (Ò R edÓ after Ò B rightÓ ) will be disOf • All other company or product names are registered trademarks of their respect thenor press ENTER. function provides high-quality playback of trademarks Reset – – – – Page 46 (Life) Reconfirm .apersictu played. Lamp Timer The so-called Mosquito Noise (flickering) can be images originally projected at 24 fps, such as nies. DNR Page Of is 53 The video input system mode factory preset 9 Press ENTER. Fan Mode Setting Levl1 reduced. Manual Keystone Correction • set.incorlyadjumIg then 54 Page 46 movies on DVDs. Levl2 to “Auto”; however, a clear picture from the | conSelect “Password”, press . Levl3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. ) y l n o t u p I e d i V S , ( When you want to make fine adjustments after the Selectable items Description The item displayed by itself nected audio-visual not beapre• The screen forequipment entering themay password Note Selectable items Description opeanUiCmutyMrksblfhE“Network” v Azd MNR Note NoteMNR does not function. menu Auto V-Keystone Correction function hasautomatically. been acti• Videonputsymcrl. OfLevl1signal 84 Off ceived, depending on thedetected Video difference. Auto Films are pears. Picture Selectable items e g a P 46 Description •1-3 If do you input a wrong keycode, thepassword cursorlevel for Levl2 to return Press ENTER again to the vated, or •when you wantare to make corrections without Level Sets the MNR viewing 1, N / R E T U P M O C ( ) y l n o D I V , 2 • If you not need the protection fora Off Films not detected. In that case, switch the Video signal. 3 l v e L ope)GmbHSARPELCTONI(ur Main the Normal Suitableforscreen. normalenvironments. MenuAuto returnsBright tothe firstpointofpicture. theOldCode.0 using V-Keystone Correction you previous Network clearer • Inputsigalye(RGB/Com)cr. On at function, 74 the “Network” menu settings anymore, press Y U . E L N O SEL./ADJ. Rtn. Menu Eco+QuietMd Select this when using the projector g r u b m a H 7 9 0 2 D , 3 e § t s i n o S High r o w s a P d l O Network Pasword • ThepresetRtn. keycode is4 " END buttonsonthe can corrections manually using the following Of Selectable items the Password Menu . adeorpClisf makeSetting NewPasord PagePage ENTER without entering new password infour steps altitudes of46 approximately1,500meters 54 Page 54 projector. Whenyoupress the " b utton procedure. Reconfirm Auto Horizontal Keystone Correction Rest Info 3 and 4. • . s u c o t j d A e h f 3 (4,900 feet) or more. NotePAL – – – – Old Password times,thePicture keycordinputscreen disappears.SCR On 45 SIG PRJ Net. (Adjustment with \ / | press ) for \ DHCPlient Page or | to adjust Press New item – – the – – • To cancel the password settings, RETURN. Password • This function is available all signals with f O • .angeocusr xdthf Tpji 19 When Modeissettousing SECAM High, thePage fanrotation 55 • Fan When progressive ÒFilm ModeÓ Picture Mode Standard – inputs, – – – Reconfirm Press KEYSTONE *1 on the remote selected. VIDEO or S-VIDEO. *1 Item when inputting RGB signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D I / P C T s e r d A P I *NTSC4.43 speedscannot up,andthefannoise louder. Contrast 0 • Iftheprojcisadml .gn Therisf SubnetMask Ñ bebecomes selected. • The adjustment is stored. *2 Items when signal through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2, for or selecting VIDE • This function available I, when 480P, 480 576 I control to enter Keystone CorrecPage inputting 55 the Component NTSC3.58 Press the 4 is buttons the remote 1 5on Bright Gatewy does not work when r a m o t n i w , f s y l e d u h •S-VIDEO The ÒFilm ModeÓ function *2 MACdres If you forget the password 0 Color and 576P signals with COMPUTER1/2 or DVI. PAL-M mode. theandlsofcrumy i the control or on the projector to enter Ò2rogressiveÓ Dtion ProgressiveÓ is selected inadjusted ÒProgressive 55 *3 ÒP ÒFlim can be I, you 576I, 480 1035 I the or 1080 I signalperform is input. 0 Tint 'Page and " Press orLock to ModeÓ set first digit in only when PAL-N If forget password, the following 0 ModeÓ Function *2 •System You use KEYSTONE on the leastprojchuP d.bmwig . canProject also Sharp keycode in “New 0 the new Code”. PAL -60 “New Password”, then press |. procedure to projector. orm,fshuldcneatiI .bor Reddelete it, then set0a new password. Page 55 8 This function prevents use in of PAL the video Eco+Quiet Mode0 Setting ; d e r u l b s i t c P Blue *When reproducing unauthorized NTSC toir fawndulehmcpvro signals On the projector, projector. Once this function is activated, users CLR Temp press 7500K . s r e p a i o n *1 Adjustable only when DHCP Client is set to Ò O ffÓ . clear Noise Note 6 equipment. Reducing Image (DNR) Progressive Enter the remaining 3 digits, then 3D Progressive Press ' correct or " keycode to parallelize must enter the each timethe the pro*2 Display only Film use Mode Auto (ComputerInly) • Y ou cannot the following buttons Fan for Selectable press ENTER. jector is turned on. e W e h t d r o c e u o y t s e g u and right sides, orprovides presshigh Videoleft digital noise reduction (DNR) Lamp Brightness Off STANDBY, DNR 74 life • P ) n e m t s u j d A Ó k c o l C Ò ( . n e m t s u j d A Ó J D G I S Ò r o f ke ycode: STANDBY/ON, ON, Sound items Press .previous • To to the digit, press -ohtuyalnerwcpfidskquality Off Note MNR images minimal crawl and\. cross \Note orreturn | MENUwith to parallelize upper 74 • dot P Adjustmen) (ÒPhaÓ .Adjustmen ÒSIG-DJÓorf the ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, Off Eco+Quiet Mode • The menu screen will disappear. .secavhrudzicolor noise. • The Video signal only be set in VIDEO or• If On MENU, ECO+QUIET and BREAK TIMER . computerhndigayNs Ñ the Approx. 80% Approx. Low and lower sidescan of•the projected Reset ENTER is held down for more than 5 seconds, S-VIDEO mode. • System lock function 3,000 SEL./ADJ. ENTER Selectable items Description Enter the same password in Note • . lesincortydhapfjCb 9 2 - 3 2 each operation buttons on the projectorrecognizes will be locked. (See image. ENDor hours • When SystemÓ isfunction. set to ÒAutoÓ, you may Info ÒVideo RETURN button on the remote control on the Off DNR does not page 53.) • You can also adjust the Keystone Cor“Reconfirm”, then press ENTER. • V um.intosel 43 set• Press RETURN return to the default not1Ðreceive a the clear picture due to signal differ- Off projector as antoindividual button, even if 100% Approx. Normal Level 3or forgetSets level. • ences. If you•lose your keycode, contact your 'DNR "occur, \ /|switch | buttons rection using /" • You ting. cannot use thethe buttons the remote control to •and theandvicxrlospjW The status forthe “Password” changes to to “EnShould this the video 2,000 they share sameonbutton name. If you on theofprojector. nearestSharp Authorized Projector DealerorSer- signal. delete the password. v ouenifyv m,thsdpl able”. hours system the source used the buttons the projector in may set• Straight lines or theon edges of images vice Note Center (see page 68). Even .vicextrnaldoumfhp if the product ting your keycode, the keycode cannot appear jagged while adjusting the image. warranty is valid, the keycode reset will incur a noutbapersPic • Menu beoperating canceled with remote control. ÒOf isetoÓ.rSpak buttons do not •function while the projector• The is thethe ÒACorrection uto SyncÓ , ÒBreak 1 5 TimerÓ, ÒFR Manual Keystone can be Press Note KEYSTONE . charge. d n u o s i . r a e h Note or •ÒAThe V MUTEÓ functions. adjusted up to an angle ofPRJ-ADJ approximately on-screen display of the Keystone • Once after the password you must enter degrees vertically and approximately mode will is disappear. Datimgesno Correction • ÒSIG-ADJÓset, thencsarimofdjuyMk 74 • You±50 can also use ECO+QUIET on the remote Setting the System Lock the• password to change the menu ±30 degrees horizontally. centrd. can also u.men “Network” You use KEYSTONE on the control or on the projector to switch the Eco+Quie Old Code settings. **** projector. Mode. (See page 35.) • resolutinphg,aycmDd Ñ – – – – New Code 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 4 1 4 2 3 2 5 4 3 ,ordetailsF .vouhaerntfmybdi sgl . computerhfalni -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded Reconfirm – – – – Using the Menu Screen Picture Adjustment (“Picture” menu) Picture SIG SCR PRJ Adjustment buttons ('/"/\/|) Net. Menu Menu operation operation MOUSE/Adjustment buttons '/"/\/|) ( Selectable items Description Page Page 43 43 21DHCP Client Setting ENTER button 2 Adjusting the Image IP Address Factory default setting: Connect the LAN cable before turning the projector on. If not, the DHCP Client function does 2 not work. MENU button |button \ Enter an contrast. IP address appropriate for the For less For more contrast. network. For less brightness. For more brightness. Factory For less default color setting: For more color 255.255.255.000 intensity. intensity. RETURN button Set subnet to the sameskin as Tint*1 For the making skinmask €For making Press RETURNto that of the computer and equipment on tones purplish. tones greenish. return to previous the screen the Sharp*1 For network. less sharpness. For more when sharpness. Gateway Factory default 000. 000. 000. menu is displayed Red*2 For weaker red.setting: For stronger red. 000 For weaker blue. For stronger blue. Blue*2 * When not in use, set to “000. 000. *1 000. 000”. Not adjustable/selectable in the RGB input mode. Picture Mode Standard Contrast 0 0 Bright 0 Color 0 Tint MENU button Sharp 0 Red 0 items Description Blue 0 RETURN button Obtains configuration parameters for CLR Temp 7500K Progressive 3D Progressive TCP/IP network automatically. Film Mode Auto Sets the TCP/IP manually. Off DNR Off MNR Off Eco+Quiet Mode Selectable On 3 4 Off 56 7 Select 8 “On” for “DHCP Client”. “Obtaining IP Address...”Reset appears, then the menu screen appears. ENTER Confirm theSEL./ADJ. parameters of IP Address, Subnet Mask END RETURN and Gateway on the TCP/IP screen. If the DHCP server is not available, “Could not 1 the Picture Mode obtainSelecting IP Address.” appears. In this case, set the TCP/IP manually. (SeeThe thedefault item 3.) settings of Selectable items Description ENTER 192.168.150.002 button \ Adjustment items button Contrast Bright Subnet Color*1 Mask *2 Not adjustable/selectable when selecting “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note • Confirm Note the existing network’s segment (IP address group) to avoid setting an IP address that • “Red” and “Blue” cannot be set when selecting CLR Temp duplicates the IP addresses of other network Standard For standard image 7500K “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. equipment or computers. If “192.168.150.002” )stnem ujdA( oi c l S M 3 TCP/IP Setting Presentation Brightens portions of 7500K • To reset all adjustment items, select “Reset” and is not used in a network with an IP address of image for more enhanced press ENTER. Set the TCP/IP manually. Example: Adjusting “Bright”. “192.168.150.XXX”, you don’t have to change presentations. •Movie This operationGives can natural also betint performed by using on the projector. projector IP address. to the 6500K the buttons the projected image. • For details about each setting, consult your 3network for then Adjusting the Color Temperature Example: “Picture” screen menu GameSelect Gives sharpness to theClient”, 7500K administrator. Press MENU “Off” . “DHCP press ENTER. projected image. Menu item • The “Picture” menu screen for the seSelectable items Description *sRGB For high fidelity reproduc– lected input mode is displayed. 5500K For lower color temperature for warmer, 1 1 2 2 3 tion of images from a computer. 4 the 6500KConfirming reddish incandescent-like images. Picture Select “TCP/IP”, then press ENTER. | or only \ and Press “Pic• “sRGB” is displayed whenselect RGB signal is input. • You ture” can setto oradjust. adjust each item in the “Picture” menuEnter to your preference. Any using changes'you “IP Address” , "make ,| are retained in memory. and \, then press ENTER. Network Note Setting the TCP/IP SCR PRJ Net. Standr Projector Information 7500K Contras 0 8500K Bright 0 0 address 9300K For the higher color temperature cooler, You canColr confirm MAC andfor projector 0 10500K Tint bluish, fluorescent-like images. name. Sharp 0 Red 0 DisplayedBlue items Description 0 MAC Address The MAC address750K of the projector is p m e T R L C Note displayed. Progesiv 3DProgesiv FilmMode Auto • Values on “CLR Temp” are only general stanProjector The projector name isfor displayed. 4 Of dardDNRMNR purposes. Of • “CLREco+QuietMd Temp” cannot be set when selecting Of Rest “sRGB” in “Picture Mode”. Note SEL./ADJ Useful Features • You can also press PICTURE MODE on the 1 9 2 . 1 6 8 . 1 5 0 . 0 0 2 IP Address remote control to select the picture mode. (See 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 2 5 5 . 0 0 0 Subnet Mask pageGateway 36.) 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 • *sRGB is an international standard of color reproduction regulated by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission). As the fixed color area has been decided by the IEC, the ' images Enter “Subnet Mask” using , ", are displayed in a natural tint based on an origi| and \, then press ENTER. nal image, when “sRGB” is selected. For additional information about the sRGB function, visit “http://www.srgb.com/”. Enter “Gateway” using ', ", | and You cannot set the items, “Red”, “Blue” and \, then ENTER. “CLR Temp”,press when “sRGB” is selected. SIG PictureMod ENTR END RETUN • For information on how to change the projector name, see “SETUP MANUAL” contained in the supplied CD-ROM. 5 Info ¥ When ÒsRGBÓ is selected, the projected image may become dark, but this does not indicate a malfunction. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -43 -45 -55 Setting Adjustment Maintenance Maintenance Up theIndicators Projector Screen (ÒSCR-ADJÓ Menu) Mai■▼e c i■da▼or the projector s■eLmoZdra▼Cleaning S Problem cleaning ■ Ensure the f=28.0-33.6 power cord is unplugged before Ab■ormal mm Normal F1.7-F1.9, 4 the Setting the On-screen projector. 16:10 (Normal Mode) panel is made ■ TheSignal cabinetInput as well as the operation Display of plastic. Avoid using benzene or thinner, as these T empra▼ue canfunction Thei■▼ral on-screen This allows u Redo■ to the damage the finishyoon theturn cabinet. war■i g Of ▼emp ra u is messages onvolatile or off. ■ Do not use agents (S▼a■dyb) such as insecticides on i■d ca▼or ab■orm l y hig . the projector. Descrip▼ o■ Do not attach rubber or plastic items to the projecO■ Al O■-scre Di plays re di play . tor for long periods. Of The effects ofINPVOULTM/EAFRZ/ some of the agents in the plastic may U A to O T the SYNCG/MIAF ■alivd quality or finish of Thelampdos the projector. cause damage Sel c▼ab i ems b u ▼ o ■ h a s b e r ■p o ▼ s d . ed. y ispla Redo■ rg ete dd Mil Gre ■ o .ilum■a▼eo cha■ge▼oTim ent sk■ilb ■e rG Lamp ▼helamp. 5: i■dca▼or Picture Selecting size (diag.) (in/cm)a Startup and pmal eh▼ ■ehw L: Projection distance(m/ft) p u g ■ i m r a w s i Background Image L1: Minimum projection distance (m/ft) L2: Maximum projection distance (m/ft) H: Distance from the lens center toRedo■ the bottom ofThelampdos the image (cm/in) Sel c▼ab i ems Log Blue No■e DescriMild p▼o■ detergent (S▼a■dyb) diluted with water SHARPdefaul▼im ge Blue scr ■ Black s re ■ Gre■o/ (Normal Mode) 4:3 Signal Input Red o■ Power sk■ilb deR i■d ca▼or Gre■libks (Co li■g) 6 ■o▼ il um a e. The pow r i■d ca▼or bli■ks i■ red wh ▼ e projec▼ is o■. Selecting the Menu Screen Position Wax Thinner Cleaning the lens Menu operation Page 43 Cause osilPbe u▼o■ available blower or lens clean■ Use a commercially ing paper (for glasses and camera lenses) for clean• Reloca▼ he proj c▼ a■ re ing the lens. Do wi▼hproev■▼ilaonot use any liquid type cleaning (se pag • Blocked air ■▼ ke 8). wear off the coating film on the agents, as they may Thissurface projector with a reverse/invert of theislens. •equipped Ta ek ▼he projc▼ ouyr ■eas▼ • Coli■gfabrek- image function allows o y u easily to reverse or in■ As the surfacethat ofSharu▼pAoiezdPrjc▼oDealr the lens can get damaged, dow■ vertbe orSe vicscrape Ce■▼ r (s page 68) the projected for various applications. careful not toimage or hit the lens. 7 • I■▼er al ci u ▼ fa l re • Clog ed air ■▼ ke Sel c▼ab i ems Fro■▼ f o r .e p a i Descrip▼ o■ • C l e a ■ ▼ h x u s a ■ d i ▼e k ve■▼s. (S page 56.) Normal i ge (Proj c▼ed from he ■▼ o f ▼ h e s c r ■ ) • D i s c o ■ e ▼ h p wo r c d f o m • The lamp is hu▼ e r vI ■ ▼ d i m a g e ( P r o j c ▼ e d f r o m h e ▼ h eC Ao u l , a ■ d ▼ h e c o ■ ▼ i C e i l ■ g +r o F ▼ dwo■ a b . r m l y f r o ■ ▼ h e s c r ■ w i ▼ h a e rv ■ ▼ d ag i■. projec▼ ) Cleaning • C areful y p ace ▼h l mp. (Se Paper e r sv R d i m a g ( P r o j e c ▼ d f m h e page 62.) • Remai■ g l p ife Rear rea of▼h scre■o wi▼hamro) • Ta ek ▼he projc▼ ouyr ■ea s▼ becom s 5% r le s. The formula for picture size and projection distance S h a r u ▼ pA o i e z dP r j c ▼ o D e a l r e r sv R d a ■ i ▼ e d m a g ( P r o Ceil ■g + Rear [m/cm] or Se vic Ce■▼ r (s page 68) jec▼ d wi h a m r o ) L1 (m) = 0.03755 L2 (m) = 0.04507 f or .epai H (cm) =the –0.03209 exhaust and intake vents • Bur■▼-o lamp Cleaning • Pleas x rci e a wh ■ [Feet/inches] • Lampciru▼falre ■ Use r e p l a c i ■ g ▼ h e l a m p . a vacuum cleaner to clean dust from the exNL1 o ▼ e (ft) = 0.03755 / 0.3048 . er/vSculyi■s▼ahmpo 0.3048 L2 (ft)vent = 0.04507 haust and •the intake vent. • T h e f i l ,▼ r a mc v po u ■ i ▼ e cr v o l ■ s h o u s i ■ g e crv ope■. • C o l i ■ ag f b r e k dwo■ Select M Ò enu PositionÓ on the Ò SCR-ADJÓ menu and the desired position for the menu screen. Sel c▼ab i▼ems Reversing/Inverting Projected Images •a■d imge rvsd ▼he for used i fu■c▼o This ceil ■g-mou ▼ se p . (S age H (in) = –0.03209 / 2.54 • I f ▼ h e p w o r i ■ d c a ▼ o l b k e s ■v w h e ■ ▼ r c sv o a e u r l y i ■ s ▼ a l e d , o r i f ▼ h e c o l i ■ ag f d e s ■ o ▼ r u , h e m■ a lc o y ▼ u r ■ e a r s ▼ S h up ▼ A o r i z e d Projec▼ D al r o Se vic Ce■▼ r (se pag 19.) 8 Selecting the On-screen 68)orfadvic.e Display Language The projector can switch the on-screen display language among 17 languages. Info Descrip▼ o■ Ce■▼ r D i s e p yd l a o ■ ▼ h c e r o f ▼ h e i .m a g •whe▼rckmod,s▼a■byhe rpsojc▼he a■dilum▼csworepgah If layed o■ ▼h up er igh▼ of e imag . ■Uper Righ▼ Wipe off dirt Dispgently with a soft flannel cloth. p a g ( e s kd l o b c ■ v ▼ i r h a e s f y ■ Displayedo■▼h lwer igh▼of eimag. is hard to remove, soak a cloth in a ■Lower Righ▼ When the dirt p r o j e c ▼ h a s l w d ■ o m p e ▼ b y r f l u g i ■ ▼ h w p e o c r a d u ■ i ▼ g h e w p b r o k a c . UperLf▼ mild detergent Displayedo■▼h uperlf▼o heimag. diluted with water, wring the cloth ( A ▼ l e a s 1 0 m iu ■▼ . ) Lower f▼ : Picture Displayed o■ ▼h l wer f▼ o he imag . size (diag.) (in/cm) well and then wipe the projector. f ▼ h e pw ro i s ▼ u r ■ e d o f r a b r i e f m o ■ ▼ d u e ▼ o p e w r o u ▼ a g e r s o m e ▼ h r c a u s e w h i l u s ■ g ▼ h e L:• IProjection distance(m/ft) cleaning detergents L1: Strong projection distance (m/ft) may discolor, warp or pMinimum r o ,j e c ▼ a ■ d h e wp r o s u l y re v c o i m d a ▼ e l y f r ▼ h a , e l a m p i ■ d c ▼ o r w i l u m ■ a ▼ e i r d L2: damage Maximum projection distance (m/ft)projector. Make sure to the coating on the a ■ d ▼ h e l a m p y ■ o ▼ b e l i I ▼ ■ . h s c a , e u ■ p l g ▼ h e w p r o c d f r o m ▼ h e C A o u ▼ l e , r p l a c e ▼ h e w p r o H: Distance from the lens center to the bottom of the image (cm/in) test cordi■▼CheuAlad▼he■ur ▼hewpo■agi. on a small, inconspicuous area on the projector use. • The coli■g fa keps ▼h i■eral ▼mperau of ▼he projc▼ o■s▼a ■dbefore ▼his fu■c▼io s co■▼r l ed Thea.u▼omiclsy■d of ▼he coli■g af yma ch■ge duri■g opera▼i■ becaus ▼he a■f sped yma cha■ge d ▼ is ■o a m lfu c▼io■. 8)▼hue■ialW o■.bkac▼wpreuh■yidg The formula for picture size and projection distance [m/cm] L1 (m) = 0.04251 L2 (m) = 0.05102 H (cm) = –0.03633 [Feet/inches] L1 (ft) = 0.04251 / 0.3048 L2 (ft) = 0.05102 / 0.3048 H (in) = –0.03633 / 2.54 Info • If you want to clean the air vents during projector operation, ensure you press STANDBY/ON • Allow a margin of error in the value in the diagrams above. on the projector or STANDBY on the remote • When the distance from the lens center to the bottom of the control image [H] a negative number, this indicates andisput the projector into standby mode. that the bottom of the image is below the lens center. After the cooling fan has stopped, unplug the • See page 18 about projection distance [L] and distance frompower the lens center theAC bottom of the cord fromtothe socket andimage clean [H]. the vents. • The air filters should be cleaned every 100 hours of use. Clean the filters more often when the projector is used in a dusty or smoky location. Note -20 -50 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -56 -60 Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ( / that / / the ) lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) Focus knob It is buttons recommended bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting thering projector andknob the computer with a USBfrom cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators sizeresize using the focus or zoom on the Dethe mode to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator • When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. set to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press RESIZE. tails, see the included operationwith manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp Autho• See page 49 for setting on menu screen. button decrease, the lampProjector life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Air Service Center. For the name oftion thewill nearest Sharpand Authorized Dealer Connecting with a USB cableFilter Replacing the or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press STANDBY/ON on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or STANDBY on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted bythe rotatto put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 × 600) 800 ×the 600 Lamp Life • Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 × 768) 1024 × 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 × 800 SXGA (1152 × 864) 1152 × 864 1280 × 720 SXGA+ (1400 × 1050) 1400 × 1050 To USB terminal 1280 × 800sound may SXGA (1280a × 1024) 1000 × 800 1280 × 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 × 720 1280 ×at720 — USB cable • Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available or768 available as Sharp service 1360 × 768 1280 × 722 1360 × — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 × 768 1366 × 768 of the lamp 1280 due × 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up ×to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies × 768 — 1280 × 720 800 It is important 1280 × 800 — and the frequency1280 of ×use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby mode. Break Timer 1 Disconnect Press BREAK 2 the TIMER. power cord. About the temperature warning indicator STANDBY/ON button Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) When thetimer lamp replacement indicator on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The count down 5 minSync works when input • Unplug thestarts powertocord from thefrom ACand socket. Outputfunction image Input signal The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen • Turn on over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page 5 minutes 6 minutes 60 minutes When right-clicking rying handle (1), grab the tab (2) and slide • Shortens with or SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. Replacing the the filter coverLamp (3). 4 minutes 3 minutes 1 minute (1280 1024) • Thethe break time can be set in units only of onea When your computer supports About lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) m manual adjustwith Auto Sync adjustment, use Zoo ments. (See page 47.) *1 Freezing a Moving Image *2 — 1280 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. the timer •Canceling Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have common function. Press BREAK TIMER. — Press FREEZE. • WaitWhen at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 768 the Remove air filter. • The projected1 image is frozen. before removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] When using [Page Up] 1366 768on the screen. When the percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ displayed ” (red), the lamp will • Pick the air filter up and with [Page your fingers and lifton a computer keyboard. Note Same as the [Page Up] Down] keys 16:9 aspect by ratio following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, Carefully change the lamp Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn offfunction and then the projector automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, •may Break Timer does while the projec-will Press PAGE ornot PAGE DOWN PAGE. have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press FREEZE again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 1 4 2 Note *1 • This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio • Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected • :Versions than Windows NT4.0 Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen • :Versions OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. •*2You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. Same as NORMAL mode. In case SXGA+ •*3Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3Dealer or Service Center to assure safe operation. Op BasicAp Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. When moving the cursor If the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving the breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons (if corner / /lamp / of).the “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor as soon as possible. mo *3 Press / / / to adjust the length o o turn off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebemeasures • When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA in • Increases with or Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe ■ The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button ■ If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ( / that / / the ) lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) Focus knob ■ It is buttons recommended bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enter the standby mode. After the projector has entered the standby mode, follow life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button ■ Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting thering projector andknob the computer with a USBfrom cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators sizeresize using the focus or zoom on the Dethe mode to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. set to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press . with tails, see the included operation manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp AuthoSee page 49 for setting on menu screen. button tion will decrease, and the lamp life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Service Connecting with a USB cable Center. For the name of the nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted by rotatto put the projector into the STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 600) 800 the 600 Lamp Life Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 768) 1024 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 800 SXGA (1152 864) 1152 864 1280 720 SXGA+ (1400 1050) 1400 1050 To USB terminal 1280 800sound may SXGA (1280a 1024) 1000 800 1280 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 720 1280 at720 — USB cable Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available available as Sharp service 1360 768 1280 722 1360 or768 — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 768 1366 768 of the lamp 1280 due 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies 768 — 1280 720 800 It is important 1280 800 — and the frequency1280 of use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal ■ STANDBY/ON button ing the focus ring. standby mode. 1 2 Press . Disconnect the power cord. *2 — 1280 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. Canceling the timer Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have .common function. Press — Press . Wait at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully ■ When the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 768 the Remove air filter. The projected1 image is frozen. removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] ■before When using [Page Up] 1366 768 1 4 displayed screen. When percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ ” (red), the lamp will Pick theon airthe filter up and with yourthe fingers lifton Note Same as the [Page Up] [Page Down]and keys a computer keyboard. 16:9 aspect by ratio ■ Carefully change the lamp following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn off and then the projector will automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, Break Timer does not function while the projecPress PAGE or PAGE DOWN PAGE. may have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. ■ If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 2 Note *1 This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® :Versions Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected than Windows NT4.0 :Versions Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. *2 Same as NORMAL mode. *3 In case SXGA+ Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3 Op BasicAp the temperature warning indicator ■ About When the lamp replacement indicator and on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The timer to count down from 5 minSync works when input Unplug thestarts power Outputfunction image Input signal cord from the AC socket. The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen Press togas manually adjust ■ Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. ■IfWhen moving the cursor the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving the breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons (if corner / /lamp / of).the “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor as soon as possible. mo *3 Press / / / to adjust the length o o off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution ■ turn Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the ■ When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebemeasures When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA n Increases with or to assure safe operation. Dealer oron Service Center m imanual with Auto Sync adjustment, use adjustTurn over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page oo Z 5 minutes 6 minutes 60 minutes ■ When right-clicking ments. (See page 47.) rying handle ( ), grab the tab ( ) and slide *1 Shortens with or SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. the filter cover ( ). 4 minutes 3 minutes 1 minute (1280 1024) Thethe break time can be set in units only of onea ■ About When your computer supports lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) Setting Adju Maintenance Maintenance Up s the Indicators Projector Screen tment (ÒSCR-ADJÓ Menu) Cleaning theZoom projector Maintenance indicator Standard Lens Cleaning the lens Menu operation Problem Abnormal Normal F1.7-F1.9, f=28.0-33.6 mm Cause Setting the On-screen 16:10 Signal Input (Normal Mode) Display Page 43 Possible solution Reversing/Inv erting Pro• Relocate the projector to an area with proper ventilation (see page jected Images • Blocked air intake 8). Temperature The internal This function allows you to turRed n the on on-screen warning on or off. Off temperature is messages (Standby) This projector is •equ ipped iw th a revetorse/inv ert Take the projector your nearest • Cooling imagefan funbreakction thatSharp allowsAuthorized o y u to reverse or in-Dealer Projector abnormally high. down or Service (see page 68) e v rt the projected image for a v Center rious applications. indicator Selectable items Description On All On-screen Displays are displayed. Off Lamp indicator INPUT/VOLUME/AV MUTE/FREEZE/ AUTO SYNC/MAGNIFY/ ÒA n invalid The lamp does button has been pressed.Ónot areilluminate. not displayed. Red on Green on Time to change Green blinks the lamp. when the lamp is warming up Selecting a Startup and Background Image Red on The lamp does Selectable items Descriptionnot illuminate. (Standby) Logo SHARP default image Blue Blue screen None Black screen on/ Mode) The power 4:3 Signal InputGreen (Normal Red on Power indicator blinks Red blinks indicator in red when the Green blinks projector is on. (Cooling) Selecting the Menu Screen Position Select M Ò enu PositionÓ on the Ò SCR-ADJÓ menu and the desired position for the menu screen. • Internal circuit failure for repair. Selectable items • Clogged air intake • Clean theDescription exhaust and intake vents. (See(Projected page 56.)from the front Normal image Front of the screen) the power cord from • Disconnect • The lamp is shut Inverted image (Projected from the the AC outlet, and then connect it Ceiling + Front down abnormally. front of the screen with an inverted again. projector) • Carefully replace the lamp. (See image (Projected from the Rear page 62.) • Remaining lamp lifeReversed rear of thethe screen or with a mirror) • Take projector to your nearest becomes 5% or less. Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer Reversed and inverted image (ProCeiling + Rear [m/cm] or with Service Center (see page 68) jected a mirror) for repair. Cleaning aust and intake vents • Burnt-out lamp the exh • Please exercise care when [Feet/inches] • Lamp circuit failure replacing the lamp. Note • Securely install the lamp unit cover. • This function is used for the reversed image and • If the power indicator blinks even ceiling-mount • The filter cover, lamp setups. (See page 19.) when the covers are securely unit cover or lens installed, or if the cooling fan does housing cover is not run normally, then contact your open. nearest Sharp Authorized • Cooling fan breakProjector Dealer or Service Center down (see page 68) for advice. Selecting the On-screen Display Language The projector can switch the on-screen display language among 17 languages. Info Selectable items Description Center Displayed on the center of the image. • If the temperature warning indicator illuminates and the projector enters the standby mode, check whether Upper Right Displayed on the upper right of the image. any of the ventilation holes are blocked (see page 8) and then try turning the power back on. Wait until the Lower Right Displayed on the lower right of the image. projector cooledon down completely Upper Left has Displayed the upper left of thebefore image.plugging in the power cord and turning the power back on. (At least 10 minutes.) Lower Left Displayed on the lower left of the image. • If the power is turned off for a brief moment due to power outage [m/cm] or some other cause while using the projector, and the power supply recovers immediately after that, the lamp indicator will illuminate in red and the lamp may not be lit. In this case, unplug the power cord from the AC outlet, replace the power [Feet/inches] cord in the AC outlet and then turn the power on again. • The cooling fan keeps the internal temperature of the projector constant and this function is controlled automatically. The sound of the cooling fan may change during operation because the fan speed may change and this is not a malfunction. Info • STANDBY/ON • • • STANDBY 18 -20 -50 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -56 -60 Downloaded Replaci ¥T his projecto to ensure the of the project Regarding Maintenance theIndicators Lamp ¥A sk your nea jector Dealer cithange filt is nothe longe ■ The MOUSE/Adjustment warning lights on the projector indicate problems inside the projector. STANDBY button Lamp ■ If a problem occurs, either the temperature indicator or the lamp indicator will Zoom illuminate red, and ( / that / / the ) lamp unit (optional: AN-C430LP) Focus knob ■ It is buttons recommended bering replaced when the remaining lamp the projector will enterLens the standby mode.as Afterthe theSwitching projector has entered theEco+Quiet standby mode, follow Resize Adjusting Using the Mode Remote the Control Wireless Computer the Mouse life becomes 5% or less, or when you notice a significant deterioration in the picture and color the procedures given below. BREAK TIMER quality. The lamp life (percentage) can be checked Mode with the on-screen display. See page 53. The image is focused to the screen This function allowsand youadjusted to modify or customize button ■ Purchase a replacement lamp unit of type AN-C430LP your of purchase, Sharp When connecting the projector and the computer with a USB cable, youplace can use the remotenearest control as the Maintenance Indicators from sizeresize using mode the focus ring or zoom knob on the Dethe to enhance the input image. Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center. computer mouse. Press ECO+QUIET to switch the Eco+Quiet projector. Power indicator AUTO SYNC pending on the input signal, you can choose a FREEZE If the computer is placed too far awayLamp from the projector mode to be connected USB cable, the separately button betweenvia onthe and off. indicator desired image. button sold remote receiver (AN-MR2) it possible to operate the projector with the remote control. For deIMPORTANT NOTE TO U.S. makes CUSTOMERS: Temperature warning indicator • When the Eco+Quiet Mode iswarranty. set to “ON”, the sound The lamp this projector is backed by a 90-day parts and labor limited All service Press RESIZE. tails, see the included operationwith manual of the receiver. ECO+QUIET of the cooling fan will turn down, the power consumpof this projector under warranty, including lamp replacement, must be obtained through a Sharp Autho• See page 49 for setting on menu screen. button decrease, the lampProjector life will extend. rized Projector Dealer or Air Service Center. For the name oftion thewill nearest Sharpand Authorized Dealer Connecting with a USB cableFilter Replacing the or Service Center, please call toll-free: 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277). COMPUTER Computer Note Hg LAMP CONTAINS MERCURY For State Lamp Disposal Information FULL DOT BY DOT NORMAL 1www.lamprecycle.org Press STANDBY/ON on the proor 1-800-BE-SHARP jector or STANDBY on the remote 1 control The focus is adjusted bythe rotatto put the projector intoLamp the Caution Concerning STRETCH U.S.A. ONLYon SVGA (800 × 600) 800 ×the 600 Lamp Life • Refer to “Checking Status” XGA (1024 × 768) 1024 × 768 page 53 for details of the Eco+Quiet mode. 4:3 aspect ratio 1068 × 800 SXGA (1152 × 864) 1152 × 864 1280 × 720 SXGA+ (1400 × 1050) 1400 × 1050 To USB terminal 1280 × 800sound may SXGA (1280a × 1024) 1000 × 800 1280 × 1024 This projector utilizes pressurized mercury lamp. A loud indicate lamp failure. Lamp Point the remote control 1280 × 720 1280 ×at720 — USB cable • Wait until the cooling fan stops. failure or can be attributed to numerous sources such as: excessive shock, improper cooling, surface USB remote receiver the (commercially available or768 available as Sharp service 1360 × 768 1280 × 722 1360 × — part (AN-MR2, optional) Other aspect ratios QCNWGA014WJPZ) scratches or deterioration time. 1366 × 768 1366 × 768 of the lamp 1280 due × 720 to a lapse of usage The period of time1280 up ×to768failure largely depending on the individual lamp and/or the condition 1280varies × 768 — 1280 × 720 800 It is important 1280 × 800 — and the frequency1280 of ×use. to note that failure can often result in the bulb cracking. USB terminal Displaying and ing the focus ring.Setting the standby mode. ■ Break Timer 1 2 Press BREAK Disconnect the TIMER. power cord. STANDBY/ON button Auto Sync (Auto Sync Adjustment) Freezing a Moving Image *2 — 1280 720 break Press L-CLICK R-CLICK. the timer •Canceling Do not remove theorlamp unitdisplay from thefunction projector right after use. The lamp will be very hot and may cause burn 3 *1 16:9 aspect ratio or injury. *2 2 L-CLICK and R-CLICK have common function. Press BREAK TIMER. — Press FREEZE. • Wait at least one hour after the power cord is disconnected to allow the surface of the lamp unit to fully ■ When the remaining lamp life becomes 5% or less, “ ” (yellow) and “Change The Lamp.” will becool 1360 768 the Remove air filter. • The projected1 image is frozen. removing the lamp unit. or [Page Down] ■before When using [Page Up] 1366 768on the screen. When the percentage becomes 0%, it will change to “ displayed ” (red), the lamp will • Pick the air filter up and with [Page your fingers and lifton a computer keyboard. Note Same as the [Page Up] Down] keys 16:9 aspect by ratio following the instructions described in this section. *If you wish, ■ Carefully change the lamp Tab you it out of the filter cover. automatically turn offfunction and then the projector automatically enter the standby mode. At thisCenter. time, •may Break Timer does while the projec-will Press PAGE ornot PAGE DOWN PAGE. have theUP lamp replaced at your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Press FREEZE again to return to *1 *1 tor is operating the “Auto Sync”, “FREEZE” or the lamp indicator will illuminate in red. the moving image from the cur1280 768 * If the lamp does not illuminate after replacement, take your projector to the nearest Sharp Authorized “AV new MUTE” functions. rently connected *2 device. ■ If you try to turn theaspect projector a fourth time without replacing the lamp, the projector will not turn on. Projector Dealer or on Service Center for repair. 15:9 ratio — 1 4 2 Note *1 • This function only works with the Microsoft® Windows® OS and *2 Mac OS®. However, this function does not — 1280 800 work with the following operation systems that do not support USB. ® ratio • Versions earlier16:10 thanaspect Windows 95 ® Cutout area earlier on which images cannot be projected • :Versions than Windows NT4.0 Area where earlier the signalsthan are offMac screen • :Versions OS® 8.5 *1 The Image Shift function can be used for these images. •*2You cannot use this function when displaying the menu screen. Same as NORMAL mode. In case SXGA+ •*3Confirm that input. the computer recognizes the USB connection. Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -33 Basic Operation 2 2 3 Op BasicAp the temperature warning indicator ■ About When the lamp replacement indicator and on-screenAuto display iconscreen are illuminated, it isdetecting recommended The timer to count down from 5 minSync works when input • Unplug thestarts power Outputfunction image Input signal cord from the AC socket. The mouse pointer can bewith operated in the that the lamp be replaced a new one immediately, if the lamp appears utes. signal even after the projector turns on.to be operating Computer Type NORMAL FULL DOT BY DOT STRETCH normally. following way display after itImage is connected. On-screen Press AUTO SYNC togas manually adjust ■ Should the lamp break, the glass particles may spread inside the lamp cage or contained in the Resolution lamp may be vented into the room from the exhaust vent. Because the gas in this lamp includes with Auto Sync function. ■IfWhen moving the cursor the temperature the projector increases, due to blockage of the air vents, or the setting location, XGA and below isinside Zooming by mercury, ventilateadjusted the room wellmoving the breaks and avoid all exposure to the released gas.*1In MOUSE/Adjustment buttons (if corner / /lamp / of).the “Press ” will illuminate in the lower left picture. If the temperature keeps uton rising, the lamp will the knob. case of zoom exposure to the gas, consult a doctor as soon as possible. mo *3 Press / / / to adjust the length o o off and temperature warning will blink, thethat cooling fan particles will run a further 90 seconds, and Note Z formay Resolution ■ turn Should thethe lamp break, there is indicator also a possibility glass spread inside of the ■ When left-clicking 4:3 aspect ratio of the break time. higher than projector. In such case,cover. it is recommended you your nearest Authorized Projector then theL-CLICK. projector willa enter the standby mode. After “ contact ” appears, ensure Sharp you perform thebemeasures • When the optimum image cannot achieved Remove the filter AC socket Press XGA n • Increases with or to assure safe operation. Dealer oron Service Center m imanual with Auto Sync adjustment, use adjust• Turn over the 60. projector. Pull down the cardescribed page oo Z 5 minutes 6 minutes 60 minutes ■ When right-clicking ments. (See page 47.) rying handle ( ), grab the tab ( ) and slide *1 • Shortens with or SXGA Pressopen R-CLICK. Replacing the the filter coverLamp ( ). 4 minutes 3 minutes 1 minute (1280 1024) • Thethe break time can be set in units only of onea ■ About When your computer supports lamp indicator 5:4 aspect ratio Caution minute (up to 60 minutes). one-click mouse (such as Macintosh) Setting Up the Projector Setting Up the Projector For optimal image quality, position the projector perpendicular to the screen with the projector’s feet flat and level. Doing so will eliminate the need for Keystone correction and provide the best image quality. (See page 32.) Standard Setup (Front Projection) Place the projector at the required distance from the screen according to the desired picture size. (For details, refer to the “SETUP MANUAL” contained on the supplied CD-ROM.) Example of standard setup Side View Base line: Horizontal line passing through the lens center Screen Lens center H L: Projection distance Ceiling-mount Setup It is recommended that you use the optional Sharp ceiling-mount adaptor and unit for this installation. Before mounting the projector, contact your nearest Sharp Authorized Projector Dealer or Service Center to obtain the recommended ceiling-mount adaptor and unit (sold separately). -18 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (Òduring S (ÒS Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu)(ÒPRJ-ADJ Ó menu) Helpful Installation 4. AdjustFunctions the angle • This projector is equipped with an A Ò uto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle CorrectionÓ the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically corrects any Page trapez oidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in the order power of the cord Component of the projector signal, the from RGB the signal, AC outlet the S-video is unplugged, signal and the Computer Model XG-C455W/PG-C355W An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage Ñ ÒSignal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)Ó menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horiz o ntal tilt of signal. If o y ur audio-visual equipment has a component output terminal or RGB output terminal, use the and that the devices to be connected are turned off. After making all connections, turn on the Insert the new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature changes. This will not affect •Video Multiple signal support Pix e l Clock: 12Ð 1 70 MHz Ð Display devices 0.74" LCD panel × 3 Pict. SIG ADJ SCR PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. SIG SCR PRJ-ADJ Net. Lens Pict. Projection distance for 100" screen size thefrom projector. Main Menu • Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horiz o ntal Frequency : 15Ð 1 10 kHz Sy n c signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resiz e 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1 Wide-zoom lens (× 1.5 – 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" – 13' 1" (3.2 m – 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 × 800) Enter the same key0*4c0 ode in ÒRe-conImage Shift Phase Auto Restart -150on Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency 8+150 5 Fasten Hz unit compartment. the securing •are Compatible syn(4.8 c onmgreen signal device to be turned after all connections Tele-zoom lensF: (×43Ð 2.2 – 02.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7" – with 19' 10" – 6.0 m) Maintenance • See ÒMthe aintenance IndicatorsÓ .function 59from 123 number Lens FUsed 1.7 – made. 1.9 When the image is projected from the topimage. or to automatically a computer This allows o y adjust u toeither set the audio output firmÓ 0 H-Pos H-Key stone *4 Sy.stem Sound On When connecting video equipment with atoDVI output terminal Page 47 Phase -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Tele-zoom lens (× 3.3 – 5.1) AN-C27MZ 23' 2" – 35' 8" (7.1 m – 10.9 m) indicator or V-Pos 0*50 V-Key silluminates tone Speaker Onof the devices to be connected 34 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as Zoom+150 Manual, × 1.2 (f =allows 28.0 – 33.6 mm) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA leSctabims Descripton – 15.5em) This function y(11.0 u to initializ the settings Reset Auto V-Key tone On Audio Out FAO Tele-zoom – 7.2) AN-C41MZ 36' 2" – 50' 10" o m 5 blinks inslens red.(×-1505.1 *5 comes distorted trapez o idally . The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 V-Pos Monitor Out Focus Manual Enable 246 Resolution A in utoSyncadjustmenwilocRGB urwhen the projector. y On ou have Horizontal Frequency Frequ ency made Analog Digital RGB Video Equipment *5• The Mode Resolu tionbe VESA Background Auto Sync Logo On When connecting with the RGB The projector cannot keycable lock is set. Vertical 53 LAN/RS232C Enable 357Note ing is called Keystone Correction. amplifier. Reset DVI-D (Compatible (kHz (Hz ) trapezoidal distortion Support Support the proj ct is ur ned o r when t ) HDCP) with Input terminals × 1 Menu TyPosition pe put Center Auto RS-232C 68 Signal 9600bps 4standard The z o om lens is attached to the projector. turned on or into the If the key l ock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 ali n p u t s g a l r w e i t s c h d , e n To 5cancel the key c ode that o y u have (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) PRJ Mode Dy n amic Range Front Standard Fan 79 Normal 31.5 Selectable items Description Computer/Component × 2 70 640 350 standby mode using the The lenses from Sharp are also available specializ ed application. Please see Language Video SysLock tem Resolution English Auto Sy stem 80 set Disable 37.9 85 A enotsy i-crKC otuV for 6optional ready On The conetd oacmp.uter audio signal is output from the internal Note (mini D-sub 15 pin) 27.0 60 All reset STANDBY/ON button on qnearest Sharp audio output Page 47 To Of utoSyncadjustmen i otaumi- the lenses. (Refer to the y our Authoriz dterminals Projector Dealer 70 for detailsspeaker. onA all 31.5 • Press " on the projector fore four times 640 400 (mini pin) in steps × 1 Set ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ onor the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen The following items menu cannot be initialized. Auto SyInfo ncS-Video OnDIN 437.9 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal : 800 x 600 calypoerfmd. au 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 Off The dio signal is not output from the 60 Supplied 27.0 HTimer 60.3 kHz [ / V 0]h Off 37.8 buttons 720 Page 47350 (Life) [ 0]Hzmin ( 100%) Video (RCA) menu to Ò O nÓ . × 1 • Ò S IG-ADJÓ menu w Lamp 70 31.5 RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal ty p e setting. 47 internal speaker. When the Sy s tem Lock is set nel install the optional lenses. Replace the lamp unit cover. accessory To AUDIO input terminal 60 *6 27.0 VGA Signal TypAudio e Autostereo minijack) Pages 31, 32 To DVI-D (ø3.5 × 2 component input 70 Resolution 720 signals 400 (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT 2, DVI-D) • When SySEL./ADJ. sSEL./ADJ. tem Lock is set, themm key c ode31.5 input screen RGB • Align the lamp and ENTER ENTER input terminal SEL./ADJ. ENTERslide 85 37.9 it to Page 47 unit cover n o i t c e r C s y K l a u M • Ò S CR-ADJÓ menu Component N o t e (COMPUTER/ Audio (RCA) appears after the power isthe turned × 2 END END 50(L/R) RETURN RETURN 26.2When it apEND on. RETURN close. Then tighten user service 60 Language 31.5 COMPONENT 2, Computer/Component DVI-D). pears, enter1,the right keyc*7ode to start projection. Adjust the focus and the o z om ø3.5 mm stereo minijack audio cable Output terminals × 1 70 34.7 • A u t o ÒA Syto nc adjustmen uto is RCA also perfo med by V-Key Set stoneÓ on the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen Dy n amic Range Auto 640 480 screw to secure the lamp unit cover. Computer 72• ÒPRJ-ADJÓ menu 37.9 (commercially available) Standard (mini D-sub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 p r e s i n g AUTO SYNC o n t h e ps roject or onetoneÓ 75 37.5 menu to Ò O ffÓ . Select ÒV-Key , and then Enhanced Input screen for key cfor ode100 The graph below isimage (254 cm) screen with Signal Input (Normal Mode). Bring the projected intoinches focus43.3 Adjust the16:10 projected image siz ThisLamp function determines whether the audio level Timer (Life) 85 with RGB input Audio signals (ø3.5*8 mm stereo minijack) × 1 (variable audio output) t h e r m o c n t l . DVI Digital cable (commercially available) press or to paralleliz e the left and right sides 50 31.3 User service screw Video System image into Auto output from the AUDIO output (MONITOR output) • Bring • the projected focus by Adjust the projected image siz e by moving the Ð Ð Ð Ð Sy s tem Lock Sy s tem Lock Info 56 35.2 (COMPUTER/ To DVIimage outputLAN terminal •timseo athe k d yjS u msn tc e o A T h IfScreen the optimum bePAL obtained of projected with the slide To (RJ-45) Control and × 1 Page 48cannot 60 (for 37.9with Auto terminal is unit fixedcover) orimage variable by linking withbar. VOLrotating the 1, focus ring. zoomlamp knob. SECAM Description Selectable items 2, DVI-D). 70 to complet, dep n i g on the image of the 46.6 800 600 SVGA • If the lamp unit and lamp unit cover are not NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knobselect ÒHSyCOMPONENT n c adjustment, use the SIG-ADJ function. paralleliz e the upper and lower sides, To audio output terminal USB (Type B) communication × 1 72 To COMPUTER/ 48.1 UME. The projector auNTSC3.58 tomatically enters the 75 On N o t e Wide-zomlns(ANC12MZ) the Toset. AUDIO input terminal 46.9 Picture too bright and • Image adjustments are×1 1Key incorrectly 45 correctly installed, power will not turn COMPONENT scomputer ncdtohepr.jctotoneÓ and press or . Tois RGB output terminal PAL-M RS-232C DIN 9 pin) 85 Note 53.7 standby mode when no inpu t signal is leSctabims terminals Descripton (mini 10'5"—13'" (3.2m—40) Selectable items Description PAL-N input37 terminal 50 whitish. 40.3 to • F o r d e t a i l s o f t h e R s i z m o d , e s p a g e s on, even if the power cord is connected PAL-60 for minu tes or longer. Throwdistance1:.5—9 signal Clkoc • Select the detected Adjusterv icalnos.e Wired Remote × 1 60 48.4 FAO Audio Correction outtput that does not a v ry in input ty15 pe of the video equipment. See page 47. Vertical Keystone u or ÒEnhancedÓ) andthe 38. the Locking Buttons projector. 70 setting (ÒStandardÓ 56.5 XGAblack levels the •Off Select the nbe amic Range 48 The Au t.5 o768 Pow rstereo funminijack) ction wiDy ll on Off Phase •The Adjust horizntal ose(1024 imlarto Operation Signal Info m o output (ø3of mm (Fixe d Aud io an strength w i th the o v lu m e lev e l ofthe the n o i While the projector is econnected to video equipment that has HDMI terminal, only video 75 60.0 o m Z • Y preaslocnu Projector cr oe nm - t h image showdisabled. banding or that results quality. You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 in the best picture Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time t r a k c i n g o V C R u y ) . the Ou t pu t ) sou r ce projector. Speakers 2AUDIO W (Mono) signal can be1280 input to the projector. (Connect the input terminal for audio input.) 60 45.0 720 Standrzomles signal through47.8 trol se hrizmode.(S pag when 37.) DVIosH-P appear Centrshon-cre when imag1280 yb and life (percentage). *4 inputting RGB COMPUTER/COMPONENT or DVI 2 Audigital 60 VAOthe1remaining dio lamp outpucable, t that a v ries in strength with Use thisfaded function to768 lock but•Item Depending on specifications of video equipment or to the signal transmission 275 W 60 HDMI 12'4" —14'9"(3.8m—45) the operation 49.7 800 WXGA *5Projection Item when inputting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 mvoingt helftor i1280 gh . D is lamp selected. (Variable the o v lu m e lev of thethe sourinput ce projector. This function allows y o u toelselect sig75not support all connections 62.8 tons on the projector. may not work property . (The HDMI specification does to video equipment 2 — 8 . : 1 e c n a t s i d w o r h T L amp– 240 usage condition Remaining lamp life *6 ItemNote when selecting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D voltage AC 100 60 47.7 768 os-P V Rated Centrshon-cre imag1360 yb Aud io tpu t)V or increases, The cooling fan • When temperature inside the the Ñ nal typOu eprojector RGB Component forcooling COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 using HDMI 1366 768 output *7 Item when selecting DVI-D that has HDMI digital terminal to DVI digital cable.) ÒLifeÓ 100% 5% m v o i n g t u p o r d w n . Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 60 55.0 Locking the Operation Buttons becomes noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page 33 *8 •Item when selecting VIDEO or S-VIDEO When the Au t o Pow e r Off fu n ction is set to Ò O nÓ , 70 66.2 1152 864 For details on compatibility for connection, see support information Operated exclusively on DVI connection provided by the Input current 75 3.6 A o 67.5 SXGA Hold down ENTtR es onafter the projector for about 5 sec- isthe Tel-zomns(ANC18MZ) The Reset the lamp timer replacing the lamp. Info Horiz ntal Key s tone Correction Approx . Approx . The lamp does not light • lamp indicator illuminating in red. 59 5 minu before the projector enters video equipment manufacturer. 60 64.0 1280 1024 leSctabims while ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ You can move the projected image vertically . 15'7" —19'0"(4.8m—60) turned onds while the projector is being on. lamp. 75 W (3.4 W) with AC 1003,000 (Standby) 360 V Descripton hours ÒSPower creen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)Ó menu 150 hoursmake up even after the Replace the N o tSelect e consumption standby mode, the message ÒE80.0 nter STANDBY the INPUT mode When A Ò d u ioInputsigal reutomaiclyreog- OutÓ has been set to V Ò AOÓ , first 60 64.0 A isuto• ÒO nÓ . 8 — . 2 : 1 e c n a t s i d w o r h T 1400 1050 SXGA+ RGB cable Info 345 W (4.4 W) with AC 240 V 60 65.3 projector turns on. in X1600 min.Óvideo will appear on75.0 the screen to60 survideo e toexlow enizedasRrGBorcmpnet. the terminal o v lume of the projector before On-screen Display When equipment with component • To mode and Rest lc Menu ,items adjun l rest connecting 1200 UXGA Operated coutput lusively Main Sub Menu Select the C Ò temperature OMPUTER 1Ó480 using the minu INPUT buttons on the projector the 1on button on.the Approx Approx . Operation 67 41° F tuor to 95° COMPUTER F the (+5° SetwhnRGBsigal re civpow C to +35° C) 34.9 640 MAC 13" indicate the remaining tes. The lamp suddenly turns r ning e r or off andremote h w en swcontrol. itching the R G B d . • Make sure to reset the lamp timer only while Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓ pres 75 illustration shown below is for the former.) 49.7 MAC 16"ENTER. SCR-ADJ Resiz e Key832 lock624 function Normal ON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The 2,000 hours 100 hours ) Z M 7 2 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 75 60.2 1024 768 MAC 19" Cabinet C o m p n e t Plastic off during projection. S e t w h n C o m p e t s i g n a l r e inpu t . Full when replacing the lamp. If you reset the " " INPUT list On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the remote 49 is Ò O ffÓ . •Page TMAC he adjustleb arnge of osH-P o(sHi-tP n) 49 75 1152 870 21" Dot Dot AC socket 23'" (7.1m—09) * × ø3By.5H mm68.7 stereo or—35'8" mono audio cable projector control recivd. 1/64" lamp timer(main and body continue to use the same Dimensions only) × D] 32"Sharp × 4" × 11 12 27/as Area Zoom The image sometimes •[W Cables incorrectly connected to the projector or the connected 23-29 • The lock function does not affect the Throwdistance1:3.—5operation INPUT (commercially available or available service part QCNWGA038WJPZ) andos-Pitn)V( yma arv y depnig key COMPUTER1 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, this may cause the lamp to become Video Equipment button (326 × 101.5 × 279.5 mm) flickers. equipment works improperly. Stretchbutton with the remote control buttons. RGB o n t h e s c r o l u t i n f h e c o. m p u t r Page 49 COMPUTER1 1024 768 Note damaged or explode. •function If this happens 62 Weight (approx.) lbs. (4.9 the kg) lamp. •Selectable You cannot use the -60 keylock while thefrequently, pro- 10.8replace +60Description H-Keystone items * •When using the ¿ 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level will be half of when using the ¿3.5 mm stereo(CRT/LCD) audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 ) Z M 1 4 C N A ( s n m o z l e T • You can also reset the lamp timer via the Page 49 N o tto e be changed. Thislamp projector may not be• able images notebook computers in simultaneous jector is warming The lamp will eventually need 62 The takes aup. long If the pow er cord is unto plugdisplay ged from the from On 36'2"—50'1"(1.0m—5) computer and output the display data LAN. V-Keystone -100occur, +100 Ddisplay DVI-D on ternotebook mode. this turn off thehas timeShould to turn on. The lamp the•the end of its life. Replace the lamp. ou or theterminal breaker switch isLCD turreached ned off Compu It is recommended that the lamp be changed Totlet audio output y T s e h t o n K C r c i a n b e d j u s t p o Throwdistance1:5.—72 reserves As aRTpart of policy of continuous improvement, SHARP to make design Page 49Details Taking Key lthe ock off (Refer tothe the SETUP MANUAL on the supin ÒCNote only Ówhmode. on how tothen change modes can be found inthe o y urright notebook computerÕ projector is on, the display When lamp life becomes 5%. s setthe to the E Ò remaining nableÓ , list the function is activated To component video output terminal otuA htiw sergd 21– yletamixorp fo elgna when Picture isen dark. On Auto V-Key s• tone When o y u is press the INPUT buttons on the projector, INPUT appears. operation and changes for product improvement without prior notice. The performance Hold down RETN typmanual. on the projector for about 5 seconds. plied CD-ROM for details.) Ordinarily , specification the eprojector of input signal detected and the Off au t omatically tu r ns on h w en • Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page 49 and power is consumed even in the standby mode. See page ÒCcontrol omputer ChartÓ for acontrol listand of -press signals with projector. V computer eK signals, aprxoimtelyf ng a to up and ystoe ENTER To COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 × switch 'Compatibility "Operate Press to select an item on the list, to to the selected INPUT mode. Lamp indicator •• When this65 projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA Ò640 400Ó appears on the screen. To AUDIO The remote •/"is the remote while pointing it compatible at the projectorÕ sthe 15 some specification figures indicated are nominal values ofvalues production units. There may be correct resolution mode automatically selected. Howof the shown depending on the frequency the pow eis r cord plu gged into the AC OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to D Ò Use with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using the remote press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI ,1, S-VIDEO or with VIDEO to is– 5 0 d e g r e s w i t h - e y K Vs t o n e a n d a p r o x i • When projecting the RGB interlace signalcontrol, using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 2 or DVI-D S Ò ignal TypeÓ cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, signals, optimal resolution in on. 50 N o t e tosome outPage let orthe the breaker switch ismode turned deviations from these values in individual units. atwhen which ÒE co+Quiet ModeÓ isContact switched to ÒO nÓ STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh adaptor may be required for use with some Macintosh computers. o y ur nearest A Ò utoÓ or R Ò GBÓ , the image may not be projected as desired. In this case, use either Video or S-Video. ableÓ it is not connected. This reduces power switch the INPUT mode. m a t e l y – 3 0 d g r e s w y i t h H o n K . Connect power cord. • The Background Key lthe ock function OFF Logo remote control may be too far away from the projector. 5 5 3 4 Key stone Correction Auto SyncSetting Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Settings Quick Start 6 Throw 5. Distance Adjusting theResiz Computer Image Setting the e Mode 11 Auto Power Off Function 5 Keylock Function Audio Output Type Setting Connections Checking the Lamp Life Status 4 Signal Type Setting Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 Adjusting the Image Position 6. 2 Auto Restart Function Monitor Output LAN/RS232C Useful Features 2 Resolution Setting 6 7 1 projector does tuusing, r n on to- output Ò Off ResolutionÓ onThe the10 Ò SIG-ADJÓ menu may to au be 20 30consumption 40be 50 55(ft) and ÒOmay ffÓ. (See page 46.) to theis Macintosh Dealer. Page 34 ••Depending on the computer o y unot areneed the not faithful S Ò on creen resolutionÓ T h i s f u n c t i o n o n l y •wo r k s i n Plug some RESIZE when the projector in the standby •signal de-imstalhgcnorW fluorescent Page 50 cord • display IfBlue direct sunlight or a strong light is depending shining the the power into the AC socket matically w h en the pow e r cord is ENTER button None selected to match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computerÕ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer o y u are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s m o d ( e . S s p a g 37 a n d 38. ) mode. • When of the projector is inthe standby you (Component) cancontrol y s e t O o f - n K r i a V d . , u ts oe A 3 the RCA to sensor, 15-pin D-subplace cable the projector where it projectorÕ sorremote thethat projector. plu g ged into AC set outmode, let age mended the resolution be to the one that corresponds 1280 Ò × 800Ó. " button Menu Position Center external output port is switched on. (e.g. Press ÒF nÓ and ÒF5Ó condition. key stosimultaneously when using a (optional: AN-C3CP2) • To r e s t h i f u n c o , s e l 0 t . Tu the rn key the Power not be affected light.items release lock by holding down and by strong Selectable Description Upper RightENT R on. breaker switch off iswill tur ned Page 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in o y ur computerÕs operation manual to LowerRefer Right Enable The incorrectly. function is activ ated even 15 if the Note NO/YBDA TS enable on the projector for depleted MENU button Uppersimultaneously Left • The batteries may be or inserted Make o y ur computerÕ s ex t ernal output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is display ed, to put the projector into s mode. tandby mode. Lower Left the lamp projector is in standby about 5 seconds. sure the batteries arecable inserted correctly or insert new ones. 48 orf audio ø3.5 mm minijack to RCA (commercially available) 3 • pCahokIgetniScul Signal ") On-screen Setting theFrequ Confirmation ontal ency (kHz Vertical DVI Supfuport Display Disable The nction is switched off when the Front) PRJ Mode • While Horiz simultaneously holding down ", Frequency (Hz Ceiling + Front i n f o r m a t h e c u r n t l y s e c d i n p u t s g 480 60 15.7 On the projector On the remote control Page 50 projector is in be standby mode.affected by This480P projector is equipped with a microprocessor. Its performance could adversely ENTER and MENU on the projector, Rear Info tem Sound) 60 nal. Sound (Sys31.5 Ceiling + Rear 60should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again 33.8 540P press STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or interference. If this • Key lNote ock cannot be set while English the projector is: dis15.6 576 polski Language keep allM pressed down until 50 after more than 5 buttons minutes. Deutsch Magyarmode, 50 31.3 Description 576P play ing the Ò four enuÓ in standby Selectable items Page 50screens, Espa– o l TŸ r k• e • When y lamp u connect video equipment with a50 21-pin RGB output 37.5 720P theo indicator starts blinking green. Note(Euro-scart) to the projector, use a Nederlands up, changing input signals, operating A confirmation sou n d is made w h en the Onwarming 45.0 cable 720P Fran•that ais commercially available fits in the60 projector terminal o y u want to connect. 50 28.1 1080 Italiano projectororturon ns on/off. ÒAuto SyncÓ function the ÒSystem LockÓ • When you want to control the projector using •• The projector does not support RGBC signals via the Euro-scart. Svenska indicating 60 outlet, 33.8 1080 • “LAMP 0000H” is displayed, Even if o y u unplug the power cord from the AC the cooling fan continues to run for a while. No confirmation souns d is made.50 Offscreen warming 56.3 up.Portugu• 1080P during the LAN/RS232C function, select ÒEnableÓ. that the lamp timer 60 67.5 is reset. 1080P Page 30 7. 2 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Storing the Projector How to Use the Storage Case When storing the projector, attach the lens cap to the lens, and place it in the supplied storage case. 1 Open the cover of the storage case. 2 Place the projector into the storage case. Lens cap Info • Ensure the projector has cooled down sufficiently before placing it in the case. • Ensure the lens cap is attached to the lens for protection. • Place the projector into the storage case with the lens facing the handle. • Ensure the projector is held in place by using the fixing band. 3 Close the cover of the storage case. 4 Place the accessories in the front pocket of the storage case. Fixing band Supplied accessories (Remote control, etc.) -64 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded 5 5 3 4q Keystone Correction Auto Sync Adjustment Returning to the Default Speaker Setting Settings 5 Audio Output Type Setting w Checking the Lamp Life Status 4 Signal Type Setting 6 7 Monitor Output LAN/RS232C Quick Start • This projector is equipped with an A Ò uto V-Keystone Adjust the projector angle CorrectionÓ any the projector angle using the Height • Adjust Problem Check function that automatically correctsPage trapez oidal distortion within the projected image. Menu operation Page 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is highest ensure in order the power of the cord Component of the signal, projector the RGB from signal, the AC the outlet S-video is signal unplugged, and Computer MÒS odel Adjustment 3 P / W 5 ✔ C G X An unusual sound is • If the picture is normal, the sound is due to cabinet shrinkage — the ignal adjustment (SIG-ADJ)Ó menu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horiz o ntal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has a component output terminal or RGB usethe the and that the devices to be connected are turned After making connections, turn on Insert new lamp unit. occasionally heard caused by room temperature This will not output affect terminal, •Video Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12–170 MHz –audio-visual vices yd Dpla Lens 0.7✔"LCDpanel off. × 3 all Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Projectindsaf10"z changes. thefrom Main •projector. Presthlampunifr lytoheamp Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 15–110 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resize 0 On Auto Power Off 1Menu Wide-zomlns( Enter × ) 9 — 5 . 1 Z M 2 1 C N A ) ✔ m 2 . ( 3 — " 5 ’ 0 1 Resolutin 0 8 2 1 ( A G X W × ) 0 8 the same keycode in ÒRe-con*4 Image Shift 0Hz 0 Auto Restart -150on Clock SIG-ADJ On Vertical Frequency: 43–85 unit compar tsen.F theto scuring Phase •are Compatible with sync on green signal device be turned the connections omlens-z( Maintenance ×2.—8) +150after AN-C18MZall“Maintenance 15’ 7" — 9 0 (✔.8 m 6 ) • See Indicators”. 59from 1 2 3T firmÓ r e b m u n F Lens Page F1.7—9 Used When the imageallows is projected either top image. or to automatically adjust afrom computer Thismade. function you to set the the audio output . 0*4equipment 0 H-Pos H-Keystone System Sound On When connecting video with atoDVI output terminal 47 Phase -30 +30 The following is a list of modes that conform VESA. However, this projector supports other signals s c . w r e T m o s n e l z ( × 3 . — 5 1 ) A N C 2 7 M Z 2 3 ’ " — 5 8 ( 7 . 1 m 0 9 ) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 3 ✔ the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as Zom ual,Mn This × 1.2(f=80—36m) H-Pos standards. that are not VESA leSctabims function allows you toDescripton initialize the settings Reset Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO ×5.1—72) +150 *5 On AN-C✔1MZ 36’2"—501(.m) 5T omlens(-z blinks in red. -150 comes distorted trapez o idally. The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display Resolution On 640 x 480 F ocus -60 +60VideoEqupmnt V-Pos Monitor Out ualMn you Enable 2 ✔6 On utoSyncadjustmenwilocurwhen the projector. have made Horizontal Frequency Frequency AnalogA in RGB Digital RGB *5• The Mode Resolution VESA Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with RGB cable The projector be the keylock is set. Vertical(Hz) 53 LAN/RS232C Enable 5 Note ing trapezoidal distortion is called Keystone Correction. amplifier. Reset Support Support the proj ct is ur ned o r when t (kHz) D ) P C D H h t i w e l b a p m o ( I V Inputermials 3✔ 6 78 × 1 Menu Position Signal Type Center Auto RS-232C 9600bps The standard z o om lens is attached to the projector. turned on or put into the If the keylock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 i n p u t s g a l r w e i t s c h d , e n To 5 cancel the keycode that you have al(Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan 79 Normal 31.5 Selectable items Description × 2 70 640Computer/n × 350 standby mode using the The lenses from Sharp are also available specializ application. Please see Language Video System conetd oacmp.uter ed signal Resolution English Auto System Lock 80 Disable 37.9 85 ✔ A enotsy i-crKC otuV for 6 optional ready set On The audio is output from the internal Note (minD-sub15p) 60 27.0 All reset STANDBY/ON button on q nearest Sharp Page 47 Toauditpermnls Authorized Projector Dealer for O f A u t o S y n c a d j u s t m e n i o t a u m i your details on all the lenses. (Refer to ✔ the 31.5 in steps • Press " on the projector for four times 640 speaker. S-Video(mnDIN✔p) × 400 × 1 70 Set ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ onmenu the ÒS✔cannot CR-ADJÓ The following items or bescreen initialized. Auto Sync On 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. 37.9 Signal Info : 800 x 600 calypoerfmd. sure 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be to have service person7 Off The audio signal is not output from the Off37.8 Hz 60 Supplied 27.0 60.3 × kHz buttons 720 Page 47350 LampHTimer (Life) [ / V 0]h [ 0] min ( 100%) Video(RCA) with menu to ÒOnÓinternal . menuspeaker. 1 70 • “SIG-ADJ” w 31.5 RGB cable Tilt dial Picture green • Change the input signal× type setting. 47 When the is System Lock islenses. set nel install the optional Replace the lamp ToAUDIOinputermal 60 accessory *6unit cover. 27.0 VGA Signal Type Auto Pages 31, 32 ToDVIA ×k)udio(¿3.5msternjac is × 2 component input 70 Resolution 31.5 720signals 400 ) I V D , 2 N / R E T U P M O C r o f ( • When System Lock set, the keycode input screen RGB • Alignthe ampunitervcoadslie t o SEL./ADJ. SEL./ADJ. ENTER ENTER inputermal SEL./ADJ. ENTER37.9 85 ✔ Page 47 noitcerCsyKlauM • “SCR-ADJ” menu Component Note (COMPUTER/ udio(RCA) appears after theA power is turned on.26.2 When it ap× 2(L/R) 50 END END END RETURN c l o s e. T h e n t i g h t e n t h e u s e r RETURN s e r v i c e RETURN 60 Language ✔ COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). enter 1, the keycode to the start31.5 projection. Adjust the focus and zoom ¿3.5msteroinjackRCAudbl *7 Outperminals pears, × 1 70 34.7 • A u t o ÒA Sync adjustmen uto is also perfo med by V-KeystoneÓ on the ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen Set Dynamic 640Computer/n Range × 480 s c w r e t o u h l a m p. u n i et r v c o Computer Auto 72 • “PRJ-ADJ” menu (comerialyvb) Standard 37.9 ) p 5 1 b u s D n i m ( Picture is pink (no Page 48 presingwith SYNC on the project or one✔ (Normal 75 menu to 16:10 ÒO ffÓAUTO . determines Select ÒV-KeystoneÓ ,the andaudio thenlevel Input screen for green) keycode The graph below isimage for 100 inches (254 cm) screen Signal Input Mode). Bring the projected intoEnhanced focus37.5 Adjust the projected image siz This function whether Lamp Timer (Life) 43.3 with RGB input signals A k)udio(¿3.5msternjac × leaudiotp)rb1(v 85 t h e r m o c n t l . DVIigtalcbe(omryv) \ | press or to paralleliz e the left and right sides *8 50 31.3 User service screw Video System image into output from the AUDIO output output) • Bring •56 theLock projected Adjust the projected image size (MONITOR by moving the – Auto – –focus – 35.2by System System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ To VIoutperminal D ✔ PAL • t i m s e o a k d y j S u m s n t c e o A T h IfScreen optimum image cannot be obtained with Auto of the projected image with the slide bar. To ) 5 ✔ J R ( N A L Contrladthe × 1 Page 48 60 (for lamp unit cover) 37.9 terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. Description zoom knob. SECAM Selectable COMPONENT 2,use DVI-D). 70 to complet, dep n i g on the image of the 46.6 × 600 SVGA items 1, 800 NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoom knobselect ÒHSync the SIG-ADJ function. parallelize the upper and lower sides, Toauditpermnl ) B e p y T ( B S U uOn nicatom •notare vcuniltampd heIf adjustment, × 1 72 / R E U P M O C o T 48.1 UME. The projector enters the NTSC3.58 Wide-zomlns(ANC12MZ) and automatically ToAUDIOinputermal and press \ or | ✔. 75 46.9 Picture • Image adjustments are incorrectly set. c o m p u t e r n c d t o h e p r .j c t o coretly instaled, the wpro il not ur n N o t e Note ✔ 45 COMPNET1 KeystoneÓ ToRGButperminal is too bright PAL-M RS-23C(minDIN9p) 10’5"—3(.2m4) mode × 1 85 53.7signal is standby when no input leSctabims terminals Descr ipt on Selectable items ✔ Description PAL-N inputermal whitish. 50 40.3 • F o r d e t a i l s o f t h e R s i z m o d , e s p a g e s 37 e n o v i , f t h w p r c d i s o n e c t d PAL-60 detected minutes longer. Throwdistance1:.5—9 for 15 Clkoc • Select the input Adjusterv icalnos.e WiredRmot signal × 1 60 48.4 FAO Audio output that does not vary in type of theorvideo equipment. See page 47. Vertical Keystone Correction andthepro.jc XGAblack 38. the Locking Buttons on Range 70 setting (“Standard” 56.5 768 out or “Enhanced”) levels •Off Select the Dynamic 48 The Auto Power function will be Off Phase •The Adjust horizntal ose(1024 imlarto Operation Signal Info moutput k)(¿3.5msteroinjac of× the (Fixed strength with the ✔volume the o in level While the projector is connected to60.0 video equipment that hasAudio an HDMI terminal, theofvideo 75 o m only Z • Y preaslocnu Projector cr oe nm - t h image show disabled. banding or that results quality. You can confirm the cumulative 85 68.7 in the best picture Page 48 RESIZE Zoo lamp usage time t r a k c i n g o V C R u y ) . the Output) source projector. ersSpak signal can be1280 W(Mon) 2 60 input terminal for audio input.) input toStandrzomles the projector.45.0 (Connect the AUDIO × 720 trol se h r iz mode. (S pag when DVICentrshon-cre imag1280 yb and the remaining lamp life (percentage). *✔Itemwhniput gRGBinalostHh-rPugCOMUTER/ PONT1or2 appear 60 47.8 37.) but× 768 VAOto Audio output varies in strength with Use thisfaded function to lock theofoperation • Depending on specifications video equipment or HDMI DVI digital cable, thethat signal transmission p m a l n i t c e j o r P W 275 60 ) 5 m 8 . 3 ( 9 — " 4 ’ 2 1 49.7 ✔ × 800 WXGA *5 Item wh n i put g COMPUTER/ ON T 1 or 2 mvoingt helftor i1280 gh . D is selected. (Variable the volume level of the source projector. This function allows you to select the input sig75 62.8 tons on the projector. may not work property. (The HDMI specification does not support all connections to video equipment 2 — 8 . : 1 e c n a t s i d w o r h T usage condition Remaining lamp life *6ItemwhnslectigCOoMsPU-TER/ VONT1,I-2Dor oltageRdv C A 60 V 10—2✔ LampOutput) 47.7 × 768 Centrshon-cre imag1360 yb fan Note Audio The cooling • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal type RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 digital cable.) 47.8using HDMI to DVI 1366 × 768output terminal * 7 I t e m w h n s l eV cI t- iD g has HDMI digital “Life” 100% 5% mvoingtupordwn. Operation Ratedfrquncy that 50/6Hz 60 55.0 Buttons fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page *8ItemwhnslecVtIiDEgOorS-VIDEO •Locking When thethe Auto Power is66.2 set to ÒOsee nÓ, support 70 information on DVI connection provided 1152 × 864Off function Forbecomes details onnoisy. compatibility for connection, by the33 Operated exclusively Inputcre The 75 A 6 . 3 67.5 SXGA Hold down E N T R on the projector for about 5 sec) Z M 8 1 C N A ( s n m o z l e T Reset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horiz o ntal Keystone Correction Approx. Approx.59 lamp does not×manufacturer. light • The lamp indicator in red. 5 minutes before the projector enters the is illuminating video equipment 60 64.0 1280projected 1024 leSctabims while “Eco+Quiet Mode” Descr ipt on ✔ You move the vertically. 15’7"—90(4.8m6) image onds the projector is being turned on.lamp. 80.0 w can y)while erconsumpti(Sadb N o tSelect V C10 W)withA (3.✔ 60 75 ÒSo P creen adjustment (SCR-ADJ)Ó menu 3,000 hours 150make hours up after the Replace the e even standby mode, the message Ò E nter STANDBY the INPUT mode • When A Ò udio OutÓ has been set to V Ò AOÓ , first 60 64.0 A isuto “On”. Input sig al re utoma ic l y re ogThrowdistance1:2.—8 1400 × 1050 SXGA+ RGBcable Info V 0 ✔ 2 C A h t i w ) W . ( 5 ✔ 3 60 65.3 projector turns on. in Display X min.Ó will appear onSub the screen to sure toexclusively lower of✔ the projector before On-screen nizedasRGBorcmpnet. the volume When equipment video output terminal • To mode and Rest lc Menu ,items adjun l rest connecting 60 75.0 with component 1600 × video 1200 UXGA Operated Main Menu Select the C Ò suddenly OMPUTER 1Ó using the INPUT buttons on the projector or the° COMPUTER 1 button on the remote control. Approx. atureionmpO • MAC ✔1 67 ° Fto95 turning F(+5 the power ° SetwhnRGBsigal re civd. Cto+35 ° C)Approx. 34.9 640 × turns 480 13" indicate the remaining minutes. The lamp on or off and when switching the R G B M a k e s u r e t o r e s t t h e l a m p t i m e r o n l y while “Eco+Quiet Mode” pres 16" ENTER. 75illustration shown below is for the former.) 832 × 624 MAC SCR-ADJ Resize Keylock functionNormal ON 49.7 (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The 2,000 hours 100 hours ) Z M 7 2 C N A ( s n m o z l e T 75 60.2 1024 × 768 MAC 19" Cabinet Page C o m p n e t c i t s a l P off during projection. S e t w h n C o m p e t s i g n a l r e input. Full w h e n r e p l a c i n g t h e . l a m I p f o u y r e s t h e " " INPUT list On-screen Display (RGB) On thePage On the remote 49 is “Off”. • MAC The adjustleb arnge of osH-P o(sHi-tP n) 49 75 1152 × 870 21" Dot AC socket 23’"—58(7.1m09) * × ¿3.5msteronaudicbl ByH Dot× 68.7 projector control lamp tier and cotiune o use th same image Dimenso(abdyl)[W The D] operation " × the ✔" projector × 1 recivd. 1 / 6✔ " or 12 27 / 32 to Area sometimes • Cables incorrectly connected the connected 23-29 • The function does not affect INPUT (comerialyvbsShptQCNWGA038JPZ) Zoom the andos-Pitn)V( yma arv y depnig keylock COMPUTER1 Throwdistance1:3.—5 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 ,lamtphisycueth lamp obec the\ remote VideoEqupmnt | button button 6 2 3 ( × 5 . 0 1 × 279.5m) flickers. equipment works improperly. Stretch with control buttons. RGB o n t h e s c r o l u t i n f h e c o. m p u t r Page 49 COMPUTER1 1024 × 768 •function If this happens 62 W dax.)mgeight(aproexoprl. Note (✔.9kg) 108lbs replace the lamp. •Selectable You cannot use the keylock while the frequently, pro-60 +60Description H-Keystone itemsthe * •When using ø 3 .5 mm mono audio cable, the volume level will be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 ) Z M 1 4 C N A ( s n m o z l e T • Y o u c a n l s o r e t h e l a m p t i e r v i a t h e Page 49 N o t e be computers Thislamp may notcord be •able tolamp display fromneed notebook jector isprojector warming up. will eventually to changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 The takes apower long If the isThe unplugged fromimages the On 36’2"—501(.m) computer and output the display data LAN. timeShould V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D Computer mode. this onthe theend notebook to turn on. The lamp has reached ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. outlet or occur, the breaker switch is turned off DVI-D It is that the lamp be changed Toauditpermnl • y T s e h t o n K C r c i a n b e d j u s t p o Throwdistance1:5.—72 be found a part policy ofoff continuous reserves the rightnotebook to makecomputer’s design Page 49 Details Taking theof Keylock supt-heonAMLSENTUPAs te(rRf “CRT in mode. on how toimprovement, change displaySHARP modes can in your when the projector is on, then the life becomes 5%. Noteonly” When setthe to remaining E Ò the nableÓ , lamp theappears. function is activated Tocmpnetvidural V-Keystone otuA htiw sergd 21– yletamixorp fo elgna when Picture is dark. Auto •input When youOnpress the 5INPUT buttons on the projector, INPUT list operation and specification changes for product improvement without prior notice. The performance Hold RETN the manual. on the projector for about seconds. pliedCDoO-rMRfta.l)s down Ordinarily, type of signal is detected and the Off turns on when projector automatically • Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page 49 and power is consumed even in the standby mode. See page “Computer listand of while computer signals with projector. -press V signals, eK aprxoimtelyf ng a to up and ystoe pointing ToCOMPUER/N1 a ’ Compatibility Press to select anChart” item onfor the list, ENTER toitunits. switch to the selected INPUT mode. Lamp indicator •• When this 65 projector 640 ×selected. 350 VESA format VGA “640 × 400” appears onthe screen. ToAUDIO the Theresolution remote control •/"" Operate the remote control atcompatible the projector’s 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production There may be some correct mode isreceives automatically Howof the values shown depending on the frequency the power cord is plugged into those the AC OSD Display On l a m r e t u p n i On-screen Display l a m r e t u p n i It is recommended that the function be set to Ò isUse with computer signals other than listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When using thesignal remote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO toD – 5 0 d e g r e s w i t h - e y K Vs t o n e a n d a p r o x i • When projecting the RGB interlace using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with “Signal Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, signals, the optimal resolution mode Page or 50these N o t e tosome outlet the may breaker switch turned on.inunits. deviations from values in isindividual atwhen which “Eco+Quiet Mode” isVideo switched topower “On” STANDBY/ON button • set Afor Macintosh adaptor be required for use with some Macintosh computers. Contact your nearest “Auto” or “RGB”, the image may not be projected as desired. In this case, use either or S-Video. ableÓ it is not connected. This reduces switch the INPUT mode. m a t e l y – 3 0 d g r e s w y i t h H o n K . Connect the power cord. • The remote control may be too far away from the projector. Background Keylock function OFF Logo Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility to Video aSet Computer (Òduring S (ÒS Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu)(ÒPRJ-ADJ Ó menu) Helpful Installation 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 Throw 5. Distance Adjusting theResiz Computer Image Setting the e Mode 11 Auto Power Off Function Keylock Function Connections Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 Adjusting the Image Position 6. Auto Restart Function 2 Resolution Setting 1 The projector doesmenu not turn auto-to be Ò Off ResolutionÓ on the Ò SIG-ADJÓ may 10 20 onneed 30consumption 40faithful 50in the 55(ft) and “Off”. (See page 46.) Macintosh Dealer. Page 34 ••Depending onPage the computer be to theon “Screen resolution” Blue are using, the output signal T h i s f u n c t i o n o n l y •wo r k s i n PlugthewprocdsintohCeskAomc e R E S I Z E the projector is standby •fluorescent de-imstalhgcnorW may not when 50 when the • display Ifyou directcord sunlight or a strong light is shining the matically power is ENTER button None selected to match the computer mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s m o d ( e . S s p a g 37 a n d 38. ) • When ofthepr.jco the projector isinto in the standby mode, you cancontrolmode. y s e t O o f - n K r i a V d . , u ts oe A 3RCA(ompnet)15-iDsubcal projector’s remote sensor, place the projector where it plugged AC outlet or age mended that thePosition resolution beCenter set to on. thethe one that corresponds “1280simultaneously × 800”. " button Menu external output port is switched (e.g. Press ÒFnÓ and ÒFto 5Ó condition. keys when using a ) 2 P 3 C N A : l a n i t p o ( • To r e s t h i f u n c o , s e l 0 t . Tuthe rn keylock the off will not light.items release by holding down ENTR be affected andby strong Selectable Description Upper Right breaker switch is turned on. PagePower 50 SHARP notebook computer). to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Lower Refer Right Enableor inserted Theincorrectly. function is activated even if the Note NO/YBDA TS enable on the projector simultaneously forbe depleted MENU button Upper Left • The batteries may Make 15 your computer’s external output port. DTV PressReset the STANDBY button, then timer. press that button again while the confirmation message is displayed, to put thestandby projectormode. into standby mode. Lower Left the lamp projector is in about 5 seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. • p C a h o k I g e t n i S c u l 48 o r f ) v y r ( e l b d u A C R o t k c a j n i m 5 . 3 ¿ 3 Signal " On-screen Setting the Confirmation Horizontal Frequency (kHz) Vertical (Hz)Disable DVI The Support Display function is switched off when the Front PRJ Mode • W h i l e su il mt a n e o y h o l d i n g w n d o " Frequency , Ceiling + Front dinputsg-480 60 I the projector 15.7 On On thea remote control Page 50 projector is standby mode. Thisinformat hecurntlysec480P projector is equipped with microprocessor. Its performance could bein adversely affected by ENTER a n d MENU o n t h e p r o j e c t o , r Rear Info Sound) 60 ✔ 31.5 nal. Sound (System Ceiling + Rear 60 33.8 540Pserp STANDBY/ON d n a r o t c e j p h n o incorrect operation or interference. If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock cannot be set while the projector is: dis50 15.6 576Note I English polski Language k ep alourftbns pre dwnoutil the after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar mode, ✔ 50 31.3 576P playing “Menu” screens, in standby Description Selectable items Page 50 Español Türwith kçe • When video equipment a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a ✔ 50 720Pthelampindctorsa linbk gre . you connect 37.5 Note Nederlands up,A changing signals, confirmation sound is madeoperating when the Onwarming 60 45.0 input 720P Franç ais fits in the projector commercially available cable that terminal you want✔ to connect. ✔ 50 28.1 1080 I Italiano on/off. “Auto Sync”projector functionturns or on the “System Lock” • When you want to control the projector using •• The does 33.8 not RGBC signals viaoutlet, the Euro-scart. Svenska ✔ continues to run for a while. 1080 • LAMP Iprojector 0 H is deisy,pla indcatg if youNo Even unplug the support power cord from the60 AC the cooling fan confirmation Off screen warming Portuguêis s made. ✔ 50 56.3 up.sound 1080P during the LAN/RS232C function, select ÒEnableÓ. tha e l mp ti r s e t. 60 67.5 1080P ✔ Page 30 7. Useful Features 2 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Image Menu Using Helpful Menu Setting Troubleshooting Items the Projection Functions Items up Menu theScreen Projector Set during Netw Installation orkEnvironment (ÒPRJ-ADJÓN Ò(menu) etworkÓmenu) Signal Picture Adjustment Adjustment (ÒS(ÒPIG-ADJÓ ictureÓ menu) Menu) PRODUCT DISPOSAL This product utilizes tin-lead solder, and lamp containing a small amount of mercury. Disposal of these materials may be regulated due to environmental considerations. For Problem Page disposal or recycling information, please contact Check your local authorities, the Electronics Menu operation Page The follow i ng show s the items that can be set in the projector. • Projector power cord is not plugged into the wall outlet. 30 43 Industries Alliance: www.eiae.org, the lamp recycling organization www.lamprecycle.org, ÒProjecteradjustment(PRJ-ADJ)Ómenu ' " Press or and select at 1-800-BE-SHARP. U.S.A. ONLY • Power to the external connected devices is off. — 4or Sharp 5 7Setting/Changing the keycode Selecting the Progressiv eMode Selecting the DynTransmisamic Range Checkingthe Input Signal Selecting the ÒB rightÓtoadjust. 3 • The selected input mode is wrong. 34 ÒPictureÓ menu •sion Speed S-232C) An optimum picture may(R not be display if a function isThis allowsyoutocheckthecurrentin- 34 • The AVed MUTE working. Caution Concerning Lamp Replacement • function Select ÒPasswordÓthen , press . Main Menu Sub Menu DVI-D-capable dev i ceÕ s output signal typ eand the put signal information. Select ÒSset yspanel tem LockÓ then press 23-29 See “Replacing the Lamp” on page . Make sure to ÒDNRÓ to ÒO,ffÓ inthe Make sure that both the projector and computer • Cables incorrectly connected to the rear of the projector. • Picture Picture Mode typedonotStandard projectorÕ sinput signal match.Ifthis ENTER or . Presentation arePage setfor baud rate. • Remote follow ingout. cases: 45 thesame control batteries have run 15 Page 45amic Movie should occur, swis itch ÒDyn RangeÓ . the top When the image projected either from Game This SHARP projector uses an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) panel. • This very sophisticated panel contains 1,024,000 *1 • External output has not been set when connecting notebook computer. 23 orpixels fromthe bottomtow ardsthe atan angle, -30 screen +30 (x RGB)Contrast TFT’s (Thin FilmsRGB Transistors). As with any high electronic equipment such as large • technology Select Ò N ex t then Ó , press ENTER the image becomes trapez o idally . Bright distorted -30 +30 60 . • The cover,there lamp cover or lamp housing is screen TVs, and video and videofilter cameras, areunit certain acceptable tolerances thatinthe equipment Enter the passwocover rd O Ò not ld Pass- must No picture nosystems sound *2 The function forcorrecting trapez oidal distortion • Color -30 +30 installed correctly. conform to. projector does not start. *2 w On-screen rdÓ usingDisplay(Key,stone, Correction and mode) , then • o isor called Keystone Correction. Tint -30 +30pixels within acceptable tolerances which may result in inactive dots on the picture This unit has some inactive •Ò uto If the connected DVI digital equipment is turned on before the 24 This projector is equipped i w th an V-Key *2 A . Sharp -30 +30 screen. This will not affect the picture quality or the life expectancypress of the unit. KEYSTONE H: 0 V: 0 “DVI-D”corinput mode is selected Press on the H&V projector, the image may the 4 buttons on the remote stoneCorrectionÓfunctionthatautomatically Red -30 +30 ADJUST END rects distortion within pro- properly or may not bethe projected not be or displayed at all. Ensure • any trapezoidal control ontheprojector toenter -30 +30 Blue Info jected image. The correction is made automatically that the appropriate input modeEnter hasTESTPATTERN been selected on the • RESET the passw o rd in Ò N ew PassPage 45 the preset key c ode in Ò O ld CodeÓ . prov or decline is iw before thin projector you turn on• the connected equipment. • ided the ev rtical incline , , and , then wo• rdÓ using 5500K ±12• degrees. CLR Temp 6500K • Cables incorrectly connected to the rear panel of the projector. 23-29 45 . ord 1• Press SettingPage aPassw 7500K . • press • 8500K • • “Bright” is set to minimum position. 45 • 9300K / If•you do not want others to change 10500K the setting • Depending on the computer you are using, an image may not — for••theÒNetworkÓmenu, setapassw*3 ord. Progressive 3D Progressive Entersetting thesame passw ordagain in • be projected unless the signal output of the computer is 2D Progressive Page 46theFilmMode 5 •Selecting Refer to theNoise computer’s ' " switched to the external output. , (MNR) and , econfirmÓ using , 7 ÒRMosquito *3 Reduction Film Mode Auto Sound is heard but no 6 Setting the Video Sy s tem operation manual for how to switch its signal output settings. Off playback of • function prov then press . This i des high-quality Page 46 picture appears. Theso-calledMosquitoNoise(flickering)canbe images originally projected atfactory 24Offfps,preset such as DNR The video input system mode is ENTER Fan Mode Setting Level 1 reduced. set. • Image adjustments are incorrectly 45 Page 46 mov i es on DVDs. Level toÒAutoÓSelect ;however,aÒPclear the2 conasswpicture ordÓthen , from press . Level 3 This function changes the fan rotation speed. (Video, S-Video Input only) When o y u a w nt to make fine adjustments after the nected iMNR sual equipment may not be • audio-v Authorized representative responsible foractithereEuropean Union Community Market Off ÒN etw rkÓsmenu Auto tone Correction function • has Video input system is incorrectly set. 48 Levelbeen 1 ceiv eV-Key d,o depending onthe Video signal difference. Page 46 • DVI-D only) Level 2 ENTER av ted,orh w en•o y uaw nttomake corrections i w thout (COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, • InSHARP that case, sw i tch the Video signal. Level 3 ELECTRONICS (Europe) GmbH 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 1 Mainthe Menu using AutoV-Keystone Correction function, o y u type (RGB/Component) is incorrectly set. • Input signal Eco+Quiet Mode Hamburg On Sonninstraß e 3,Password D-20097 Old Password Network • can make using the Off following Color corrections is faded ormanually poor. New Password Page 46 ENTER Page 54 Page 54 procedure. Reconfirm 4• 1 • 2 Reset 47 E.U. ONLY Info • Adjust the focus. 33 Client On Page 45 / | toadjust Press \DHCP or the item RETURN • Off • The projection distance exceeds the focus range. 19 Page 55 Press on the remote selected. TCP/IP IP Address • There is fog on the lens. If the projector is carried from a cold — Subnet Mask • • Press control toenter theKeystone CorrecPage 55 the4heated, buttonsontheremote Gateway into a warm room, or if it is room suddenly MAC Address tionmode. condensation surface of lensprojector and the toenter control orthe onthe Page Press or 55 to set the firstdigitinmay form on the uforgetset thepassw ord,projector performthe Lock Function •System KEYSTONE image will become blurred.IfyoPlease upcthe at follow least Projector the new key ode in Ò N ewCodeÓ . ing N Ò ewPasswordÓthen , press . *1 4 *2 *2 todeleteit,then setanewform, password. one hour before it is to be procedure used. If condensation should 8 theEco+ This function ents unauthoriz ed use the of the Quiet Mode Picture isprev blurred; remove power cord from wall outlet and wait forSetting it to projector. Once this function isclear. activated, users noise appears. 6 Reducing Image Noise D ( NR) Enter remaining 3 digits, then Press orkeycode to paralleliz e the mustenter thethe correct each timethe pro(Computer Input only) • press . jector is turned on. We suggest you record the left and right sides, or press Videodigital noise reduction D ( •NR) prov ides“SIG-ADJ” high 47 Perform Adjustments. (“Clock” Adjustment) STANDBY/ON,ON, STANDBY, .where • in keycode place only qualityPress images withto minimal dotcraw landauthocross ora safe paralleliz the upper 47 •ePerform “SIG-ADJ” Adjustments. (“Phase” Adjustment) ENTER, L-CLICK, R-CLICK/RETURN, • rized have access. color noise. • users MENU, ECO+ Q UIET and BREAK TIMER • Noise may appear depending on the computer. — andlowersidesoftheprojected • ENTER System function es each Enter thesamepassw•oCables rdin incorrectly connected to •the rearlock panel of the recogniz projector. 23-29 image. • Info button on the remote control or on the 53 RETURN R Ò • econfirmÓthen , press • Volume is set to .minimum. • projector asanindividualbutton,evenif 34 • • • • When the projector is connected to external device and the Ifo theyan share thesame button name. y u volume is set to minimum, the sound not outputoneven if you insetbuttons theprojector • usedisthe 68 turn up the volume of the externalting device. o y ur keycode, the keycode cannot Picture appears but no be cancelediw ththeremotecontrol. • “Speaker” is set to “Off”. • Press 51 • . sound is heard. • • Data image is not • Make the necessary adjustments of each itemECO+ in the “SIG-ADJ” 47 • QUIET menu. • centered. KEYSTONE 35output resolution • Depending on the computer you are using, the — Page 55 3 2 5 4 3 signal may be different from the one you have set. For details, refer to the operation manual of the computer. -2 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -32 -40 -42 -44 -46 -48 -52 -54 -66 Downloaded P Ò( RJ-ADJ menu) Ó • ThisprojectorisequippedwithanA Ò utoV-Keystone Adjusttheprojectorangle CorrectionÓ projectorangleusingtheHeight • Adjustthe Problem Check functionthatautomaticallycorrectsany Page trapez ofrom idal distortion within the Menu operation 43 buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is ensure highest inIforder power of cord the is Component of theprojector signal, the RGB signal, outlet the isprojected unplugged, S-videoimage. signalPage and Computer An unusual sound •the the picture normal, the sound isthe dueAC to cabinet shrinkage — the ÒSAdjustment ignal adjustment (SisIG-ADJ) Ómenu • Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horiz o ntal tilt of signal. Ifthe your equipment has atemperature component output terminal RGB use the and that the devices tolamp be connected are turned off.AfterPixel making all connections, turnonterminal, the Insert new unit. occasionally heard caused by room changes. This will not output affect •Video Multiple signal support Clock: 12– 170or MHz – audio-visual Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens theMenu projector. Main • Clock COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 on the projector video projector and then other devices. When connecting afor computer, ensurethat itis thelevel last from the cabinet. operation or performance. Horizontal Frequency: 110 kHz Sync signal:connection. Compatible with TTL Normal Resize 0terminal On Auto Power Off the15– 5 Key stone Correction Auto SyncSetting Adjustment Returning totheDefault Speaker 5 Enter the same× keycode in ÒRe-conVertical Frequency: 43– 8 5 Hz • Compatible with sync on green signal devicetobeturnedonafteralltheconnectionsaremade. SIG-ADJ Image Shift Phase Auto Restart Clock -150 *4 +150 00 On Settings *5 Reset Auto V-Keystone On Audio Out FAO blinks in red. × comes distorted trapez idally .The function forexternal correctthe projector connected to an OSD Display Resolution On 640 x 480 -60 +60 V-Pos Monitor Out Enable ywhen ouhave made intheois projector. Note Background Auto Sync cannot Logo On When connecting with theRGB cable The projector be • The keylock is set. LAN/RS232C Enable ing trapezoidaldistortioniscalledKeystoneCorrection.53 amplifier. Reset Menu Position Signal Type Center Auto RS-232C 9600bps The standard zoCOMPUTER/COMPONENT om is attached toaltheprojector. turned on or put the the keylock is1set ON, illustration all the buttons are below locked.is for the former.) Page 47 To cancel the keyinto clens ode that o yIfStandard u have (Connecting toRange or to 2: The shown PRJ Dynamic Front Fan Mode Normal standby mode using the The optional lenses from Sharp are also available for specializ e d application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto Disable readysetSystem Lock Note All reset button on Page 47Authoriz y STANDBY/ON our nearest Sharp e d Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. ( R efer to the • Press on the projector for four times in steps Set ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ onor themenu ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen The following items cannot be initialized. Auto Sync On Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal Info : 800 x 600 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service personOff37.8 Hz Supplied 60.3 47kHz buttons LampHTimerPage (Life) [ / V 0]h [ 0] min ( 100%) menu to Ò O nÓ . • “SIG-ADJ” menu RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with • Change the input signal type setting. 47 When theSythe stem Lock isset nel install optional lenses. Replace the lamp unitAuto cover. accessory Signal Type Pages 31,32 Resolution component input signals • When System Lock is set, the keycode input screen RGB • SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER Page 47 • “SCR-ADJ” menu Component (COMPUTER/ appears after the power is turned on. When it apEND END RETURN RETURN END RETURN Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start zoom projection. Adjust the focus and Audio Output TypeSetting • ÒAuto Set V-KeystoneÓ ontheÒSCR-ADJÓ screen Dynamic Range Auto • “PRJ-ADJ” menu Standard Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 AUTO SYNC menu to Ò O ffÓ . Select Ò V -Key s toneÓ , and Enhanced Input screen forthe keythe code The graph below is for 100 inches (254 cm)screenwithAdjust 16:10 Signal Input (Normal . then Bring the projected image into focus the projected image siz e Mode) This function determines whether the audiolevel Adjusting Computer Image Setting Resiz eMode Lamp Timer (Life) Power Off Function withAuto RGB input signals press or to paralleliz e the left and rightthe sides User service screw Video Systemimage into Auto from the AUDIO output ( M ONITOR output) • Bring •output the projected focus by Adjust the projected image siz e by moving – – – – System Lock System Lock Info (COMPUTER/ PAL • IfScreen therotating optimum image cannot be obtained with Auto of the projected image with the slide bar. To Page 48 (for lamp unit cover) terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLthe focus ring. z o om knob. SECAM 2, the DVI-D). SIG-ADJ NTSC4.43 Focus ring Zoomselect knob ÒHSyCOMPONENT n•cadjustment,1, use function. parallelizetheupperandlowersides, UME. NTSC3.58 Picture is too bright and • Image adjustments are incorrectly set.press the KeystoneÓ and orLamp . PAL-M Key lNote ock Function Checking Life 45 PAL-N whitish. • 37 PAL-60 Status • Select the input signal type of the video equipment. See page 47. Vertical KeystoneCorrection t 38 the Locking Operation•Buttons The black levels Select theon Dynamic Range setting (“Standard” 48 Signal Infoof the mou or “Enhanced”) n • While the projector is connected to video equipment that has an HDMI the video mionly Zoo output terminal, • RESIZE image show banding or that results in the best picture quality. Youcanconfirmthecumulative lamp usagetime Page 48 Zoo thesignal Projector can be input to the projector. (Connect the AUDIO input terminalTyfor input.) Signal peaudio Setting 37 appear faded when DVI-theoperationbutandtheremaininglamplifep ( ercentage). Use thisfunction tolock • Depending on specifications of video equipment or HDMI to DVI digital cable, the signal transmission D is selected. function allows youtoselect theinput sigtons onnot thework projector. may property. (The HDMI specification does This not support connections toRemaining video equipment Lamp usageall condition lamp life The cooling fan • When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling — nal ty p e RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ that has HDMI digital output terminal using HDMI to DVI digital cable.) “Life” 100% 5% theOperation Buttons becomes noisy. fan runs faster. COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Adjusting the Image Position Page 33 •Locking For details on compatibility for connection, see supportOperated information on DVI connection provided by the exclusively Hold down onlight the projector for about 5secReset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horizo ntal Key stoneCorrection Approx. Approx.59 The lamp does not • The lamp indicator is illuminating in red. video equipment manufacturer. while “Eco+Quiet Mode” You can move projected image . onds while thethe projector being turned on.the ÒScreen adjustment (SisCR-ADJ) menu Óvertically 3,000 hours 150 hours up even after Replace lamp. Select thethe INPUT mode is•“On”. Info projector turns on. On-screen Display videoequipment When connecting withcomponentvideo output terminal • Menu Operated exclusively Main SubMenu Select theC Ò OMPUTER 1Óusing theINPUT buttonsontheprojectororthe COMPUTER 1buttonontheApprox. remotecontrol. Approx. The lamp suddenly turns • while “Eco+Quiet Mode” ENTER SCR-ADJ Resize Normal Key lockfunctionON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) 2,000 hours 100 hours off during projection. Full INPUTlist is “Off”. On-screen Display (RGB) •Page 49 Onthe Page 49Ontheremote Dot By Dot AC socket projector control Area Zoom Thekeylock image function sometimes • Cables incorrectly 23-29 • The does not affect the operationconnected to the projector or the connected V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 Auto Restart Function button control buttons. button works improperly. flickers. equipment Stretch with the remote Page 49 Monitor Output If this happens replace the lamp. 62 • You Note cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60 • H-Keystone * •When using the ø3Page .5 mm mono cable, the volume level willnotebook be half of when using the ø3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note •The Thislamp not beaudio display from jector isprojector warming up. •able Thetolamp will images eventually need LAN/RS232C to be computers changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 takesmay a49 long V-Keystone +100 turn off the LCD display D mode. Should this occur, onthe theend notebook computer and output the be display data time to turn on.-100 The lamp has reached ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. Resolution Setting It is that the lamp changed • As a part ofPage of continuous improvement, SHARP reserves the rightnotebook to makecomputer’s design 49 off Taking the Key lpolicy ock in “CRT only” mode. Details on how to change display modes can be found in your when the remaining lamp life becomes 5%. Note isAutodark. When set toINPUT E Ò nableÓ the function is activated Picture On V-Keystone •signal When y detected upress INPUT ontheprojector, the list, notice. appears. operation and changes forthe product improvement without prior The performance Hold down onthe projector for about 5seconds. Ordinarily the , specification typemanual. ofinput iso and the buttons Off Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page 49 Press and power isconsumed even inselected the standby mode. • When See page 65 “Computer Compatibility Chart” for a listpress of•while computer signals compatible with the projector. / to select an item on the list, and ENTER to switch to the INPUT mode. Lamp indicator • this projector receives 640 × 350 VESA format VGA signals, “640 × 400” appears on the screen. The remote control • Operate the remote control pointing it at the projector’s 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may befrequency some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the OSD Display On On-screen Display It is recommended that the function be set to Ò to isUse with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. • When theremote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO • When projecting the RGBusing interlace signal using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with “SignalD Type” cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever, somesignals, the optimal resolution mode in use units. Page 50these deviations from values inmode. individual at which “Eco+Quiet Mode” isVideo switched to “On” STANDBY/ON button • set AforMacintosh adaptor may be required for with some Macintosh computers. Contact your nearest to “Auto” or “RGB”, the image may not be projected as desired. In this case, use either or S-Video. ableÓ when it is not connected. This reduces power switch the INPUT Connect the power cord. The may30 be too far away from the projector.50 Background Key lock function• OFF Logo remote Ò ResolutionÓ the Ò SIG-ADJÓ menu may tobe 10 20needcontrol 40faithful 55(f34 t) andmay “Off”. page 46.) Macintoshon Dealer. Page ••Depending the computer not(See be to theon “Screen resolution” Blue are using, the output signal consumption when the isin thestandby •fluorescent Page 50 • Ifyou direct sunlight or a strong light is projector shining the • tomatchon ENTER button None selected the computer display mode. • The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computer’s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recom• Depending on the computer o y u are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s 37 38 • When the projector is in standby mode, remote you cancontrolmode. projector’s sensor,condition. place the projector where it thePosition resolution beCenter seton. to (e the that to “1280 × 800”. Menu button externalthat output port isswitched .g.one Press ÒFnÓcorresponds andÒF5Ókeysage simultaneously whenusing a •mended Tu rn the Power off will not release the keylock by holding down andby strong light. Upper Right be affected Page 50 SHARPnotebookcomputer)Lower . Refer to the specific instructions in your computer’s operation manual to Right on the projector simultaneously MENU button Upper Left • The batteries mayforbe depleted or inserted incorrectly. Make 15 enable your button, computer’s external output DTV Press the STANDBY thenpress thatbutton again whileport. theconfirmationmessageisdisplayed,toputtheprojectorintos tandbymode. Lower Left Reset the lamp timer. about 5 seconds. sure the batteries • 48 are inserted correctly or insert new ones. *5 *5 6 QuickStart × Maintenance • See “Maintenance Indicators”. When the imageallows isprojected either from thetop orfrom59 Used toautomatically computer image. This function o y adjust u to setathe audio output firmÓ . isPhase 00 H-Pos H-Keystone System Sound video On When connecting equipment with DVIoutput terminal Page 47 -30 +30 The following alistof× modes conform toa VESA. However, thisprojectorsupportsothersignals indicator illuminates or 00that V-Pos V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected Ensure the operation manuals of have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as H-Pos -150 +150 thatarenotVESA standards. Thisfunctionallowso y utoinitializethesettings *4 Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility toVideo aComputer S Ò( S Ò( Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful Setduring Installation 4. AdjustFunctions the angle *6 5. *7 *8 Connections 6. UsefulFeatures 1 7. 2 PRJ Mode Front On-screenDisplay Español Türwith kçe • When you connect video equipment a 21-pin RGB output (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a warming up, changing input Nederlands signals, operating ais fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. commercially available cableFranç that Italiano “Auto Sync” function or on the “System Lock” • •• The does support RGBC signals via Euro-scart. Svenska • projector Even ifo y during uunplug thenot power from theAC outlet, thethe cooling fancontinuestorunforawhile. screen warming up.cord Português Page30 Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Setting theConfirmation • Ceiling + Front On theprojector On theremotecontrol Page This Info projector is with ENTER MENUSound) Rear a microprocessor. Its performance could be adversely affected by Sound (Sequipped ys50tem Ceiling + Rear STANDBY/ON incorrect operation If this happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again • Keylock be or setinterference. while the projector is:should disEnglish polski Language Notecannot after morethe than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar mode, playing “Menu” screens, in standby Page 50 For SHARP Assistance If you encounter any problems during setup or operation of this projector, first refer to the “Troubleshooting” section on pages 66 and 67. If this operation manual does not answer your question, please contact the SHARP Service departments listed below. U.S.A. Sharp Electronics Corporation 1-888-GO-SHARP (1-888-467-4277) [email protected] http://www.sharpusa.com Canada Sharp Electronics of Canada Ltd. (905) 568-7140 http://www.sharp.ca Mexico Sharp Electronics Corporation Mexico Branch (525) 716-9000 http://www.sharp.com.mx Latin America Sharp Electronics Corp. Latin American Group (305) 264-2277 [email protected] http://www.siempresharp.com Benelux SHARP Electronics Benelux BV 0900-SHARPCE (0900-7427723) Nederland 9900-0159 Belgium http://www.sharp.nl http://www.sharp.be http://www.sharp.lu Australia Sharp Corporation of Australia Pty. Ltd. 1300-135-022 http://www.sharp.net.au New Zealand Sharp Corporation of New Zealand Phone: (09) 573-0111 Fax: (09) 573-0112 http://www.sharp.net.nz Singapore Sharp-Roxy Sales (S) Pte. Ltd. 65-226-6556 [email protected] http://www.sharp.com.sg Hong Kong Sharp-Roxy (HK) Ltd. (852) 2410-2623 [email protected] http://www.sharp.com.hk Germany Sharp Electronics (Europe) GMBH 01805-234675 http://www.sharp.de U.K. Sharp Electronics (U.K.) Ltd. 08705 274277 http://www.sharp.co.uk/customersupport Italy Sharp Electronics (Italy) S.P.A. (39) 02-89595-1 http://www.sharp.it Taiwan Sharp Corporation (Taiwan) 0800-025111 http://www.sharp-scot.com.tw France Sharp Electronics France 01 49 90 35 40 [email protected] http://www.sharp.fr Malaysia Sharp-Roxy Sales & Service Co. (60) 3-5125678 U.A.E. Sharp Middle East Fze 971-4-81-5311 [email protected] Thailand Sharp Thebnakorn Co. Ltd. 02-236-0170 [email protected] http://www.sharp-th.com Korea Sharp Electronics Incorporated of Korea (82) 2-3660-2002 [email protected] http://www.sharpkorea.co.kr India Sharp Business Systems (India) Limited (91) 11- 6431313 [email protected] Spain Switzerland Sweden Austria Sharp Electronica Espana, S.A. 93 5819700 [email protected] http://www.sharp.es Sharp Electronics (Schweiz) AG 0041 1 846 63 11 [email protected] http://www.sharp.ch Sharp Electronics ( Nordic ) AB (46) 8 6343600 [email protected] http://www.sharp.se Sharp Electronics (Europe) GMBH Branch Office Austria 0043 1 727 19 123 [email protected] http://www.sharp.at -68 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded P Ò( RJ-ADJ menu) Ó 5 5 3 Key stone Correction Auto SyncSetting Adjustment Returning totheDefault Speaker Settings QuickStart ThisprojectorisequippedwithanA Ò utoV-Keystone Adjusttheprojectorangle CorrectionÓ Adjustthe projectorangleusingtheHeight Problem Check functionthatautomaticallycorrectsany Page trapez ofrom idal distortion within the Menu operation 43 Adjustment buttons. Optional Before The image connecting, lenses quality is ensure highest the inIforder power of cord the is Component of theprojector signal, the RGB signal, outlet the isprojected unplugged, S-videoimage. signalPage and Computer Model XG-C455W/PG-C355W An unusual sound the picture normal, the sound isthe dueAC to cabinet shrinkage Ñ the ÒS ignal adjustment (SisIG-ADJ) Ómenu Rotate the Tilt dial to adjust the horiz o ntal tilt of Video signal. Ifthe your equipment has atemperature component output terminal RGB output use the and that the devices tolamp be connected are turned off.After making all connections, turn onterminal, the Insert new unit. occasionally heard caused by room changes. This will not affect Multiple signal support Pixel Clock: 12Ð MHz Ð audio-visual Display devices 0.74" LCD panel ×1370or Pict. SIG ADJ SCR SCR PRJ-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. SIG SCR-ADJ PRJ Net. Pict. Net. Lens Projection distance for 100" screen size theMenu projector. Main Press the lamp unit firmly into the lamp COMPUTER/COMPONENT terminal 1 or 2 on the projector for video connection. projector and then the other devices. When connecting a computer, ensure that it is the last from the cabinet. operation or performance. Horiz ntal Frequency: 15Ð 1 10 kHz Sync signal: Compatible with TTL level Normal Resiz e 0 Clock On Auto Power Off 1o Wide-zoom lens ( 1.5 – 1.9) AN-C12MZ 10' 5" – 13' 1" (3.2 m – 4.0 m) Resolution WXGA (1280 × 800) Enter the same keycode in ÒRe-conImage Shift Phase Auto Restart -1508 +150 Clock SIG-ADJ On the Vertical Frequency: 5 Hz–0*40all unit compartment. Fasten securing Compatible with sync on green signal device to be turned after the connections aremade. Tele-zoom lensFon (43Ð 2.2 2.8) AN-C18MZ 15' 7" 19' (4.8 m –audio 6.0 m) Maintenance See ÒM aintenance IndicatorsÓ . –function 123 number Lens FUsed 1.7 1.9 When the image is– projected either from thetop orfrom59 to automatically adjust computer image. This allows o y 10" u to setathe output firmÓ . 0*40 H-Pos H-Keystone System Sound On When connecting video equipment with a DVIoutput terminal Page 47 Phase -30 +30 thatconform The following is a list of modes to VESA. However, this projector supports other signals screws. Tele-zoom lens ( 3.3 – 5.1) AN-C27MZ 23' 2" – 35' 8" (7.1 m – 10.9 m) indicator illuminates or V-Pos 0*50 of V-Keystone Speaker Onthe devices to be connected 34 the Ensure operation manuals have been read before making connections. the bottom towards the screen at an angle, the image beof the internal speaker to O Ò nÓ or O Ò ffÓ such as Zoom Manual, ×1.2 (f allows = 28.0 y –u33.6 mm) ethesettings H-Pos +150 thatare not VESA standards. initializ Reset Auto V-Keystone Audio Out FAO Tele-zoom lens (-1505.1 –*57.2)On AN-C41MZ Thisfunction 36' 2" – 50' o 10"to(11.0 m – 15.5 m) 5 blinks in red. comes distorted trapez o idally . The function for correctwhen the projector is connected to an external OSD Display On 640 x 480 -60 +60 Focus V-Pos Monitor Out Manual Enable 246 Resolution y ouhavemade intheprojector. Horizontal Frequency Analog RGB Digital RGB Video Equipment *5RGB Mode VESA stoneCorrection.53 Background Auto Sync Resolution Logo On When connecting with the cable The projector cannot be The keylock is set. Vertical Frequency LAN/RS232C Enable 357Note ing trapezoidaldistortion iscalledKey amplifier. Reset (Hz) Support Support (kHz) DVI-D (Compatible with HDCP) Input terminals ×1 Menu Position Type Center Auto RS-232C 9600bps 468 Signal The standard z o om lens is attached to the projector. turned on or put into the If the keylock is set to ON, all the buttons are locked. Page 47 60 27.0 alTo 5cancel the key c ode that o y u have (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The illustration shown below is for the former.) PRJ Mode Dynamic Range Front Standard Fan 79 Normal 31.5 Description 70Selectable items 640 Computer/Component 350 standby mode the Sharp The optional lenses are also available×2 for edaudio application. Please see Language Video System Resolution English Auto System Lockusing from 80set Disable 85On specializ 6 ready signal is output from the internal Note The (minion D-sub 15 pin) 37.9 60 27.0 All reset STANDBY/ON button q To audio output terminals Page 47Authoriz y our nearest Sharp e d Projector Dealer for details on all the lenses. ( R efer to the 70 31.5 Press " on the for four times 640 projector 400 speaker. S-Video (mini pin)in steps ×1 Set ÒAuto V-KeystoneÓ onor themenu ÒSCR-ADJÓ screen The following items cannot be initialized. Auto Sync OnDIN 437.9 85 Heightthe Adjustment projector. Signal Info : 800 x 600 4 and 5 above. SETUP MANUAL on the supplied CD-ROM for details.) Also, be sure to have service person7 Off The audio signal is not output from the 60 Supplied HTimer 60.3 47350 kHz[ / V 0]h Off 37.8 Hz 27.0( 100%) buttons 720 Page (Life) [ 0] min Video (RCA)Change menu to Ò O nÓ . ×1 Ò S IG-ADJÓ menu w Lamp 70 31.5 RGB cable Tilt dial Picture is green with the input signal type setting. 47 When theSythe stem Lock isset nel install optional lenses. the lamp unit cover. accessory internal speaker. To AUDIO input 60 terminal *6 27.0 VGA Replace Signal Type Auto stereo minijack) Pages 31,32 Resolution2, DVI-D) To DVI-D Audio (ø3.5 mm ×2 component input 70 31.5 720 signals 400 set, (for COMPUTER/COMPONENT When System Lock is the keycode input screen RGB Align thePage lamp and it to SEL./ADJ. ENTER SEL./ADJ. ENTER input terminal SEL./ADJ. ENTERslide 85 37.9 47 unit cover ÒSCR-ADJÓ menu Component (COMPUTER/ (RCA) appears after theAudio power is turned on.26.2When it ap×2 END 50 (L/R) RETURN RETURN END RETURN close. Then tighten the END user service 60 Language COMPONENT 2,right DVI-D). pears, enter 1, the keycode to the start31.5 projection. Adjust the focus and zo omø3.5 mm stereo ×1 minijack to RCA audio cableontheÒSCR-ADJÓscreen *7 Output terminals 70 34.7 SetÒAuto V-Key stoneÓ Dynamic Range Auto 640 Computer/Component 480 the lamp screw to secure unit cover. Computer 72 37.9 (commercially available) ÒPRJ-ADJÓ menu Standard (mini D-sub 15 pin) Picture is pink (no green) Page 48 AUTO SYNC 75 37.5 menu to Ò O ffÓ . Select ÒV-Key setoneÓ , and Enhanced Input screen foris keyimage code The graph below for 100 inches cm)screenwithAdjust 16:10 Signal Input (N ormal Mode) . then Bring the projected into focus (254 the projected image siz This function determines whether the audiolevel Lamp Timer (Life) 85 43.3 with RGB input signals Audio (ø3.5 mm stereo minijack) ×1 (variable audio output) DVI Digital cable (commercially available) press or to paralleliz e the left and rightthe sides *8 50 31.3 User service screw Video Systemimage into Auto output from the AUDIO output ( M ONITOR output) Bring the projected focus by Adjust the projected image siz e by moving Ð Ð Ð Ð System Lock System Lock Info 56 35.2 (COMPUTER/ To DVI output terminal PAL IfScreen the optimum image cannot be obtained with Auto of the projected image with the slide bar. To LAN (RJ-45) Control and ×1 Page 48 60 (for lamp unit cover) 37.9 terminal is fixed or variable by linking with VOLrotating the focus ring. z o om knob. SECAM Description Selectable items 1,use 2,terminal DVI-D). 70 46.6 800 600lamp unitNTSC4.43 SVGAthe lamp unit and cover are not Focus ring Zoomselect knob ÒHSyCOMPONENT n cIfadjustment, the SIG-ADJ function. parallelizetheupperandlowersides, To audio output USB (Type B) communication ×1 72 To COMPUTER/ 48.1 UME. The projector automatically entersNTSC3.58 the On To AUDIO 46.9 turn Picture isRGB too bright and Image adjustments are incorrectly set. 45 correctly installed, the power will not 1 75KeystoneÓand pressinput terminal or . To output terminal PAL-M RS-232C (mini 9 pin) COMPONENT terminals ×1 85 Note standby mode when no input signal is DIN 53.7 Description PAL-N input37 terminal 50Selectable items whitish. 40.3 on, even if the power cord is connected to PAL-60 detected for 15 minutesRemote or longer.of the video Wired ×1 60 48.4 FAO page 47. A udio output that does not vary in Select the input signal type equipment. See Vertical Keystone Correction 38 the Locking Buttons the projector. utor ÒEnhancedÓ) 70 setting (ÒStandardÓ 56.5 on 1024 768 XGA black levels of Off the Select the Dynamic Range 48 owith TheOperation AutoInfoPower will be Off The Signal moutput (ø3.5 mm stereo minijack) Audio an HDMI strength the volume level of m theionly o n While the projector isfunction connected to60.0video equipment that terminal, the video 75(Fixed has o Z image show disabled. banding or that results in the best picture quality. You can confirm the cumulative lamp usage time 85 68.7 Page 48 RESIZE Zoo the Projector Output) source projector. Speakers 260W (Mono) signal can be1280input720to the projector.45.0(Connect the AUDIO input terminal for audio input.) 37 faded when DVIand remaining lamp life p ( ercentage) . *4appear Item when inputting RGB through COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or digital 2 A udiocable, 60 47.8 1280 to 768 signal VAO the output that varies in strength with Use this function lock theoperation butDepending on specifications of video equipment or HDMI to DVI the signal transmission Projection lamp 275 W 60 49.7 1280 800 WXGA D *5 Item when inputting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2 is selected. (Variable the volume level of the source projector. This function allows y o u to select the input sig75not support all connections to video equipment tons on thework projector. may not property. (The HDMI 62.8 specification L100 amp–usage Remaining lamp life *6Rated Item when selecting COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2 ordoes DVI-D voltage AC 240 Vcondition 60A udio 47.7 1360 768 Note Output) The cooling fan When temperature inside the projector increases, the cooling Ñ nal ty p e RGB or Component for COMPUTER/ 60 47.8 using HDMI to DVI 1366 digital 768 output terminal *7 Item selecting DVI-D thatwhen has HDMI digital ÒLifeÓ 100% 5% Rated frequency 50/60 Hz cable.) 60 55.0 faster. Locking the Operation Buttons becomes noisy. fan runs COMPONENT 1, 2 or DVI-D. Page 33 *8 Item when selecting VIDEO or S-VIDEO When the Auto Power Off function is set to On , 70 information on DVI connection provided by the 66.2 864 For details on1152compatibility for connection, see support Operated exclusively Input current 75 3.6 A o 67.5 SXGA Hold down onlight the projector for about 5secReset the lamp timer after replacing the lamp. Info Horiz ntal Key s tone Correction Approx. Approx. The lamp does not The lamp indicator is illuminating in red. 59 5video minutes before the projector enters the equipment manufacturer. 60 while ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ 64.0 1024 You can move the1280projected image . onds while the isCR-ADJ) being turned on. 75 W (3.4 W) with AC 1003,000 80.0 the lamp. consumption (Standby) 360 V ÒSPower creen adjustment (S menu Óvertically 150 hours up even after the Replace standby mode, the projector message Enter STANDBY Select the INPUT mode WhennÓ. Audio Out has been set to VAO , first make hours 60 is ÒO 64.0 1400 1050 SXGA+ RGB cable Info 345 W (4.4 W) with AC 240 V 60 65.3 projector turns on. mode inconnecting X min.Display will 1600 appear video on1200the screen to SubMenu sure tooutput lowerexclusively the volume of the projector before On-screen When equipment terminal 60 video 75.0withcomponent UXGAMenu Operated Main Select the Ò remaining OMPUTER 1Óusing theINPUT buttons ontheprojectoror41°F the 1button on the remote Approx. Operation temperature 67 COMPUTER to 95°F (+5°C to +35°C) 34.9 only 640 reset 480 the MAC 13" lamp indicate theC minutes. The suddenly turns turning the power on or off and when switching the control. Approx. Make sure to lamp timer while Ò E co+Quiet ModeÓ ENTER 75 illustration shown below is for the former.) 49.7 832 MAC 16" SCR-ADJ Resiz elock624 Normal Key functionON (Connecting to COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 or 2: The 2,000 hours(RGB) 100 hours 75 60.2 1024 768 MAC 19" Cabinet Plastic off during projection. input. Full when replacing the lamp. If you reset the " " INPUTlist is ÒOffÓ. On-screenDisplay theremote 68.7 Page 49 Onthe Page 49On 1152 870 MAC 21" Dot By Dotmm stereo or mono audio 75cable AC socket *× ø3.5 27/32" × 4" × 11 1/64" projector control lamp timer and continue to use the same Dimensions (main body only) [W H × D] 12 Area Zoom Thekeylock image function sometimes incorrectly connected theservice projector or the connected 23-29 The does notCables affect the operation INPUT (commercially available or available asto Sharp part QCNWGA038WJPZ) COMPUTER1 V-Stretch Image Shift -40 +40 lamp, may cause buttons. the lamp to become Video Equipment button button (326 × 101.5 × 279.5 mm) flickers. equipment works improperly. Stretch with the this remote control RGB Page 49 COMPUTER1 1024 768 Note damaged orH-Keystone explode. If this happens replace the 62 Weight (approx.) 10.8 lbs. (4.9 kg)lamp. You cannot use the keylock function while the frequently, pro-60 +60Description Selectable items Introduction Connecting Signal Screen Computer Specifications Adjustment Adjustment Compatibility toVideo aComputer S Ò( S Ò( Equipment IG-ADJÓ CR-ADJÓ Chart Menu) Menu) Helpful Setduring Installation 4. AdjustFunctions the angle 6 Throw 5. Distance 1 Auto Adjusting theResiz Computer Image Setting the eMode Power OffFunction AudioOutputTypeSetting KeylockFunction 4 SignalType Setting Resetting the Lamp Timer 2 AdjustingtheImagePosition Connections CheckingtheLampLife Status 6. 2 AutoRestartFunction MonitorOutput 1 7. UsefulFeatures * When using the ¿3Page .5 mmnot mono audio cable, thethe volume level of when using the ¿3.5 mm stereo audio cable. Note COMPUTER2 will be half Youlamp can also reset the lamp timer via This projector be able display fromneed notebook is warming up. The will images eventually to be computers changed. in simultaneous (CRT/LCD) 62 The takes a49 long If the may power cord is unplugged from the tolamp Onjector LAN/RS232C LAN. V-Keystone -100 +100 turn off the LCD display D D VI-Don Computer mode. Should this occur, the notebook computer and output the be display data 2 Taking time to turn Theoff lamp has reached the end ofrecommended its life. Replace the lamp. Resolution outlet oron. the output breakerSetting switch is turned It is that the lamp changed To audio terminal As aRTpart ofmode. of continuous improvement, SHARP right to make designs Page 49 off the Key lpolicy ock (Refer to the SETUP MANUAL on the sup- display modes in ÒCNote onlyÓ Details on how to change canreserves be remaining found the in your notebook computerÕ when the projector is on, then the when the lamp life becomes 5%. When set toINPUT E Ò nableÓ the function is activated To component output terminal Picture isAutodark. On V-Keystone When y video upress INPUT ontheprojector, the list, notice. appears. operation and changes forthe product improvement without prior The performance Hold down on the projector about 5seconds. plied CD-ROM for details.) Ordinarily the , specification typemanual. of input signal iso detected and the buttons Off projector automatically turns on for when Remaining lamp life changes within the range Page 49 Press power issignals consumed even inselected the standby mode. See page 65 ÒComputer Compatibility ChartÓ for aTocontrol list ofand computer compatible with the projector. COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1itswitch ' " /" to select an item on the list, and press ENTER to to the mode. Lamp indicator When this projector receives 640 350 VESA format VGA signals, Ò 6 40 400Ó appears on the screen. To AUDIO The remote control Operate the remote while pointing at the projectorÕ sINPUT 15 specification figures indicated are nominal values of production units. There may be some correct resolution mode is automatically selected. Howof the values shown depending on the frequency the power cord is plugged into the AC OSD Display On input terminal On-screen Display input terminal It is recommended that the function be set to D Ò toisUse with computer signals other than those listed may cause some of the functions to not work. theremote control, press COMPUTER1 /2, DVI S-VIDEO or VIDEO When projecting theWhen RGBusing interlace signal using COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1, 2, or DVI-D with S Ò ignal TypeÓ cannot be used. remote control sensor. Off ever,deviations somesignals, optimal resolution in use units. Page outlet orthe the50these breaker switchvalues is turned on. in mode from individual at which ÒEco+Quiet ModeÓ isreduces switched tonearest ÒOnÓ STANDBY/ON button AforMacintosh adaptor be required with Macintosh computers. Contact set to A Ò utoÓ or R Ò the GBÓ ,function themay image may not befor projected as some desired. Initaway this case, use Video oryour S-Video. ableÓ when isnot connected. This power switch the INPUT mode. Connect power The control may be too far from theeither projector. Background Key lock Logo remote The projector does not turn cord. onOFF autoÒ Off ResolutionÓ the Ò SIG-ADJÓ menu may need to be 10 20 30 40 50 55(f34 t) and O Ò ffÓ . (See page 46.) Macintoshon Dealer. Page Depending on the computer you are using, the output signal may not be faithful to the S Ò creen resolutionÓ Blue consumption when the isin thestandby Page 50 thecord direct fluorescent light is projector shining on the Plug the power into the ACsunlight socket or a strong matically when power cord isIfo ENTER button None selected tomatch the computer display mode. The lamp life may vary depending on the usadjustment. Check the settings of the computerÕ s signal output. If the settings cannot be changed, it is recomDepending on the computer y u are using, an image may not be projected unless the computerÕ s 37 38 When of thethe projector isACin standby mode, you 3 RCAcan (Component) to 15-pin D-sub cable s remote controlmode. sensor, place the projector where it projector. plugged into the or be theprojectorÕ mended that thePosition resolution seton. to (e the that tocondition. Ò 1280 800Ówhen . Menu button Center external output port isoutlet switched .g.one Press ÒFnÓcorresponds andÒF5Ókeysage simultaneously using a (optional: Tu rn the Power off will not by strong release the keylock by holding down andAN-C3CP2) Selectablelight. items Description Upper Right be affected breaker switch is turned on. Page 50 SHARPnotebookcomputer)Lower . Refer to the specific instructions in your computerÕs operation manual to Right Enable or inserted The function is activated evenMake ifbutton the on the projector simultaneously MENU Upper Left The batteries mayforbe depleted incorrectly. 15 enable your button, computerÕ s external output DTV Press the thenpress thatbutton again whileport. theconfirmationmessageisdisplayed,toputprojector theprojector intomode. s tandbymode. Lower Left Reset the lamp timer. is in standby about 5STANDBY seconds. sure the batteries are inserted correctly or insert new ones. 48 ø3.5 mm minijack to RCA audio cable (commercially available) " Support the Confirmation SignalSetting Frequency (kHz) Vertical Frequency (Hz) DVI On-screenDisplay Disable The function is switched off when the Front PRJ Mode While Horizontal simultaneously holding down , Ceiling + Front 480projector 60 15.7 On theprojector On the remote control Page 50 projector is in standby This480P is equipped with a microprocessor. Its performance could be mode. adversely affected by ENTER and MENU on the projector, Rear Info Sound(System Sound) 60 31.5 Ceiling + Rear 60 33.8 interference. 540P press STANDBY/ON on the projector and incorrect operation or If this should happen, unplug the projector and plug it in again Keylock be set projector is: dis15.6 while the 576 Notecannot English polski keepthe allLanguage four buttons pressed down until 5050 after more than 5 minutes. Deutsch Magyar 31.3 576P playing M Ò enuÓ screens, in standby mode, Description Selectable items Page 50 Espa–ol TŸrwith k•e When you connect video equipment a 21-pin RGB output 50 37.5 720P the lamp indicator starts blinking green. Note (Euro-scart) to the projector, use a up,A confirmation changing signals, operating sound isinput made whenNederlands the ais On warming 60 45.0 720P Fran• commercially available cable that fits in the projector terminal you want to connect. 50 28.1 1080 Italiano projector turns on/off. ÒAuto SyncÓ function or on the ÒSystem LockÓ When you want to control the projector using The projector does not support RGBC signals Euro-scart. Svenska 60 via 33.8 1080 “L AMP 0000H” displayed, indicating Even if o y during uunplug theis power from theAC outlet, thethe cooling fancontinuestorunforawhile. No confirmation sound isup. made.cord Off screen warming Portugu•s 50 56.3 1080P the LAN/RS232C function, select Enable . is reset. 60 67.5 1080P that the lamp timer Page30 2 -11 -17 -23 -25 -41 -47 -49 -51 -53 -63 -65 -67 -69 Appendix Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Index 2D Progressive ......................................................... 46 3D Progressive ......................................................... 46 AC socket ................................................................. 30 Adjustment buttons ................................................... 43 All Reset ................................................................... 53 Area Zoom ................................................................ 38 Aspect ratio ......................................................... 37, 38 AUDIO input terminal ......................................... 23-26 Audio Output ............................................................. 51 AUDIO output terminal ............................................. 29 Auto V-Keystone ................................................. 32, 49 Auto Power Off ......................................................... 51 Auto Restart .............................................................. 51 Auto Sync (Auto Sync adjustment) .......................... 47 AUTO SYNC button .................................................. 35 AV MUTE button ....................................................... 34 Background ............................................................... 50 Blue ........................................................................... 45 Bright ......................................................................... 45 Clock ......................................................................... 47 CLR Temp (Color Temperature) ............................... 45 Color ......................................................................... 45 COMPUTER/COMPONENT 1 input terminal .... 23, 25 COMPUTER/COMPONENT 2 input terminal .... 23, 25 Contrast .................................................................... 45 DHCP Client ............................................................. 55 DIN-D-sub RS-232C adaptor ................................... 27 DNR .......................................................................... 46 Dot By Dot ................................................................ 37 Dynamic Range ........................................................ 48 DVI-D input terminal ........................................... 24, 25 ECO+QUIET button .................................................. 35 Eco+Quiet Mode ....................................................... 46 ENTER button ........................................................... 44 Exhaust vent ....................................................... 13, 56 Fan Mode .................................................................. 52 Film Mode ................................................................. 46 FREEZE button ........................................................ 35 Full ............................................................................ 37 Game ........................................................................ 45 Gateway .................................................................... 55 Height Adjustment button ......................................... 31 H-Pos ........................................................................ 47 Image Shift ................................................................ 49 INPUT buttons .......................................................... 34 Intake vent .......................................................... 13, 56 IP Address ................................................................ 55 Kensington Security Standard connector ................ 13 Keycode .................................................................... 52 Keylock ..................................................................... 53 KEYSTONE button ................................................... 32 Keystone Correction ........................................... 32, 49 Lamp ......................................................................... 61 Lamp indicator .................................................... 30, 59 Lamp Timer (Life) ..................................................... 53 LAN terminal ............................................................. 28 Language (on-screen display language) .................. 50 LAN/RS232C ............................................................ 51 L-CLICK button ......................................................... 39 Lens cap ................................................................... 12 Lens cap strap .......................................................... 10 MAC Address ............................................................ 55 MAGNIFY buttons .................................................... 36 MENU button ............................................................ 43 -70 From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals Downloaded Menu Position ........................................................... 50 MNR .......................................................................... 46 Monitor Output .......................................................... 51 MONITOR output terminal ........................................ 28 MOUSE/Adjustment buttons .............................. 39, 43 Movie ........................................................................ 45 Network ............................................................... 42, 54 Normal ................................................................ 37, 38 ON button ................................................................. 30 Optional accessories ................................................ 10 OSD Display ............................................................. 50 PAGE Up/Down buttons ........................................... 39 Password .................................................................. 54 PDF ............................................................................. 6 Phase ........................................................................ 47 Picture ................................................................. 40, 45 Picture Mode ............................................................. 45 PICTURE MODE button ........................................... 36 Power cord ................................................................ 30 Power indicator ................................................... 30, 59 Presentation .............................................................. 45 PRJ-ADJ ............................................................. 42, 51 PRJ mode ................................................................. 50 Progressive ............................................................... 46 Projector ................................................................... 55 R-CLICK/RETURN button .................................. 39, 43 Red ........................................................................... 45 Remote control ......................................................... 14 Remote control sensor ............................................. 15 Remote receiver ....................................................... 39 Replacing the lamp ................................................... 61 Reset ......................................................................... 45 Resize ....................................................................... 49 RESIZE button .......................................................... 37 Resolution ................................................................. 47 RGB cable ................................................................ 23 RS-232C ................................................................... 52 RS-232C terminal ..................................................... 27 SCR-ADJ ............................................................ 41, 49 Sharp ........................................................................ 45 SIG-ADJ .............................................................. 41, 47 Signal Info ................................................................. 48 Signal Type ............................................................... 47 Speaker .................................................................... 51 sRGB ........................................................................ 45 Standard ................................................................... 45 STANDBY button ...................................................... 30 Storage case ............................................................. 64 Stretch ................................................................ 37, 38 Subnet Mask ............................................................. 55 Supplied accessories ............................................... 10 S-VIDEO input terminal ............................................ 26 System Lock ............................................................. 52 System Sound .......................................................... 51 TCP/IP ...................................................................... 55 Temperature warning indicator ................................. 59 Tilt dial ....................................................................... 31 Tint ............................................................................ 45 USB terminal ............................................................. 39 VIDEO input terminal ................................................ 26 Video System ............................................................ 48 Volume buttons ......................................................... 34 V-Pos ........................................................................ 47 V-Stretch ................................................................... 38 WIRED REMOTE terminal ....................................... 14 SHARP CORPORATION Downloaded From projector-manual.com Sharp Manuals